Audio

289: Nate Lipton On How To Sell Cannabis CBD Products Online

298: Nate Lipton On How To Sell Cannabis CBD Products Online

Today I’m thrilled to have Nate Lipton on the show because he runs numerous ecommerce businesses in the cannabis space.

For example, GrowersHouse.com is an 8 figure ecommerce store selling growing supplies and he recently launched a line of CBD products over at TruPotency.com

In any case, I have many students and readers who have been asking me questions on how to break into this space so we’re going to have Nate answer these questions directly.

What You’ll Learn

  • How did Nate get into the cannibis space and his backstory
  • How Nate sources products for GrowersHouse.com
  • The challenges of selling CBD products
  • Legal issues to be aware of
  • Nate’s primary sales channels

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Nate Lipton on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to start and grow a successful e-commerce store in the CBD cannabis industry. So stay tuned for an excellent interview.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast today. I’m thrilled to have Nate Lipton on the show. Now Nate as someone who I was introduced to by my buddy Andrew Youderien and the reason I want an 8 on the show is because he runs numerous e-commerce businesses in the Cannabis space. So for example Growers house is an eight-figure e-commerce store selling growing supplies, and recently. He launched a line of CBD products over at truepotency.com. In any case I have many students and readers who have been asking me questions on how to break into this exact Space so I figured I’d have Nate answer these questions for you directly and with that welcome to show Nate. How you doing today man?

Nate: doing great. You know, it’s Friday morning. I’m feeling pretty fresh ready to get some work done and then head off for the weekend.

Steve: Are we in the same time zone? I can’t remember.

Nate: Yeah, we are. I’m on I’m on Arizona, which is a funky time zone that never changes. Okay. Whereas you’re in California, which does so but yeah. We’re on PST right now.

Steve: so Nate, how did you get into this space? And what is your backstory?

Nate: Yeah, well, I guess the back story goes where I was going to school at the University of Oregon and around you know, when I was doing school there. I was double majoring in more like economics and finance thought I was going to get into the finance industry, but I was always interested in entrepreneurship and the Cannabis industry in particular kind of thrilled me just because I saw a really long Horizon of growth, you know, and that was around 2010 I graduated so I tried out, you know, the finance industry for a little bit jumped into an And shipping Morgan Stanley and really didn’t like it.

So after about three months I decided I would go after kind of plan B and do more of a kind of a passion project. That was a little bit a little bit riskier, you know as an industry, especially back in 2010 where not a lot of the paths have been paved at that’s that’s..

Steve: everything was illegal back then right?

Nate: you know, it’s not like everything was a hundred percent illegal, but there were really what it was is there were just a few States that had medical cannabis. Okay, and the Laws for the state. Everyone was fighting about the difference between state law and federal law and which Trump’s what so the legality was a huge grey area. So, you know people getting into the Cannabis industry back then if you kind of had to be a little bit of a cowboy. you know, you have to really understand the risks and then like be okay with them. So I started looking into the industry ended up working for as a manager at a dispensary in San Francisco, and then worked for a growing Supply Equipment Company. An e-commerce one all in the Bay area for a couple of years after I graduated and you know, I was interested in opening a dispensary at that point in time.

I was interested in business did some growing, you know back in Oregon and you know, when I looked at applying for a dispensary license, the paperwork was huge. I found that even when you get a license, sometimes the police would like to raid dispensaries and deal with the legality of it in court rather than prior to them rating a dispensary. It just depends on that local county or city and whether the district attorney was anti cannabis or Pro cannabis and it’s not a place that really wanted to be in so I kind of settled more on to the growing equipment side, which is you know, growing is a passion of mine. So I said, you know what I could sell the equipment to, you know, these people jumping into the Cannabis industry and still give myself level of Separation where I’m not touching the plant or opening myself to that kind of risk.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious as you’re talking. so that equipment that you On Growershouse.com. Are they your own Unique Designs. Are you drop shipping? Are you carrying inventory? How does that work?

Nate: Yeah, so man, we do everything and honestly, it’s a little complex but we have in the back end of our system we have about 16,000 skews about yeah, it’s a lot and we have like probably 300 vendors that we work with too and but probably about 6,000 of those are actually up on our website as it enabled and we do about e percent of our Revenue, you know via shipping out of our warehouse here in Tucson, Arizona and the other 50% I revenue is probably drop shipped and we probably have 300 skews that we have that are kind of OEM private label items or items that we’ve created that were usually purchasing from direct from manufacturer whether it’s like domestically or overseas China things like that.

Steve: I’m just curious to manage all those skews. We’re just kind of curious what platform you’re on right now.

Nate: Yeah. So the front end of the site is just Magento it’s a 1.9. So we’re probably be switching over to something else soon, like a molten or Bigcommerce or Magento 2 and then on the back end. We have a pretty holistic system called brightpearl and that is basically all accounting order processing Inventory management things of that sort.

Speaker 2: I see okay. I’ve never heard of those. I had never heard of brightpearl before is that generally used for larger e-commerce operations?

Nate: you know brightpearl is I would say actually it even works with small. Lower to Mid stage, I would say once you get to the point. Like I don’t I don’t really know what their entry level is. I think they were at work with very small stores though two people even that have one or two, you know employees just starting out when we ended up switching to them. We were already doing a fair amount on a business, you know, we had probably 20 30 employees. So I haven’t used on the smaller side, but we switched off of Stonehedge

Steve: Yes. Yes. Stonehenge. I know those guys. Yeah. So when you first started out, how many skews did you have and how did you kind of drive your own early traffic.

Nate: Yeah, so driving the early traffic. So I did work for another Hydroponics e-commerce store in California for a bit to get my chops. And then we move down to Tucson Arizona to start Growershouse.com and starting out. We did have a small retail store. But we were in like the worst location you can possibly be in we are like because when you set up with certain Distributors, they give you basically a radius that you can operate within and if there are stores already You know that have a location in a radius. You can’t be within you know kind of their area. So I wanted to open up in tuscon the only place I could open up is like on the south side right next to the airport like no one hangs out down there in Tucson. So we open this tiny little thousand square foot retail store.

And then we open the online store the online store, you know, like most online stores took a while to get going like I would say the first three months were a little like, you know, almost like crickets..

Steve: sure.

Nate: And do that the retail store kind of helped us through that because we did some local advertising which I find is a little bit easier to do just with targeted keywords for your city things like that

Steve: while we’re talking about advertising. I do know that it’s challenging to advertise, right? Because the Facebook’s and the Google’s the world won’t let you advertise anything related to cannabis. Is that correct?

Nate: That is correct. So anneal if you go to Growershouse.com, you’ll notice that we do sell equipment to people who grow plants. You won’t notice that it says. Cannabis or marijuana on their it just so happens that so many people that use the equipment that we sell are doing that and that industry is booming. The thing is, I mean we sell to like USDA, NASA, you know many universities including Universe Arizona Cornell, you know, Loyola Marymount, there’s a lot of big institutions that buy from us and we have kind of a diverse customer group.

Steve: So does that imply that the word cannabis, CBD Is is not mentioned at all anywhere on the Growers House website?

Steve: Yeah for the most part unless it’s like part of a product title, but we do not really try and put the word into our site just two of our own volition. you know, we like to keep a separation because it’s top it’s like advertising on Google is something that you know is highly sought after for e-commerce stores. You can help you when you need to bridge the gap between, you know, I guess getting orders and finding out what your what your voice is and how you can not use Advertising to drive traffic which is ideal, you know.

Steve: so does that imply then that you are running Google AdWords Facebook ads and Google shopping?

Nate: Yes. So we are for Growers house.com. and you know doing multiple properties and some I cannot do but I think will probably jump into those.

Steve: Yeah, we’ll get into that later on the interview.

Nate: Yeah. Alright. Okay, so your early sales then it sounds like you built up the retail shop first and that kind of got you over the hump what happened after three months that allow you to get more sales.

Nate: Yes. Yeah, so at that point in time, we’re talking probably 2012. I was really noticing that led lights were really popular for hobbyist Growers. So I thought to myself, you know at this point in time. I was not an expert in e-commerce not an expert in SEO none of these things, but I do have a fair amount of grit and like if I want to do something then I will just figure it out. That’s kind of my personality type. So I was like, okay, I’m going to learn everything I can about LED lights. So I can be basically an expert in this room spoke to tons of Manufacturers. Everyone was you know claiming that they’re LED was the best and what I said is you know, what I there’s a lot of confusion in the marketplace. How do I reduce the confusion? And what I ended up doing was taking all the products that claim they were the best and I bought what’s called a par meter parse is an acronym for photosynthetically active radiation.

So really what I did is just imagine you just measure how powerful light is over the space that it’s intended to light and I ended up measuring all these, you know fixtures and then post graphs of how they all did and then made a video about a short YouTube video and I ended up publishing that and it took off because no one else was doing that and I was just providing the consumers with basically a way for them to to Wade through all the noise so that they can make an informed purchasing decision.

Steve: So and video that took took off for their links back to your site or was it just purely informational?

Nate: No absolutely links back to the site saying like here are the four products. We tested This Is How They did here are links. If you would like, you know, are you if you’re interested in purchasing one of these products that content ended up getting shared quite a bit and we kept going down that that kind of that strategy for growth. We ended up doing more and more videos more comparisons. I will say when you’re doing comparisons of products that you sell, you know some vendors are ot very keen when they’re not professional.. That’s number one.

Steve: That actually my next question.

Nate: Actually, you know, yeah, so dealing with that is I guess part of the process and what I could recommend anyone is trying to be as objective as possible. Tell people your vendors prior to doing the test that you’re doing the test and ask, you know, I even said when I first started out I didn’t really ask anyone but I learned this I was at okay, I want to do this test. Would you like to be included, you know, I’m going to just put objective information out there. I’m going to have your expectation prior to me even doing it and I promise I’ll share it with you. And once I did that I really did not get any Flack from suppliers. So that’s what I’d recommend that people do. I think Honesty is kind of the best policy even though you know, they may not be you know, extremely happy with the outcome.

What I found is me doing testing often Galvanize them to iterate their next product interests focus on the best features that you should so it’s almost like in a way your..

Steve: Helping them

Nate: to see the industry forward. Yeah, you know,

Steve: so on these videos then naturally people would just buy the best one, right? So would you stop carrying the other ones or did it matter?

Nate: No, I mean I would still carry them and sometimes there isn’t just a best one. Sometimes there’s you know, this one’s the best price performer maybe in this one is The All Out best in terms of performance. Okay, and sometimes this one’s better for smaller growing operation may be more compact in design or form factor, you know..

Steve: will you advertising there in the first three months or was it just kind of ramping up your YouTube efforts?

Nate: Yeah. So man, we started then even have Google shopping like product listing ads.

Steve: It had Frugal. It was free.

Nate: Oh my God, that was those are the heydays. I was literally thinking about that this morning when I was driving into work and I was like man remember when Google shopping was free for like a year and a half

Steve: Oh man, it was awesome.

Nate: I was like, yeah that honestly, I think that probably helped us just the Serendipity of having We’ll give you free advertising for a year-and-a-half to try out their new product. That was great. But you know, we just started out with AdWords like you know that showed up at the top of keywords. This is before product listing ads and it worked okay, but I found that you know, putting out high quality content is the end-all be-all, you know, it adds this certain amount of authority to you and your brand and people do recognize that you’re actually doing this testing the no one else is so why not? Sometimes they would call us to ask us about the testing and then by a light and then that kind of knowledge seeps into our brand and they trust us from any of the other products.

Steve: Yeah. Can we talk a little bit about your YouTube strategy outside of just putting out great content. Are there any little things that you do to the videos to promote them to become viral?

Nate: You know, I would say first off the most important thing is are you going to put information out there that no one else has put out before that. What I would say is priority Number one, once you do that make sure you’re doing it for things that people are already searching for so if people are searching for let’s call it the you know, the best compact LED grow light do a test on the best compact LED grow lights, right? You definitely don’t want to try and create demand where there is none. And then thirdly you know, another thing I did is I would take our videos and publish them on our site and then I would write the transcript on our site and you know.

Who’s going to read the transcript of a video not too many people but it does put the content of your video back on your site and you can hyperlink that back to your products and that process although people are like, you know, why would I do that? It’s just a whole bunch of written content Google Google really likes that content usually in the videos. I also Say things that I already pre defined as keywords that I would like in that written conten.

Steve: That’s interesting because I just wondering if that content ends up ranking because I know for my podcast I provide a transcript and I think Google is smart enough to know that it’s a podcast I guess now and those podcast post never rank, even though there’s a really long transcript in there.

Nate: Yeah, that’s interesting. Definitely haven’t tried it from that side. I wonder if there’s a difference or whether over time because we’ve gotten into we’re kind of talking about Phase 1 and video content for us right now, which is a lot of product comparisons and then we Scaled up and made girls Network and then some of our bigger Series so I’d really have to look back at our content to see if Google’s treating it differently today versus four years ago.

Steve: Well, let’s talk about what you’re doing today. What is the publishing schedule look like what sorts of content are you putting out?

Nate: Yeah. So here’s the big conundrum in cannabis. There’s what we call Whiteside companies and then there’s Dark Side companies. So I kind of like to think about it like Star Wars.

Steve: Okay, you know, you might need to explain those two terms for For the listeners

Nate: definitely so Whiteside usually means I’m a company that sells to the Cannabis industry, but I don’t really acknowledge that very overtly if at all and that’s because you want to keep certain banking relationships, maybe public perception credit card processing. You know, Google advertising groomershouse is a Whiteside company now, we’re jumping into some of our other companies which are dark side companies. So a dark side company would be like my other company growersNetwork.org and our video series can of Crips those are explicitly about cannabis and you know, it’s much tougher to get things like credit card processing banking. There’s a lot of baggage that comes with being a dark side company that makes it a lot harder and you really have to figure out what your company’s strategy is because it’s really nice to be a dark side company where you can Target your customer directly.

You know saying things like cannabis or marijuana or anything. Related to those terms that they’re searching and lightside Company. I can’t really do that because I want to keep a lot of those a lot of those tools like advertising. So this was a really big conundrum for me, you know, and I was like man, there’s all these companies that are doing this but I would lose, you know, all of my banking and credit card processing. So I thought why not create a separate entity on the dark side and really try and be able to communicate with our customer base, but actually Being tongue-in-cheek, you know, we have a shirt that we have that you may have seen and it’s really popular these days called legalized Tomatoes. It just says that on a shirt and people are like, why does it say legalized tomatoes on your shirt? And you know, I told them like when we first opened our store you actually could not talk like someone called girl’s house and they say Hey, you know, I would like to grow this cannabis plan my closet and we say, oh, you know what we can’t teach you how to grow cannabis, but if you were going to NATO’s, this is what I would I do..

Steve:.Okay.

Nate: so it’s a little bit. Yeah, that’s kind of like a way that we kind of straddle that line. Maybe that’s yeah the gray side but you know, I really wanted to be able to talk to those customers. So that’s when we created Growers Network, which is a forum and really a I would say a media company. We started creating some video content. That was our first thing that we came out with is called can of cribs kind of just think of it like MTV Cribs, but it focuses on Like the largest and most technologically, you know developed cannabis growing operations in the country and we walk through them and show you exactly how people are growing the Cannabis that people, you know smoke every day in these recreational States and the added a tremendous. Like that’s that became a video series in itself that just took off a lot of people really like the content High Times TV picked us up as their first cannabis Centric video.

Steve: I See that strategy working really well

Nate: Yeah and like we just had Are you know one of our episodes pass a million views? It was really just showing something. Like I said earlier content that no one else has really done before and you know, what people are doing now, a lot of cannabis companies are using our can of cribs series as part of their training when people come into the Cannabis industry so that they understand the products the terminology how people operate so it’s just taken a life of its own and a sense

Steve: So let’s say I mean you do have a dark side company, I guess that’s true potency is considered dark side

Nate: Yeah, so true potency, which I didn’t mention is trupotency.com. That’s TR you not there’s no e on it trooper and z.com is at its really a retailer for CBD based products and those products. Well, yeah, that is dark side. CBD is also dark side right now, but I would say which a lot of people say. It’s federally legal, you know, after the Hem bill was signed, but the thing is the FDA hasn’t really ruled on what they’re going to do is CBD. So the banking issues are still there. The credit card issues are still there. Still it’s still a tough Market to be in you got to be creative to really get started.

Steve: You mentioned a couple things earlier like the difficulty getting credit card processing Banking and that sort of thing. How do you overcome those? If you’re a dark side company?

Nate: you know, I would say there are these are things you have to do. I mean we had even though we’re in Arizona Corporation. We had to apply and become what’s called an I think it’s an alien Corporation in Washington state that Term might be off alien corporate entity. But basically we had to reincorporate in Washington as well. And then we had to use one of the Washington Credit Unions since Washington’s a recreational State Arizona only a medical State and there’s no banks really here that can Bank you so we had to go and do that and then open a bank account because those credit unions in those States will only Bank two entities that are from that state. So sting. Okay. Yeah, that was kind of a tough one credit card processing

Steve: Do you use Stripe or PayPal or?

Nate: no. Yeah, no definitely don’t use PayPal because you’ll start collecting money. They’ll find out what you’re doing. Those are show you down and keep your money for six months. not good. I mean I will tell you this I’ve had think it could counts shutdown probably a half dozen times credit cards shut down probably a half dozen times at this point. It happens and I just it’s almost comical to me but it’s happening much of much less often. This was like the first four years. It happened

Steve: To growershouse too?

Nate: even to Growershouse..

Steve: huh? Okay

Nate: people would it really didn’t happen too often, but even the girl’s house sometimes a banquet just say, you know, what were we understand that you’re not touching cannabis. They’re doing anything with it, but you’re too close to the industry. We think so. We’re making a business decision to that. We think you should not be banked by us anymore. Very unfortunate..

Steve: but you get your money still though, right?

Nate: Yeah, but I did have one Bank hold six figures for over six months.

Steve: Oh my gosh. Okay.

Nate: Yeah. So definitely be careful. I would say at this point. It’s there’s plenty of bit like you don’t have to go through what I went through, you know, four years ago today, you can find a credit union in another state. Tell them exactly what you’re doing, you know, try to be above board with your bank and your credit card processor. And there are if you look hard enough, you will find them.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

So there’s no way to like, I guess Amazon payments is out too I mean are there any like real easy ways to pee outside of a credit card?

Nate: So let’s talk about the CBD industry. Each. Each industry is a little bit different and that’s the one that I feel like maybe the most people are getting into you right now. So on the CBD side, there are a few companies and there’s one that I use called T1 payments that was like an international processor. They’re widely used in the CBD industry, but you have to set up like a UK address, you know, so And establish your company in the in Europe as well. So same thing like we did in Washington. So that’s an option. You know, everyone’s going to charge you they’ll try and charge you somewhere between four and seven percent depending on my goodness. Yeah, so cost of doing business in a recent industry.

I guess you could say but there’s also some companies domestically that will do some CBD processing, you know, let me see who are some of the big ones. I think

Steve: what are you guys using for to trupotency?

Nate: Trupotency for? True potency and we basically have T1 payments that one in the UK and then we also are applying with two other companies right now to open us up more domestically and those are in process at the moment. And one of them is pay Kings. The other ones ale pay.

Steve: Does that imply that you just have these multiple payment processors just kind of lined up in case one goes down.

Nate: No redundancy is is necessary if you yeah, if you do not have redundancy and I would say both bank accounts and And credit card processing then you’re going to have a bad time because I you know, hopefully it’s not you but I would say to people just assume it’s not if but when you’ll have an issue, but it just depends how open you are with your processor. There’s some people they would even processing on you know, there’s a big avalon if you guys have ever heard of them. There are giant Bank on the backend of payment processing and they were about to bank a whole bunch of CBD companies and then they pulled out at the last minute.

So even when you know, everyone tells you it’s a sure thing it can get pulled the rug in your pulled out from under you will it be this way in 24 months? Probably not. It’ll probably be you know much more like just applying for a normal company. But if you want to get in early, then you’re definitely going to have to do a lot of work and be creative.

Steve: I mean realistically what was this lot was the last time it happened to you?

Nate: man. We first started shoot potency. Yeah about two weeks after we launched we got one shot down and we lost about three weeks ago

Steve: right. Okay

Nate: two weeks week.

Steve: All right, so it’s still a problem. Definitely. Okay.

Nate: Yeah, that was more of a processor that wasn’t really CBD friendly. So but they were just a processor that I’ve done business with for a long time. And I said hey can I connected here this it sure but then the backend Bank was like, nope, not cool. So we ended up moving over to that UK option which was our plan B.

Steve: Let me ask you this. So let’s say you didn’t have girls house and you didn’t have that forum for Growers and you just launched true potency. How would you Market that business?

Nate: Here’s the thing with with our CBD company. There’s so much. There’s also so much noise in the CBD industry. Like I heard a statistic, you know can verify it but it sounds correct just from being in the industry that 1200 brands of launched so far in 2019

Steve: It’s ridiculous, okay.

Nate: sort of and it’s okay. So that means a lot of competition that means a lot of people going after, you know, probably the top keywords things of that nature. I would say find a point of differentiation. I mean really for these 1200 Brands, there’s probably Ten formulators who are making all the products. So a lot of them are very similar. So, how do you how do you really differentiate yourself from the market and focus on pushing that point of differentiation and make that point of differentiation something that you know that people already desire like I would be going on something like ahrefs look up what people are looking for CBD for and say, how do I become the best at doing CBD for that and that could be CBD It was sleep or CBD Associated or let me see small breed pets, you know choose a niche. You can always expand from an itch. But if you’re going after the top keywords and 1,200 people are too I mean it’s it’s going to be a tough road to the top. So I would say try and find a smaller Niche to jump into and do that extremely well and really focus on pushing that point of differentiation. I mean for our site true potency we rock we actually did not even create a brand. Like a branded product the consumer packaged good right just a retailer.

So I buy wholesale sell retail. That’s what I do. But my point of differentiation is there’s so much crap in the market like so many CBD products out There are either mislabeled or formulated poorly or even have basically harmful things inside of them that you would not be wanting to take. So to me that’s a problem in the industry and like the FDA is not really regulating it because they haven’t figured anything out. There are no standards. so

Steve: actually I was going to ask you about that. Are there can anyone just off the street start creating the stuff? There’s no legality issues. No certifications.

Nate: Exactly.

Steve: Okay crazy.

Nate: Yeah. All right crazy so wild wild west. Yeah again more Cowboys. So I’m trying to Wrangle these people in and you know, what we did is said, you know, what we’ve gotten a lot of products from manufacturers and we read this study that University of Pennsylvania put out that 70% of the products that they tested. We’re not what they were. Basically, they were mislabeled. They had a whole bunch of things in them that they should not so we decided you know, even though a lot of these products have what’s called coas certificates of analysis. They tell you their products Okay, we would take their products send it to a laboratory where they would do hplc testing, which is high pressure liquid chromatography. There’s a few other ways of testing depending on what you’re looking for, but it would tell you the basically all the constituents of that product and we found out that when we did the lab test another guy so certified lab it look different than the lab result that they gave us.

So even these companies that say that their science fact tend to be what we found is misleading Their audience a little bit. Okay, so we started doing our own testing for all the products and we’re just going to say

Steve: okay.

Nate: Okay. Our point of differentiation is where high and say we’re hiring a science Advisory Board basically have like MDS and phds to help guide us on what products actually work in the first place since a lot of people I think are Making up, you know things that’s TBD can actually do and then secondly, we want to test these products with a certain amount of rigor that you know, we would be comfortable giving it to a loved one. Right? I’m especially someone who might be under medical care. You don’t want to be giving them something that has residual metal solvents in it for heavy metals. I mean residual solvents molds, you know, things like that and you know, if it says 500 milligrams of CBD, I actually want 500 milligrams. A lot of these products will say five Hundred and they’ll have 50, you know, and at that point it’s very misleading if not stealing in a sense because they’ll charge you for 500.

So we do our lab testing we take all those lab tests and we actually upload them to each product page. So everyone can review them, but they’re a little complicated. So we also tried to move a neuroscientist who’s our director of science here and he developed an algorithm based on basically all the scientific data that’s been Published about cannabinoids which are the main constituents within cannabis that you know, THC people are familiar with that’s the one that’s psychoactive that gets you high CBD not psychoactive or debatably psychoactive at a very very low level and works for things. You know, that people are discovering like epilepsy pain anxiety and there’s a whole bunch of others over a hundred other ones.

So we put cannabinoid profile in a graph along with the graph terpene profile terpenes are Kind of like cannabinoids but there are more General there. You’ll find them in fruits, you know, basically all I would say natural products and these cannabinoids and terpenoids interact with each other in this way that could make something more sedative or could make you maybe have a little bit more clarity of mind, you know, these certain things build building an algorithm and says, you know, this product is most likely better for x or y can really help people make a decision on what they should be buying

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Steve: Did you intentionally not private label your own CBD products? And so that these studies could come across as more impartial?

Nate: Exactly. Yep. I could come out my own product. But then it’s like how could you trust me from another person who sends says that are signs backed. I need to be objective. You know right now. I mean, I will tell you this we brought like 700 products in right now. We launched and one of our biggest problems is we have like 60 products on our site. Can’t we wanted a lot more we want in 100 and 200 but so many products have failed our..

Steve: So the testing of our product is 10% of the products have passed your testing?

Nate: you know, the ones that have gone through the lab we brought 700 in about I think right now we’ve had about 400 approximately go through test the lab testing and yeah out of that we’re at about 60 live products on the site.

Steve: that sounds like really scary to me.

Nate: Yeah. Yeah, so Basically, it’s hovering. It depends on the week. But yeah, usually hovers around 20% of the products. We test actually passed and sometimes you know passing can be as you know, as simple as you know, what we say if it has when you test scientifically I mean, we do have a threshold or margin of error. So like if it says 500 milligrams, it has to be plus or minus 10% for it to pass

Steve: right

Nate: But then also has to not have residual solvents, you know, it has two basic. Not have any molds or pesticides that ends up showing up in our lab testing and you know, I can’t have anything else that they say it does have and it ends up not having

Steve: that makes sense.

Nate: So if it passed all those tests for us, then it ends up going on the site. But yeah, like 80% of the products have not passed which for us now we’re like, maybe we should create products because we can barely find enough that are actually viable. But that that probably wouldn’t be for years probably

Steve: How are these people manufacturer. They just like doing in their home kitchens or something or

Nate: you know, you know what it is. I think everyone’s moving so quickly and since there are no standards for quality control. It’s it’s just a smash-and-grab market right now, you know people I think are focusing on, it’s tough. There are people out there that are very focused on quality of their product and then there are some people that are focusing on you know, what there’s an opportunity in CBD right. Now I’m going to be as aggressive as possible. And sometimes QA is not the top priority quality assurance is what I mean by that which is unfortunate and like that’s why a lot of people are pushing put a lot of pressure on the FDA to like say something about these products, you know, let’s come up with you know, some way to State standardized testing.

I mean, it’s even we’ve been brought up in our office like maybe we should come up with our own stamp of approval certification you mean yeah run, sir. Advocate it’s not like that’s not our core focus of our company, but maybe the industry needs it. And if no one’s doing it, like maybe we should jump into it. By the way, if anyone wants to help me do that. They know how to please reach out. I’m very busy and I don’t know if I could take on another core competency for a business.

Steve: So true potency though. So just back on marketing and if you didn’t have anything you mentioned, you know, obviously putting together a unique value proposition. Would you be going the YouTube route or the Blogging route or podcasting like what do you think would be like the best medium to use at this point?

Nate: for us podcast like this being able to tell people what’s going on in the industry. It’s it’s such a long form process like it’s tough for me to tell people how many things are wrong with the industry and how we’re trying to disrupt it in a minute sure, you know.

Steve:Yeah,

Nate: so we did upload a video only one video so far like, like I said, we just launched one video on Youtube kind of explaining our philosophy. So people can comprehend that and now that I’m you know, when I started Growers house, I was a 22 year old young whippersnapper. I’m 31 now and I’m you know, I have a successful business that’s giving me cash flow. So I’m we ended up bringing in co-ceo Angela cat who is her background was like, you know, she helped launch all of that stale otter on Estee Lauder Companies on onto the web and e-commerce. So things like clinic.com and she was a big executive over there and she came on board as a co co and we’re kind of going the more traditional like PR route hiring a you know, people that focus on PR and talking to news outlets about you know, the industry what’s going on in the industry

Steve: right

Nate: But there there is some Legacy content that we’re probably going to create that I’m more used to which is how do we help tell people about the problems in the industry and help them? You know find the products that’s actually going to be good for them effective pure safe. You know, a lot of people are just I don’t know I think right now everyone’s heard about CBD yet. They know nothing yet they know nothing

Steve: right this this is going to be a hard question for you to answer but it sounds like the way you’ve approached true potencies is very high budget, right

Nate: definitely higher budget. It’s funny. I started Growershouse with Okay saying it like a hundred and fifty thousand dollars and we were bootstrapped. You know, yeah, whereas..

stve: yeah, potency you have these scientists that you have on board. You have the PR Company. I’d imagine your startup costs are higher, right?

Nate: Absolutely. Yeah even just to get going before before we really get going. It’s probably going to cost us, you know closer to somewhere closer to the 500 came are you know, and then after that, you know, we’ll see how things are going and at that point we might look for some outside investors. Something like that,

Steve: so where I was going with that was someone small-time going to the Cannabis retail space since there’s so many people jumping in right now. Do you feel like you kind of need a larger budget these days just to get started.

Nate: You know, it depends what sector the Cannabis industry if you’re starting a let’s say you wanted to open a dispensary you it’s almost impossible to open a dispensary and establish market like Arizona unless you have a lot of money and I mean like I would say at least a few million dollars.

Steve: Wow. Okay.

Nate: It’s not north of 5 million. There’s markets that are opening up like Oklahoma just opened up medical and it’s the market was booming if you get in early and the licenses are inexpensive and they have an unlimited amount of licenses. Then you can get it in a lot less expensively. We’re talking you know it get it depends if you want to do a growing operation or a dispensary, but you can be in the lower six figures range. And if you wonder the e-commerce route, you know, that’s probably the least expensive route and the one that I’m more, you know, Familiar with and you don’t have to spend a ton of money to get into the CBD the sector really I would say I’m just looking for more accelerated growth and getting out there sure a little bit faster.

But you know how I started Growershouse’ kind of more slow and steady and there’s definitely something to be said for that in terms of you know, how many years of life you probably have because

Steve: You know, I want to start a CBD company e-commerce store, let’s say is there anything special I need to do? Certifications or or anything legal legalize that I need to worry about

Nate:. Yeah, I think it depends on the state really but I would touch base and I think really if you’re manufacturing or holding products that people going to ingest each just want to make sure you touch base with the health department consider, you know, Most states have some hemp laws or usually a department for him. So I would just reach out to them and say Hey, I want to start a hemp Farm or a hemp CBD company and I’m gonna hold inventory on On hand and they’ll tell you what to do. And usually it’s it’s very easy kind of benign process.

Steve: Okay. And then are you selling on Amazon right now

Nate: Growers house is on the equipment side, but we’re not with any CBD products and you have to actually be really careful the Amazon. So it’s also very misleading platform in the when it comes to CBD because on Amazon basically, they don’t allow CBD products, but if you get on Amazon, there are some Products that are up there being advertised almost as if there were CBD products and what they are is they’ll say hemp oil, you know, something like something related to him boil really but a lot of them tend to be hemp seed oil which actually doesn’t have any cannabinoids or CBD in it. and what we’re buying this expecting it to be CBD usually because it’s inexpensive, which it is much less expensive than CBD products right now, but the thing is you’re not really getting what you’re looking for and Actually want hemp seed oil. So if you actually receive CBD avoid Amazon, once the FDA comes out some rules, maybe Amazon will allow it. But I think right now it’s just too great for them to allow it.

Steve: have you run into any problems on Amazon with Growershouse stuff?

Nate: No never and you know, we just focus on selling equipment. We do not touch base on anything related to cannabis or marijuana, and I think you know, I don’t think that you can really on Amazon, although I can’t hundred. And confirm that but I’m pretty sure it since it’s still federally illegal big organizations like Amazon do not like to wait into that territory.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of grower house products, then it just seems weird. I guess that Google and Facebook’s seem to be cracking down more than Amazon right in this department

Nate: Well, not really I would say they’re all kind of on the same Keel for the most part. Okay, like you’ll find actually think I saw Google allowing some CBD products on product listing ads. So I think Google of anything is opening up a little bit more than potentially the other ones

Steve: and the word hemp is fair game. I don’t know anything about this industry, but I always consider hemp kind of synonymous. So that term is legal.

Nate: Yes hemp is legal because you can have a hemp. Like I said a hemp seed oil product hemp fiber all these things are legal. It’s CBD and other cannabinoids that are regulated, right?

Steve: Okay.

Nate: Well, they’re not really regulated right now, but there they have a distinction. That’s Ray so people are not allowing that terminology is better way to put it but hemp you’ll see there are a lot of CBD companies that everyone’s watching for the what the FDA is going to say and there have been some CBD companies that have had their hand slapped because they’ve said this CBD product cures cancer or something like that which you know, like no tests have been done to prove that. Yeah in a way that the FDA has given it the stamp of approval. I think there are a lot of people that are You know doing tests on CBD from you know, a multitude of reasons, but FDA doesn’t want people saying that because to their standards that hasn’t been proven and then you’re really just fooling or trying to deceive the public in a way as the weather looking at it. So they really want to manage that and write you know, rightly so they probably should

Steve: yeah that totally makes sense. Hey Nate, I’ve actually learned a lot about the Cannabis industry just from talking to you. But if anyone out there who is listening to this podcast is interested in Gaming industry or they want to learn more about you or your products. Where can they find you?

Nate: Yeah, we have a few websites in our portfolio, you know Growershouse.com, Growersnetwork.org and trupotency.com that’s TRU, you know, we we just check out our YouTube series can cribs. You know, I’m on Instagram. That might be a good way to reach out to me. It’s just nate.j.lipton on Instagram. That’s probably the only social media platform. I had a chat with people on okay, but yeah Reach Out How do you know shoot me an email? I mean, I might regret this Nate at gowershouse.com, you know, if you wanna give you the entry

Steve: before you go like you mentioned a whole bunch of sites out there. What do each one do again. So Growershouse.com is your Ecommerce store that sells growing equipment, right? Yeah, which one is your community?

Nate: So growers network.org? Okay. It is a forum and content site.

Steve: Is that paid or can anyone join?

Nate: Yeah anyone can jon. Yeah. So the public forum in a private Forum. The private forum is more for cannabis Industry professionals and then we have a lot of like Growers University there. So you can learn how to grow things of that sort great Community for anyone who’s learning how to grow or just wants to do it as a hobby or a profession and then you know Candy cribs is that that YouTube series I was telling you about largest operations.

Steve: That’s what you tore cannabis operations.

Nate: Yeah. Exactly. I don’t true

Steve: Trupotency is your newest operation, which is actually testing and selling your favorite CBD products?

Nate: Exactly. Yep.

Steve: Awesome. Well Nate, I really appreciate you coming on the show and teaching us or giving me a lesson at least on this industry, and I’m sure the listeners will get a lot of value out of it too.

Nate: Awesome. Thank you for having me Steve.

Steve: Hi. Thanks a lot, Nate. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now. The CBD cannabis industry is like the Wild Wild West right now, but it is quickly getting saturated with new competition. Now for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode289.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode like myself Michelle and I have been blogging for a very long time and there are a whole bunch of different ways to monetize your blog. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjobs.com/episode282.

Once again, I want to thank to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

And I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

288: This One Thing Is Killing Your Profits With Kevin Stecko

288:  This One Thing Is Probably Killing Your Profits With Kevin Stecko

Today I’m thrilled to have Kevin Stecko back on the show. Kevin runs an awesome site called 80stees.com where he sells t-shirts from the 80s.

Kevin’s t-shirt business was already super competitive but in the past several years, it’s gotten even more intense. As a result, he made some fundamental changes to his business strategy and it’s paid off in droves, both in terms of profit and lifestyle.

In this episode, Kevin will fill us in on what he’s done and the biggest mistake most shop owners are making.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Kevin decided to raise prices dramatically
  • The math of discounting and profit
  • Why even small discounts can lead to a huge cut to the bottom line
  • Kevin’s new business model

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Intro: You’re listening to the my wife could a job podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today. I have my buddy Kevin Stecko back on the show and we are going to discuss the one thing that he changed with this business that drastically improved both his profitability and his lifestyle and this concept is actually something that most people don’t think about and I’m really happy to talk about it today.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences so want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth that moving to a new marking problem can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support researches they can actually check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I am thrilled to have Kevin Stecko back on the show. Now, I had Kevin way back in episode 139 which was maybe two and a half years ago in many many things have changed with his business since then and in case you don’t remember Kevin runs the awesome site called 80tees.com where he sells T-shirts from the 80s. Now the t-shirt business was already super competitive, but in the past several years, it’s gotten even more intense. So Kevin made some fundamental changes to his his strategy and its really paid off both in terms of profit and lifestyle. And today we’re going to delve deeply into that and with that welcome to show, Kevin how you doing today, man?

Kevin: I’m doing great. Thanks for having me.

Steve: So Kevin. I’m very curious. Why the heck did you go in Andrew youderien’s podcast first?

Kevin: Oh, wow. Well, he finally asked me, you know, I’ve known him for a while, but in a forum since 2013 the e-commerce feel for my should say and he finally asked and I was like, wow, I finally been blessed by the Great Andrew Youderian.

Steve: Ha ha ha, so I’m hurt. So now what we’re going to do is we’re going to have to make this episode even better and make Youderian look bad. Unfortunately. I mean that’s not very nice of you but we’re just going to have to do it.

Kevin: I’ll do my best to make him look terrible.

Steve: So fill us in, the audience hasn’t heard from you in two and a half years what has happened in the past several years since the last time I had you on?

Kevin: Sure. Yeah. So the big thing that happened to my business was gradual decline. So 2000 and I’ve been around since 2000 I guess in 2008 was the high-water mark in terms of Revenue 2000 through 2011 because we’re going still really well. They weren’t really growing but I mean, we’re at a pretty pretty high Revenue number. I don’t know the exact numbers, but we’re still in the five to seven million dollar range through those years. The thing started just gradually slowing down and the problem was I had built up so many expenses over the years to handle the volume that we were doing that my profitability was just gone. and some losses were adding up and I didn’t really I didn’t really know how to stop that Trend because I had all these fixed expenses that were not going to be something I can just get rid of I had buildings or I should say our building ahead lots of it.

Steve: 22,000 square foot building if I recall

Kevin: it was actually 45 thousand..

Steve: Oh my God..

Kevin : really using like half of it because when I bought the building was think when things were going up into the right, so I did not want to have to move again. So I actually overbought luckily the running the building in terms of Utilities wasn’t super expensive but it obviously the cost of the building was more because it was so big. So yeah

Steve: I think 45,000 feels like but yeah go on, sorry.

Kevin: Yeah, 45,000 probably not quite a Walmart store. But you know, so maybe like three quarters will Walmart depending on how big, you know, like a regular crazy. It is crazy. Yeah, so, you know, I was like, how can I get myself out of these things? Because obviously getting out of a building that I purchased was not going to be a simple thing the software that were using, cost me like $5,000 a month minimum to run.

Steve: What? Wow. Okay.

Kevin: Well, yeah and you know, you got to remember too that I came from the early 2000s where things were expensive, you know to launch a website was no small feat at the time. So, I guess when I signed on for that 5,000 seems somewhat reasonable there, you know, you couldn’t just sign up for whatever shipstation and make it happen for 50 bucks a month or whatever people do now. Yeah, so, you know all my orders flowed through there, so there wasn’t Really any way to get out of that without actually going through the process of having a true replacement and that took me a long time to get all the functionality that I needed. So in 2016 is whenever I decided okay, here’s the path. It’s that I’m going to take to get rid of all these expenses which was basically Outsource the storage of inventory to the point where most of my things are now Dropship for my suppliers and their even made printed on demand.

So they really not even stored for the Most part so I you know, that was a huge deal there because for one thing it bought me time. So I had a lot of inventory that I could sell down slowly and not have to replace which just look great for cash flow..

Steve: Do you have any inventory today?

Kevin: I have like 50 thousand dollars of inventory.

Steve: Okay, so not much at all.

Kevin: Yeah, that’s all things that I can’t drop ship. Otherwise, I probably wouldn’t just got rid of that because you know paying for the Storage everything just doesn’t really make sense at this point.

Steve: Are you fulfilling those yourself or using a 3PL for that.

Kevin: I move those to 3PL.

Steve: Okay, it’s been great. So literally you’re not carrying any inventory. There’s no need for a warehouse anymore. Right?

Steve: Right. And so yeah so fast forward. I did actually get a tenant for that thing as long as they exhaust they can pay their rent and they’re becoming viable company. The building will end up being a pretty good investment for me. So yeah, but it took me about three years to get to get to the point where I could get out of building I get rid of that software and just cut cut cut expenses everywhere I could you know Outsource as many things as possible, you know, I may have done the story a little bit disservice but it was a super hard super hard, painful in terms of letting employees go painful in terms of how do I how do I get from point A to point B.

And you know dropshipping adding that on wasn’t exactly a simple task because now I have to figure out why do I handle my shipping costs? So that gradually led me to raise prices to incorporate shipping into the price of the goods. And that’s whenever I learned wow, people will pay a lot more money than I’m charging.

Kevin: Let’s back up a bit so back when you were running your business before you were still charging for shipping weren’t you?

Kevin: I was yes, so everyone out together. So it was relatively simple thing to calculate the shipping rate. It was just whatever the weight of their cart was. We calculate the shipping based on that.

Steve: How does it work now?

Kevin: now well now we offer free shipping on everything over $50. So essentially if you order more than one product, you’re going to get free shipping what we do is we do we build in the price of shipping into every item based on how much it weighs. So I actually have a tool that sits on top of my, so I have a price that’s listed in our product database and then we have toilet sits on top of that and just places and adder in there before it hits the Shopify store.

Steve: Okay, so you okay. So you’re on Shopify last time we talked to I think, right?

Kevin: Yes. I’ve been on Shopify since 2013.

Steve: then can you just give me an idea of how much you cut your SAS bill down by by going to drop shipping?

Kevin: Yeah, the only thing that we still pay for now is Shopify actually so we now I’ve paid developers and I pay a lot more than most people would spend on on SAS to get to use have those developers. Give me the things that I need, but once there once I once I have that functionality, I don’t pay for it again.

Steve: Okay, so all your shipping stuff all that suffer related to all that $5,000 disappeared.

Kevin: Basically it disappeared as of April this year.

Steve: Yes, and then you’re no longer paying for the warehouse because you’re kind of leasing it out. Out to somebody else. What cutbacks did you have in terms of just employees?

Kevin: So obviously anyone fulfillment related is is pretty much going on now. I do have have an employee that actually works at home and she receives my returns and I’m actually considering maybe even going away from returns in general. I know some companies just you know, they don’t even ask for the products back. So I need to do some math to see if that would make sense.

Steve: Actually. We’re one of those companies. We usually don’t ask for the product back.

Kevin: How do you feel about does that encourage people to they learn the trick and then decide they want to refund and then you don’t ask for it back. So they know they get it for free.

Steve: No, I don’t think anyone’s really abused it and we don’t publish it obviously on the website. Well, obviously take a return if it’s like a huge like $2,000 order whatnot. But if it’s like onesie, twosie stuff, you know, we usually just let him keep it because it’s not really worth it.

Kevin: Yeah. I’m coming around to that point of view.

Steve: Yeah and plus your profit. Margin. Well, we’ll get to this in a little bit but your profit margin should be able to eat that. And just fine I would imagine.

Kevin: yes.

Steve: Yeah. Okay, so you cut all of your fulfillment employees. So like how lean are you guys now?

Kevin: Probably a little less lean than you would think mainly because I have some people on staff that probably like myself, my wife, my mother.

Steve: you gotta cut your wife man. That’s..

Kevin: yeah. my wife doesn’t do that much and my mother doesn’t do a whole lot that absolutely needs to be done. She lists like our products on Pinterest and she does some fraud review stuff which which does need to be done. But I mean I can you know, I can do those two payrolls because I could probably handle either not doing some of the things and just handle it myself.

Steve: Uh-huh.

Kevin: I don’t pay my wife. That’s essentially not paying myself.

Steve: Yeah. I actually don’t count those two people. I’m just like How lean is it like less than 10 people now?

Kevin: Oh, yeah lesson 10, okay. And we have two to software developers that that we do really cool stuff with them as a lot of it on the back back end,.

Steve: That’s interesting. Why do you still need software developers on like retainer?

Kevin: I don’t really need I mean I wouldn’t need them for day-to-day but I’m still have designs on on growth very smart intelligent growth at least but I still have designs that we can do more with the resources that we have in the tools that we’ve built. So, you know, hopefully one of those things would be launching some additional websites because once were dropped and we are Drop Shipping. So once we have the connections with the supplier, if there are products that they they offer that don’t fit into a 80tees.com You know, it’s relatively simple thing to launch a new website with a new Focus.

Steve: So I’m just kind of curious here. So you move to drop shipping. How much did your costs go up like if you saw the t-shirt before for 10 bucks, how much did it cost to Dropship?

Kevin: So so my well there’s your thoughts..

Steve: So let’s say yeah, let’s say the shirt cost you $10 and I know that’s really high but let’s say it cost you $10. How much would it cost if you by moving to drop shipping?

Kevin: Right. Yeah, it’s well, there’s there’s typically a Pick and Pack fee which probably gets gets wiped out by the savings that I would have had to handling the inventory myself, but I’d say in general probably about 20 to 30 percent higher to to not to buy one at a time via direct grammar print as opposed to Bringing them in bulk. But when I did the math, you know, once you pay for inbound Freight and once you have employees touch the product they touch it on her on receiving it they touch it to put it away onto a shelf. They touch it to pick it they touch it to pack it and then you’re sitting on it. So you’ve got time value of money.

You’ve got shrinkage because things happen in the warehouse sometimes whether that’s sun damage or they get dropped on the floor and run over by the cart, whatever it is, so you’ve totally all of that shrinkage and I my feeling is that I should say I believe this now that I my costs are probably actually less. It’s pretty hard to measure that

Steve: how do you measure like the mental aspects too right? You don’t have to deal with the Fulfillment employees and and just tracking everyone and tracking inventory and all that stuff too.

Kevin: Absolutely that I mean, you don’t even know how hard it can be to try to keep a lot of sizes in stock of a product. You know, you’re still a lot of your best-selling size and then the reason that It’s cheaper to buy the product and store it is because you’re buying in bulk. So now you’ve got a decision to make well, my best-selling size is out of stock, but I have enough of all these other sizes based on past sales. So do I you know, do I give up on this product in the best selling size or do I bring in more than I actually want. I mean those decisions used to kill me. I would literally write up a PO and then sit on it and try and wait two more weeks to see if I had more information before I send it through. Through just not even having to make those types of projections and really educated guesses is a big burden.

Steve: But I mean, you’ve kind of just shifted the problem over to someone else right what happens if you run out of a certain size now and your drop shipper?

Kevin: well the the some of them that we do that we drop shit through to actually store inventory. So they do have those problems like you mentioned and that that kind of stinks for them and it stinks for us too because you know, we end up with products that are listed on the site that don’t have some sizes but the vast majority of our products are actually print on demand. So as long as they keep like a lack of length t-shirt and stock. It doesn’t really matter. They have the ability to make that product right now.

Steve: Do you have ties to their inventory system? I just launched a t-shirt company with my kids and right now there’s no tie to the inventory system. So if someone orders a size that’s not available. I got to tell them that you know, it’s not available and they got to order something else.

Kevin: Yeah, that’s rough. Why aren’t you doing print on demand?

Steve: It is print on demand. But you know the product on demand people run out of certain sizes as well. Right? and so is your inventory tied to their system?

Kevin: yeah So we have so many suppliers that yes, we tie in if they offer an API, that’s the best because just once we build it just sinks automatically. But a lot of them send us a file so you can Excel file and upload it to the, we built we that was part of why I have the developers they built tools that take everyone’s file in whatever format they want to give it to us and then it updates our website.

Steve: I see, So this file is given to you every single day or?

Kevin: most of them do. Yes..

Steve: okay, but is it real time or is it like I once a day thing?

Kevin: Yeah for them. It’s definitely not real time that those actually make up only probably like ten percent of our our volume the vast majority of the products that we sell are pretty much always in stock because our supplier, so that’s what confuses me. I mean if you’re using a good print on demand company, they really shouldn’t be out of stock.

Steve: Yeah. I mean it’s happened to us a couple of times already. Maybe it’s just like some obscure t-shirt color and maybe it was an obscured color and size. But yeah.

Kevin: yeah, it could be we’d only time we run into problems will be like hoodies which for some reason there are the the mills in the United States have a really hard time keeping hoodies in stock.

Steve: All right, so you moved over to drop shipping. Let’s talk about the numbers a little bit. So you mentioned earlier that you had to raise prices dramatically because I know I paid almost 30 bucks for man t shirt I bought over you, great t-shirt great t-shirt, but so has that affected your business and what was kind of like the decision making process like?

Kevin: yeah, so well, like I said, when we incorporate shipping into the price that was pretty much it had it had to cop even if I didn’t want to but like you mentioned before with our with our suppliers actually charging us more to do the Drop Shipping, you know, obviously the maintain margins we had to raise prices as well there. So we That’s how I started out was everything we were dropshipping. I raised the prices on to account for those two factors. And you know, I was kind of amazed that we were selling them at first..

Steve: did the sales go down at all when you did that?

Kevin: Well at first sales went up because we had been through a long period where I was afraid to like like how I talked about before where I was always, you know, trying to decide should I send this PO in so my inventory levels were actually going down so our sales went up once we Drop Shipping. We have a lot of new products to offer in stock.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: so it’s you know, unfortunately it didn’t exist in a vacuum for me our sales went down because of higher prices. They actually look like they went up and then as things shifted from us owning them to to drop shipping those prices would be raised as well and sales are definitely when I say sales I should say orders are definitely down average order volume or average order value. I should say is is way is way way up it used to Be like 40 bucks and we’ll have days now where it’s 65 to 70 dollars.

Steve: Can you give me an idea of how much higher you raise your prices? Was it like on the rear of 25% 30% 50%

Kevin: Yeah. Well, I can just give you a real number. So a lot of products that we used to charge $20 for now start about $36.25.

Steve: How much is that? He man shirt I buy? I can’t even remember

Kevin: you got a good deal. It’s definitely moved up. Let me see.

Steve: So, okay. So let’s say I’m buying a T-shirt and normally it’s 20 bucks and all of a sudden you raise it to $36. Man, I would probably think twice so how do you kind of..

Kevin: lots of customers have that’s that’s a common thing that’s happened to us is we’ve definitely let a lot of customers go by the wayside, but that’s where understanding that math of price increase become so valuable.

Steve: So before we get into the math, and I definitely want to get into that. From the mentality of a person like why wouldn’t I just get this t-shirt somewhere else. Do you still have exclusive deals with some of the print designs that you have?

Kevin: We do, Yes, okay. we designed that Christmas party shirt. So that is an exclusive for us or our supplier. Lets us have that as exclusive and and you know the fighting about that shirt. I’m sure you remember this, but that was right after we switch to having dropshipping availed right if we switched and your order did have some problems.

Steve: Yes, I remember.

Kevin: I think about those problems, but that yeah, I felt really bad. I’m like jeez, you know this here’s here’s a friend of mine that placed an order didn’t ask for a discount anything like that. Now he’s having problems. I felt felt really terrible.

Steve: well, I got it in time for my party. So it’s all good there. But okay. So do you think you could have pulled this off if you didn’t have exclusive rights?

Kevin: Yeah, we still sell quite a quite a few like quite a high percentage of our products sales are not exclusive to us

Steve: and you could just go to some other store and get it for cheaper.

Kevin : Yeah

Steve: really? Okay. All right. Let’s do the math now then that’s

Kevin: righ. I guess I should say about the higher price thing. So there are overall selection is something that is hard to find so we do I believe we still have a lot of people that that just browse our site because We it’s well organized and then they will go somewhere else and buy but then there’s some people that their time is more valuable than that. So even though they might know they could get a cheaper. They’re just like whatever. I’ll pay the higher prices.

Steve: Okay. So would you say that you have a larger selection than most stores that you’ll find on the internet.

Kevin: Yeah, definitely. larger selection and better organized.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, I can see that right if I see a shirt that I like. Am I really going to scour the internet looking for that exact same shirt. I mean College me might have done it, but..

Kevin: some people definitely will but not

Steve: Okay, All right. And so but this is a substantial price increase right? We’re talking over 50% price increase. So, can you just give me an idea of how much unit volume dropped when you did that?

Kevin: Yes, so we used to average well over a hundred orders a day. And now I might have I might have a bad day at 40 orders a good day. Like a really good profitable day can be 70 to 80 orders. That’s not on P like

Steve: so 30 to 60 percent drop in orders. Yes. Wow crazy. Okay. So but meanwhile you are charging, you know fifty to sixty percent more now, so We talked about this before we started recording that the math people don’t even think about when it comes to to average order value. So yeah, let’s go through that right now.

Kevin: Yeah. Sure. So the thing you have to remember is all of your fixed expenses apply to every order regardless of what your price is. So I think a lot of people don’t understand that and it’s really important to understand your perv per order contribution origin, which contribution origin is essentially after you’ve sold sold this shirt How much money is there unless a shirt after you’ve sold your order how much money is left to pay other things than the actual cost of this order? So when I say the cost of the order like you’re going to take out any sort of shipping expenses any sort of directly attributable labor fees any transactional fees, obviously your cost of goods get all that out of there. And then what’s left is what you can actually spend on employees profit, rent, your Shopify Bill all that stuff.

So it that’s that’s a hugely important number and it’s you know, it’s not hard to calculate for most people but they don’t I think very few people actually take the time. So that’s we have a dashboard that shows me every order in real time and it gives me a pretty good estimate of what my contribution margin is.

Steve: Can you just kind of talk about what the components of your contribution margin are like You calculating it.

Kevin: Absolutely. Yeah, so you’ve got your merchandise costs. That’s what my supplier charges me and then we’ve got we’ve got the Fulfillment cost which that varies based on if I like say I had an order that head three shirts on it and I went to three different suppliers. I’m going to have each of them with their Pick and Pack fees. So I’ve got to calculate what those fulfillment fees are. I’ve got my Shopify fees because I don’t use a don’t you shall fly payments so

Steve: really okay.

Kevin: Yeah, so I’ve got I’ve got That which is pretty minor cost but like on a $42 order it’s like six cents or something like that.

Steve: Why are you using Shopify payments

Kevin: because in my back and I have the ability to recharge somebody so if someone calls me and says hey, I want to add a product to an order or I want to do a I want to do a new order and they just want to do it over the phone. I don’t actually have to put the order through Shopify to recharge them. I don’t need their credit card number

Steve: I see

Kevin: so we did a back-end tokenization.

Steve: Got it. Got it. Are you using striper something?

Kevin: We use Braintree actually

Steve: Braintree. Okay, all right and interesting and that’s worth it to pay the extra transaction fees that Shopify charges

Kevin: I think so. Yeah, it works out less than $300 a month. There’s

Steve: okay. So, all right, so it’s not much at all.

Kevin: Yeah, it’s not much at all. so then you’ve got your so I talked about your labor and then your got your transaction fees which your payment card processor which you know, those those are sneakily high so, you know, to Those people are probably paying like a quarter to 35, 45 cents per transaction plus some percentage usually around like 2.2% We do the thing where they do the like the actual Cost Plus with our with our merchant account. But it I just I average it out and I come up with like it’s like 25 cents per order plus two point two percent. We just say, okay, that’s probably about what this cost even though it might fluctuate up or down a little bit and If I if I can get I can give you like a recent order here, so So I charged 36 dollars and 35 cents for the item. And this is an item that we actually design so I don’t have any royalty fees on this and I’m I’m just paying for the printing and the shirt itself and my cost there $6.75.

I’ve got Pick and Pack fees of $2 Shopify fees as six cents a transaction fees a dollar twenty-five. So after after all that said and done in this customer pay for shipping because they actually Didn’t hit my free shipping threshold. So after all that said and done, I actually have a kind of way with $26 and 29-cent contribution Margin. I should say some people like to try to figure out what they’re advertising cost is and take that out of their contribution Margin. That’s that’s pretty difficult though

Steve: That was my next question. Actually. Yeah.

Kevin: Okay it’s really difficult because you’d have to take pick some period of time whether it’s a day or a week or a month in and say okay. I got this many Facebook orders and then try and match it up to

Steve: Well, I was thinking you just take your monthly fee that you pay on advertising and just divide it by the number of well, yeah, I don’t know. Okay, so it’s not it’s not a part of the number. Okay.

Kevin: Yeah, and the reason I don’t do that is because organic is a pretty large portion of yeah or so. It’s it’s a really tough call as to what’s the best way to handle that

Steve: If you saw an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show. Now back to the show.

All right, so that’s crazy. So you’re making $26 in margin off of a t-shirt. Whereas at least in my store. I might make like seven to ten dollars at most, sounds pretty crazy.

Kevin: It is crazy and and so but that tells you now what my number of orders and revenue how much less it can be where I end up just as well off.

Steve: So before before you raise the prices, you said your t-shirts were at 20 bucks, right?

Kevin: Yes

Steve: so that means you were making ten dollars in profit per shirt before about

Kevin: yeah, I guess that works.

Steve: right out to 10 verses 26. So 2.6 x what you were making before

Kevin: right.

Steve: All right, which is crazy. Meanwhile, you’ve have to your Demand right? So you still come out ahead by 30%

Kevin: Yeah, definitely as far as profit goes

Steve: All right, man. It’s crazy.

Kevin: Now your ego takes a hit. Yeah, there’s some there’s some definite things about it that are not fun. So, you know everyone talks about Revenue. So your revenue is lower. So your ego takes it their customers do complain. You know, I get customers all the time asking me why isn’t I paid twenty dollars in 2016? Why why is this same shirt $36 and and it’s funny because whenever I Whenever I tell them all the reasons and I go through all the expenses and everything. I think to myself boy. I’m that’s crazy that I was ever charging $20 because the only reason that worked for me back then was that such a high percentage of my worst came from organic sales. or search engine sales.

Steve: Hmm and they still do right. I mean, I just kind of checked your SEO just before this interview. You’re still ranking ridiculously high for very popular terms.

Kevin: Yeah. We do get a lot of volume from those and and some of that, I mean a still a large portion of it comes through, you know, like the brand term to so it’s not even even though we rank for Star Wars t-shirts because and that’s a great that’s a great term for us to rank for the highest by far component of our organic is just people searching our brand so

Steve: okay

Kevin: a lot of that’s built out by the paid advertising.

Steve: So when we were talking before we hit record on this I wanted to address the factor of During discounts on your site and like the real calculations that kind of come in that people don’t really think about when you’re let’s say giving yourself a 20% discount to a customer

Kevin: right. So that’s yeah, that’s I kind of call that the how much did your promotional really make? Yeah, and and so it’s easier maybe if we do like some real numbers. people understand. So basically, let’s assume you have a site with an average order value like like $150.

Steve: Well, it’s a big round numbers like and all right. Yeah hundred dollars

Kevin: Okay makes a change here. I got the spreadsheet out.

Steve: I love it. Okay.

Kevin: All right. So let’s say that what non-discounted average margin do you want to use?

Steve: non – lets just use 50%

Kevin: and okay. So we’re going to say we’ve got an average order value 100 dollars and you’re averaging 50 percent Margin. All right. So now there are a couple things that we need to take into account. So we need to know what kind of discount we’re going to offer. Let’s start. Twenty percent. So that’s that’s a pretty calm. Alright, and let’s say that you have fixed cost to fill the fill the order of like five bucks in order and that you’re you’re doing a hundred orders a day. And now let’s let’s think about this though. Let’s say you have a site-wide discount of 20% Okay, some percent of your customers actually would have ordered regardless of that discount, right?

Steve: Yes.

Kevin: So when we’re going to make this calculation we need to kind of penalize ourselves. So for that for that percent and it’s hard to know what that percent is, but you can sort of use your daily average Volume 2 back into some number and then some percent of those customers would have actually bought next month maybe at full price, but you pulled them forward. So, you know, if you were..

Steve: How do you come up with an estimate for that, I mean,

Kevin: I think the best way to do that would be let’s let’s say you’re averaging to you to use round numbers. Let’s say your average a hundred orders on a typical day and then you run your 20 percent Statewide is You really promoted heavily on email and everything and now you did a hundred 50 orders. So that would be okay case where you’re going to say. Okay. Well, I can probably assume that 33% of my customers of that day would not have ordered had I not done this.

Steve: Okay. I see what you’re saying. Whatever the increase in the average daily order volume is what you’re going to use for that number.

Kevin: Yeah, and you can be conservative with it to you. Don’t you don’t want to penalize the pro surely much? Okay. So anyway using those numbers $100 average order value. 50 percent margins with our cost of $5 per order. We’re coming up with a let’s see contribution margin per order with the discounts. I’m sorry without the discount would be 40 bucks because I have a variable cost percentage of five percent

Steve: sure that makes it easier to to calculate in your head. So 40 bucks is your contribution margin and so a hundred orders a day, right?

Kevin: Right So well, so 40 bucks would be your per order without the discount. You took 20% off though. So Now, what is your contribution Margin?

Steve: right, 30 actually no going. Yeah you have the spreadsheet.

Kevin: Yeah. Yeah. So so now you’re talking you just have by offering 20% off. You just actually have your contribution margin per order which is you know, 20% seems like not that big a deal but what matters to you what you can run your business with is that contribution so you’ve literally just cut it in half.

Steve: have you so okay. So 20 percent means that the order value is now 80 bucks, right? 50% Margin is 40 bucks. And then what was the contribution margin then after the discount?

Kevin: after this kind of goes down to $20

Steve: $20. Where is

Kevin: that’s a straight cut off the top.

Steve: Right? Right. Okay. Got it. Got it. Got it. Okay I hope people can keep up with this. Yeah.

Kevin: It’s a little that thing to remember is and probably the easiest thing if all these numbers don’t make sense. If someone the easiest thing to remember is that when you give someone a discount that comes strictly from your bottom line strictly from your profit Because it can’t come from anywhere else like your unless your suppliers are offering a discount or something like that. But that’s the only place that it can come from because all your none of your costs have changed the exception of the like percentage of merchant fees that you charged because you don’t you’re not paying on that $20 they gave to your customer. But other than that everything else stays the same

Steve: so the key takeaway for the people listening here is before we were making forty dollars per order and with a 20% discount. you would think that you would be making $32 per order but it turns out to be $20 per order because you’re taking that 20% off of your overall revenue and it doesn’t affect your costs all that cost are fixed.

Kevin: Exactly.

Steve: And so the key Point here is that that 20% discount that you’re giving is really like a 50% to your profit.

Kevin: Right. And and it’s if you would have had you know 50 of those. Customers pay full price you actually lost fifty times twenty. You know what I mean? You just lost $1,000 that you gave away to those customers that would have given you a thousand dollars extra which means that your your promotion better drive. It has to drive a thousand dollars extra just to break even

Steve: in the example that you just used. We got a hundred fifty orders instead of a hundred. So it we broke even on that promotion then

Kevin: yeah. Yeah, you’re Basically, even Steven. but you just did a lot more work.

Steve: I guess the only thing that I can think of where this this whole model kind of breaks down is like if you’re getting 50 new customers. That you can sell to going forward. It might still be worth it. Right?

Kevin: right. So that’s that was something I haven’t mentioned yet. But whenever we made the switch to the higher prices, we essentially ended up with exclusively only our best customers.

Steve: Okay.

Speaker 2: So there’s a lot of value there that it’s super impossible to quantify, but when you think about someone that is willing to pay full price They’re generally happier because they’re they’re not trying to I guess get one over on someone else. They’re just out there and they see a product a think it’s cool and they buy it or as the people that are trying to save every last penny there. It’s some of them it’s a game to them where it’s like how much can I get from you? So there there that’s really not a great customer to have I always kind of like Apple, Android, you know, the quality of the Apple customer versus the quality of the Android customer is is Has been proven over and over again ask any e-commerce site owner.

You know who they’re better customers. Are are they coming from iPhone? Are they coming from Android? pretty sure the results would be overwhelmingly iPhone unless they sell Android gear, but..

Steve: I’m an Android phone user and I didn’t complain about my He-Man shirt.

Kevin: I’m that. You know, I’m speaking in general that anyone specifically can bet that could not be the case, but I’m speaking in definitely.

Steve: Here’s some stats from my store that I think he’d find interesting. So 50% of the people who shop at my store approximately spend less than half of our average order value. Whereas only I think 12% spend double my average order value. However, that 12% makes up almost 50% of my Revenue. Whereas those cheap customers. They only make up like 10% of my revenues.

Kevin: Wow

Steve: but the volume is a lot higher of those cheap eats right?

Kevin: So do you need that volume for to achieve any scale?

Steve: Well, so there’s ego involved mainly because I run a course also, but like if I focus on my best customers which in this case are event planners and wedding planners, we could make this business a hell of a lot easier we of course take a huge Revenue hit but those people they’re consistent they order in bulk and it would just be a lot easier to just deal with just those customers.

Kevin: Right. Yeah, and and would you be able to I mean, I don’t really know the ins and outs of your operation, but would your number of employees plummet?

Steve: Probably. Well, I mean, we don’t have that many employees to begin with so maybe not actually I don’t know.

Kevin: So for me, there’s just so many advantages to being smaller. Yeah less returns less employees less problems. And in the thing about scale that I always I always try to remember is we’re no matter what I do with my business. I’m not going to be able to scale up to compete with Amazon. You know, I mean, let’s think about let’s say I made my business to point where I had to have 50 employees. Now, I’m going to need managers. I’m going to need human resources people but Amazon will always be competing with me and they they can spread the cost of that manager of those Human Resources people over so many more employees than I ever could see like scale could never be something that I go into battle against Amazon and I think that’s the same for literally every Maybe Target and Walmart there the scale doesn’t work in their favor

Probably it does for those guys but you’re talking like a smaller business less than even a hundred million you really are going to compete with scale in any way so skill is not is not a tool to use in your disposal.

Steve: Yeah. I think the other thing that you have to think about is, you know, we’re both family men. And why do we get into business the first place? It’s not to make our lives more miserable. It’s to be able to tie. I’m shift our time spend more time with family and just kind of do the things that we want to do, right?

Kevin: Exactly and I will say this like my new customers are much more happy like we get a lot less complaints.

Steve: I believe it. You probably didn’t hear from them?

Kevin: for the most part. You don’t yeah, it’s funny how that works. And I don’t exactly know why I probably get some stupid reason if I even tried to conjecture but it’s I can just tell you that the people that pay more are happier.

Steve: Can I ask you also what higher prices? As affected your advertising like you have a lot more to play with now, right?

Kevin: So we do yes, but it also made them less effective because

Steve: Interesting. How so?

Kevin: well because now I’m putting as I travel a lot of people that tell us where you know crazy for how much.

Steve: I see okay, I can actually for the most part I can average like a 3 return ad spend and my cost per getting that single order could be like 25 to 30 dollars.

Steve: Exactly, which is crazy right for t-shirt business.

Kevin: I don’t know that this applies to every company because I did have a head start. I do have the searched search engine optimization going for me. So I don’t know if you could start a business like this, but I know that there are certainly a lot of companies out there that could definitely benefit just from thinking about why am I pursuing this scale? A lot of times I hear people talk about scaling up on Facebook and and you know as everyone has ever advertise on Suppose you’re going to have periods where you think it’s grown great and you’re gonna be like what the heck happened? Facebook’s not working for me like you used to, and but you know, I’ve talked to people and they’ll say well I could spend like a thousand dollars a day and get really good return on ad spend or I could spend $5,000 a day and it’s not even half as much or maybe it is half as much.

So let me ask you this. Would you rather spend $1000 a day at like a 5 to 1 return on ad spend or $5,000 a day a tattoo? A half or 2.4 ad spend.

Steve: well. I mean I would just do both but I’m sorry two and a half? It depends on what my average order value is in the lifetime value, but I would just run both probably but it just depends if I was limited on resources than obviously. Yes. I would I would pay to advertise on the more lucrative Channel.

Kevin: No, I’m sorry. I just meant your choice would be to stop spending on Facebook at $1,000. So you’re not chasing the less quality option ordered to ramp up to spend the extra 4000 dollas.

Steve: So I see we’re saying if I have a limited budget. Yeah, I mean, I’ll tell you this Kev our Facebook customers are those cheap customers

Kevin: really?

Steve: Yeah, it just so happens that we’re talking like this and my Google ad customers are much much higher average order value. And so I’ve actually cut back on my top of funnel stuff for Facebook.

Kevin: awesome. So can I ask I mean you seem to know a lot of good information about your business. Are you doing a dashboard or some kind of you just dinging this stuff on a regular basis?

Steve: You know, it’s funny. I just kind of just talked about this in the last episode over at klaviyo. I generally ask my wife like I have my own little dashboard that I created on my shopping cart that I use but anything more in depth, I have to ask my wife for, obviously all the ad platforms. I have the dashboards for all that stuff Klaviyo is recently announced that all the steps going to be available inside of the tool now. So depending on how it looks I might transition over to that entirely.

Kevin: nice.

Steve: But right now it’s not like yours you have like a unified dashboard for everything right? Sounds like.

Kevin: I mean really it’s that contribution Margin. I don’t have some crazy good dashboard. Like like when you said about your over your average order value coming from 12% your customers versus 50%

Steve: Oh, yeah. Yeah. I have to ask my wife for that information.

Kevin: I mean, that’s great stuff to know.

Steve: Yeah, why? I did it for a talk that I was giving. That was the main reason. I pulled that numbers and when I pulled them I was like hey. I started looking at analytics then and Google analytics and just seeing you know, where the cheap customers were coming from and most of them are coming from Facebook

Kevin : That’s fantastic now, I wonder if especially since obviously you’ve got your word to markets. You got your end user and then you’ve got your event planner. I wonder if that might be why Facebook is

Steve: yeah, and I think that’s definitely what it is. Most of the event planners find us through Google.

Kevin: Interesting. So let’s let’s assume that that wasn’t the case in you talking like a normal consumer business where Facebook customers are worse just a just and kind of tell you where I was going with the spend $1000 day or 5,000 if you spent $1,000 a day at five to one return on ad spend and you had a margin of 75% your your gross profit on on that $1000 spend which is five thousand sales would be $2,750 if you spent spent 5,000 at a 2.4 return on ad spend then your gross profit is $4,000. So basically you’re doing a ton of extra work for like thirteen hundred dollars extra in gross profit. And you know, but but now your inventory is moving faster, you know, all the all the things that all the good things that can happen with with scale. I feel like are probably outnumbered by the bad things that can happen scale.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Can we just kind of end this interview by just talking about how your lifestyle has changed?

Kevin: Sure. Yeah. Yeah, I’m sorry if this if this was like a boring

Steve: no, no, it’s not boring. It’s just the numbers are probably hard for people to follow. So like I get your point, right? I mean is it worth that amount of money incremental amount of money for the amount of mental anguish. This is kind of why I want to transition over to how this has changed for you mentally.

Kevin: Yeah, so I’m essentially semi-retired I’ve gone from having to You know 10 to 14 hour days just to keep the wheels on on the thing keep it rolling to the point where if I if I really didn’t feel like it today. I don’t have to actually do anything to keep the business running. I’ve got everything is going to be flowing smoothly my employees would let me know if the some disaster occurred but so that’s that’s really good. And honestly, I did need a break because we spend nearly 20 years of your of your life just doing something head down and and pursuing growth without any real reason which is definitely what I was doing

Steve: everyone falls into that Trap man. I fell into that trap three years ago before I had to talk to my wife about it. So

Kevin: let’s go that you did have that talk.

Steve: Yeah.

Kevin: So so I feel like right now I’m sort of in this like semi not super motivated phase where I’m enjoying the time with my kids doing a lot of working out. So my life is really good. I’ve got no complaints a little bit of sometimes I actually feel a little guilty because I used to feel guilty if I spent like an hour goofing off and now I’m spending potentially six hours a day kind of like working on myself in one form or another so so I have a little I still have a little bit of that. I’m trying to get over that. But yeah, my lifestyle is great though. I’m in better shape than I have been in a long time. Like I used to go to the chiropractor and get massages all the time because I was sitting in front of a desk.

You know stumped or slumped over and just my my posture all day long was killing me. So so now I don’t I don’t do that. I get up all the time. I’ll work in different positions. Like I literally I’ll take my phone out and answer emails and the sun whenever it’s nice because I’m nothing really like urgent anymore and spent a lot of time and stuff kids. So yeah that if if you’re at the point, I’d say to anyone if you’re at the point where like you can scale down and you could have a really Nice lifestyle

Steve: and I mean your profits have increased right?

Kevin: Yeah. Well I was losing money for years because I was you know pumping in money into to the building’s off or any of the employees and the only thing that was allowing allowing that to work was the fact that I had built up a large inventory value that that was actually as I wasn’t reordering products whether it was just because I was shrinking the inventory on a site or as I switch Dropship doing having that pure Cash flow coming in is what allowed me the time to actually turn it around.

Steve: You know what, I just thought it was just now it’d be really interesting to see all the people who are reporting Revenue numbers actually report profit numbers to be very interesting if it just all of a sudden shifted

Kevin: and love it and you know, I’m in the form and I know there’s some guys that are doing some heavy revenue and two of them. I’ve actually talked to a different times and you know, they weren’t profitable for periods of time and and you know, you’re doing over 20 Million Dollars and you’re losing money then that’s that’s super risky that you know the stress that they’re under at that point has got to be intense.

Steve: So yeah, but that’s a lot of credit card points right there

Kevin: if they weren’t so miserable. They be taking some amazing vacation.

Steve: Well, Kevin man. Hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. If anyone wants a he-man t shirt, where can they find you?

Kevin: Yeah, they go to 80tees.com and if you want to hear me and spouse on numbers and maybe Kind of like my anti-growth posture. I do have the Kevinstecko.com just

Steve: Kevinstecko.com. Yeah, you know what’s funny is, you know, kev, whenever we kind of meet up we do have some really good conversations and Kev is actually quite a good counselor too. if you find yourself being burnt out about the business or whatever. He’ll give you a realistically a realistic and blunt perspective on what to take

Kevin: try not to hold any punches because I would hope someone would do that for me also.

Steve: absolutely. All right, Kevinstecko.com if you want to check it out. Thanks for coming on Kev.

Kevin: Thanks, Steve. Take care.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode and next time you start handing out discount coupons left and right. I want you to sit down do the math and figure out how many more widgets you have to sell to make up for it because the numbers are quite astounding. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequither.com/episode288.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

287: Chandler Bolt On How To Quickly Grow A Self Publishing Book Business to 8 Figures

287: Chandler Bolt On How To Quickly Grow A Self Publishing Book Business to 8 Figures

Today I brought my buddy Chandler Bolt back on the show. Chandler runs Self Publishing School where he teaches others how to write and self publish a book in 3 months.

He’s the author of multiple best selling books and he’s an expert when it comes to going out on your own in the book business.

In this episode, we’re going to catch up with Chandler to discuss the overall publishing landscape

What You’ll Learn

  • How quickly grow your book business
  • What’s changed with Amazon in the last year
  • All of your options when you want to publish a book and the pros and cons of each
  • How to get reviews for your book
  • Self publishing vs traditional publishing. Which is better?

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Chandler Bolt back on the show. And today we’re going to cover what it takes to succeed at self publishing your own book.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I brought my buddy Chandler bolt back on the show. And if you recall Chandler with someone I met at a Fincon meeting in San Francisco while back and he was actually a prior guest on the podcast probably a little over a year and a half ago. Chandler runs self-publishing school where he teaches others how to write and self-publish your first book in three months working just 30 minutes per day and he is also the author of multiple best-selling books and an expert when it comes to going out on your own in the book business. And what we’re going to do today is we are going to catch up with Chandler to see how the landscape for book publishing has changed in the past year and with that welcome back to show Chandler. How you doing today, man?

Chandler: Hey Steve, really great to be back really great to be here.

Steve: I’ve been following your massive growth in just the past year. Congratulations on your success. I believe you made the Inc 5000 once again and you grew in the triple digits, I think year to year. How did you manage to grow your book business so quickly?

Chandler: oh man, a lot of different things, but I think it’s really great people and really great team a focus on a gap in the marketplace that not a lot of people are fulfilling and really focusing on and then just being laser focused on what we do well and not getting distracted by what we don’t do well. So, I think that’s kind of been the combination and that’s led to a significant amount of growth and just laser and in and on what we’re doing well and then on. Actually over the last year and a half on the Marketing side that’s been a big area of focus for us. And so I mean, it’s so funny. I’m just seeing guys like you who have been just executing on this for years and I feel like an idiot because we didn’t focus on that enough.

And so now we’re just really emphasizing content and just adding as much value as humanly possible to people when they’re in the book writing consideration phase. So that you know, by the time they commit to doing it they’ve already gotten so much help from us that they’re like okay, of course. Yeah. I want to work with you guys. So that’s kind of a..

Steve: Hearing you say that it’s just kind of ironic since you’re in like the book publishing business and to hear that you’re just doing content now, it’s just kind of ironic don’t you think?

Chandler: Yeah, if you think because we should

Steve: Well no, I mean like you write content for a living, right?

Chandler: Oh, yeah. Yeah. It’s just a different kind right, you know, it’s gated content in the sense that someone has to purchase it. So the like the books are great. But how do we reach folks who even pre that phase right? There just in the consideration pay so, you know building out like are blot the self-publishing school blog we bought self-publishing.com. So that’s a new property that we’re growing to be just the definitive resource for all of self-publishing. So kind of broadening that out building up our YouTube channel and conjunction with our blog and just kind of trying to do a multi-prong Content approach. That’s and then people can Ascend to buying say my book published or things like that and then they can Ascend to ultimately working with us. So just build a more of a path and especially reach in folks who are in that consideration phase.

Steve: So can we talk a little bit more specifically about what aspects of your content straight. So you said a bunch of things right there. You said YouTube and then just content for like a Blog. How did you decide how to kind of split that up? And what is your strategy for figuring out exactly what to write about or publish a video about?

Chandler: Yeah, so we you know, we had some traction on our blog but that’s been really really growing so it’s kind of a mix between is their search volume and is their buyers intent for self-publishing school. So, you know, there’s there just key terms whether it’s how to write a book how to self publish a book self-publishing things like that that those are the key things that we focus on and so that we’re not just growing traffic for traffic sake but we’re also not focused on social in a bunch of other stuff because we know that a long-term defensible moat for us is organic. So we just kind of exclusively track daily organic traffic unique users. So it’s you know people for people who are less familiar with those terms.

Someone’s searching in Google and then landing on our blog or landing on one of our content articles are aside or things like that. So we just kind of go through what’s the keyword difficulty what’s the search volume. Can we and then Step 1 can we write the best blog post on the internet for that topic and then step two can we get backlinks to that content so that it can actually rank on Google and then once that content goes well and once we have stuff ranking then we say alright. Well, how do we expand this and create a YouTube video create other things so that now, you know. We’ve got 2,000 hits a day on this article then if we can embed a YouTube video at the top that can translate to maybe a hundred views a day on that YouTube video.

Which now helps us rank for say how to write a book or best book writing software or something like that on the YouTube side, which circles back traffic to the blog which then now the YouTube videos hopefully ranking on page one for the same turn which means we’re covering more real estate for that post or for that keyword as well and just kind of trying to feed the whole ecosystem.

Steve: So, what tools are you using to figure out your keyboard strategy?

Chandler: We use AHrefs. We that’s the main tool that we use, we use Moss but more from just Like a domain Authority evaluation tool and stuff like that, but I want to say it’s mostly AHrefs and we’ve used some other tools, but that’s the main ones

Steve: So what is your criteria like you spout a bunch of those keywords and they all sounded really competitive actually. So I’m just kind of curious what’s your criteria. I mean, do you go for those competitive ones since you have pretty solid domain strength right now?

Speaker 2: Yes, and you know for so it’s kind of different. So we’re in the middle of growing self-publishing.com. That’s the early early early phases. I just bought that that domain a few months ago and so it’s still relatively low traffic. So for that we’re going more for lower competition keywords that we can rank for faster to build momentum and then we’ll go in the high competition keywords for self-publishing school. We’re going for way more High competition keywords. And and even if we don’t think that we can rank for maybe three to six months. We’ll go ahead and write that article and start getting some momentum behind it so that we can just build up.

And so yeah, I mean what we are getting our butts kicked on the how to how to write a book ranking right now, which is the most competitive and also the one that we want the most I mean, obviously that’s like the most if someone is searching how to write a book they need self-publishing school and that is like the most vibrant and keyword that we can get maybe other than how to self publish a book and I think you know a few a few. I don’t know if we are currently but a few weeks ago when I checked we were ranking number one for the term self-publishing. Above the self-publishing Wikipedia page. So ethical but yes some some of the some of the higher competition keywords. Absolutely. It takes longer to rank but we’re just trying to really go after it and that’s when I think Step One, is the most important part in the process, which is what I think most people ignore which is we’re not going to write an article unless we think we can write the best article on the internet for that topic.

And so we believe that if that’s the strategy that we’re taking that, you know long-term that’s Google’s goal is to get the best article to rank number one. So sure it might be super competitive and sure it might you know have a ton of backlinks and has been ranking number one for a really long time or any of those things. But if we can if it is the best article then nationally people will start linking to it more they’ll start, you know, they’ll click, you know, Google tracks all that where it’s like I click search result number one go back, search result number two go back, search result number 3 stay on that page for 10 minutes. Okay. Maybe we should bump that up. You know, so that’s kind of the signals that are kicking over to Google that hopefully will help us Rank and when in log term..

Steve: This is kind of like a related question, so you bought this really awesome domain. How come you’re not redirecting everything over? It Sounds like you’re trying to establish it on its own.

Chandler: Yeah, we are and that’s a great question because we kind of went back and forth on that. We said do we Rebrand the whole company is self-publishing.com and I mean to be honest, maybe maybe we should down the road, but I think I think self-publishing.com lends credibility to what we do. So there was a compelling argument for that. It’s like okay if your self publishing. Well, you’re with self publishing.com, but honestly long term we want this to be an independent property of from self-publishing school. So just like it’s an unbiased resource and it’s not just self-publishing School propaganda machine, you know, but it’s like a truly is the go-to site for all of self-publishing so we felt like we feel That site and that company can even be bigger than so publishing school.

So we want to keep that separate and although yes, we’re using some publishing School resources right now to support that, you know, it’s very much in the prerogative of everything kind of meant to be third-party objective non-biased info. And and so we feel like that can be just the voice of self-publishing as a whole and then sure will say if you need help like we’ve got an education arm and then probably a Services arm And right now we’re just referring all that out to a bunch of other people. But who knows maybe we get in that business, maybe we don’t but either way it’s like need help on the education side. Great. Here’s self-publishing School need help on the services side. Here are a bunch of our service providers things like that.

Steve: so in terms of your YouTube strategy, would you say that every post that you write has a corresponding YouTube video as well.

Chandler: Not every post but the best, the most popular post pretty much do. We’re working way through that right now. So for all of our, we’re kind of working our way in order of highest traffic to post to turn those into videos and then, you know, corresponding somewhat with traffic search on on YouTube, but mostly if we have a good really good post this ranking and it’s getting too much traffic. We want to have a video for that as well and then just build that up. That’s I mean, we didn’t pay much attention to YouTube until a few months ago. But I just believe that that video and audio, I mean are the future of search and Google has come out and said a bunch of things that are in line with that. So we’re trying to get you know, we’re trying to move that direction and it’s we’re behind..

Steve: I just jumped on the YouTube bandwagon myself actually, so maybe we can compare notes at some point. Okay, so so content marketing was a huge driver of growth. What was another factor that you mentioned?

Chandler: Just really great people on the team and I think focusing on something that kind of knowing problem that we solve in the marketplace and differentiating and just staying laser focused. I think what I’ve seen some not so much our competitors, but just a lot of people in this in this space and then the online marketing or online education spaces, they just get super distracted and they just jump around to a bunch of different things and don’t really stay committed and we’ve kind of Been a one-trick pony for years and it’s like we know what we’re good at and that’s helping people write and publish their book and use that book to grow their business.

And so we just laser focus on that and sure we’re probably leaving some money on the table and we don’t have like this elaborate Ascension model where it’s buy this and then buy this and then buy this and then here’s my 30k Mastermind and like all that stuff. Not that there’s anything wrong with that. That’s just not the path that we’ve chosen to take. And so I think as a result of that we’ve been pretty laser-focused and Helped us with with execution.

Steve: Prior to your content marketing efforts how had you been getting your customers?

Chandler: Yeah, our top customer acquisition channels, in the early days. It was Affiliates a lot of affiliate stuff a lot of paid traffic and those were the main things now, I would say its Affiliates paid traffic content marketing and speaking so speaking was a new customer acquisition channel for us last year when we did zero on that in 2017 and we did right at a million dollars is a customer acquisition last year. So doing more of that and traveling around speaking and we found that to be relatively successful.

Steve: I’ve noticed you’re speaking in every single event last year at least that comes across in my feed..

Chandler: Oh I spoke to way too many events last year. It was 20, I think It was 24 events. But actually, this has been good Steve, one of our philosophies is actually one of our five core values. Stir fast, fail forward, fail often. So we just believe that there’s no learning and no growth without failure. And so we Embrace that celebrate that and Champion that internally and so that was our Big Goal. We said, all right, we’re working with a friend of mine Pete Vargas super great guy. He kind of laid out his stage strategy and we said, all right, we’re going to we’re how we’re going to differentiate is we’re just going to get on as many stages as fast as possible and just fail a ton and as fast as possible but in doing doing so we know that we’re going to learn faster than anybody else and that therefore our results will increase.

And so we just took kind of like the blue collar bring a lunch pail to work mentality and which is kind of what I’ve always done and I’m from the middle of nowhere in the South and just tiny little town and just that’s just what was instilled to me in growing up and that’s kind of the approach that we’ve always taken and so we just got on a bunch of stages and took a bunch of losses, but also had a decent amount of wins and now this year we’re really really really focused on just less but better and so going fewer stages, higher caliber stages, increasing what Pete Vargas would call like your average stage value, ASV. So that our Revenue per stage increases and..

Steve: How do you measure that actually?

Chandler: In sales on site and immediately after..

Steve: Oh you sponsoring events also? Got it.

Chandler: Yeah, yeah we sponsor events. So speak as well and a lot of cases. I’ll wave my speaking fee and I’ll bring the team and people will do strategy sessions. So sit down and talk through people’s goals about their book. So it’s like what are your goals? What are your challenges and what are your next steps and if it’s a fit and if they qualify to work with us, we’ll talk about what it would look like to work with self-publishing school. And then we’re able to measure that from a revenue perspective. And and so our goal is to increase that this By being more selective and we said no to a ton of events this year. Whereas last year. We just said yes to basically everything.

Steve: Any tips on getting these speaking gigs though?

Chandler: oh man, so we just targeted Outreach very targeted Outreach and trying to think so I’ve got Pedro on my team who kind of runs point on this but and and Pete Vargas is a really really great resource. So we’re just kind of following his Playbook to a tee, but it’s targeted reach, the target Outreach building what he call Champions. So people who are you know, you like you trust you things like that and getting intros and then just having conversations. So we just have a pipeline. There’s initial Reach Out made contact intro call follow-up call..

Steve: Like good old fashioned legwork and networking..

Chandler: Good old-fashioned. It’s like, you know, maybe got Circle back to the question secret to all of this is hard and we just yeah, I’m gonna We lock in on a handful of things that are important. And then our priority and then we just go after it and so but with but we try to be smart about it. Right? not just not just hard work. But you know, it’s I mean people always say work smarter not harder and I’m just a big fan of working smarter and harder to being targeted and then and then, you know working hard at it. So that’s that’s a lot of what we did is just Outreach and then referrals and then, you know, we speak on some key events and then do a great job and over deliver for the The event organizer and then next thing you know, someone is in the audience or talk to that event organizer and says hey I want to bring you to my event..

Steve: Yes, it just gets easier after you get that one big event and I appreciate you waving the podcast speaking fee today. So since we last spoke, let’s transition to books a little bit. Bunch of my friends like James Clear, Pat Flynn have released brand-new books and they’ve chosen to go the traditional self the traditional publishing route, you know with the publisher and whatnot. Can we kind of talked about The options that you have when you want to publish a book and the pros and cons of each because I know you kind of preach like the self-publishing Amazon Kindle route. And if you could kind of talk, I think we those are all our mutual friends. So can you just kind of talk about the pros and cons and why they made their decision and whatnot.

Chandler: Absolutely and so funny. We’ve got a blog post and a video on this self-publishing. There’s the traditional publishing. But yeah, so so, I’m pretty sure that Pat’s most recent book which at the time of us recording. This was just launched a few days ago. I’m pretty sure that that one was self-published. I think the one that’s this is super fans book. I think the one prior to that was traditionally published. So yeah, I mean, there’s definitely pros and cons, you know for 99.9% of people it makes more sense to self-publish and I think that’s what Pat’s seen and that’s what’s worked relatively well for him. Now the cool thing is he’s got enough clout now where his self-published book is in a bookstore, right?

So and that’s pretty awesome and that honestly is the main bottleneck or so. Traditionally people would always go with Publishers because you needed a publisher to get into a bookstore and you needed a bookstore to have distribution and have any sales. Well now over 70 percent of all books sold are sold on Amazon and you don’t need a publisher to get on Amazon. So it’s kind of like the my brother if you know this my brother plays in a grammy-nominated rock and roll band called Me Debris. Okay, so so I’ve seen the music industry. I like behind the scenes very very close up and it’s very similar to the publishing industry. So you’ve got the publishing industry who had a Chokehold on distribution through bookstores and you have the record label industry and music industry who has a Chokehold on music distribution through radio and and things like that.

So very similar and so that’s the main reason that people are still going with those institutions amongst a few other things when you’re just seeing shifts. Well in both Industries away from the way things have been traditionally done and more towards independent deals. And so now that you don’t need a publisher to get the bookstores and you don’t need bookstores because that’s not where a lot of sales happen. A lot of authors are moving over to the self-publishing route. So, you know, my buddy Hal Elrod is a good example of that. We’ve got our first ever live event coming up and he’s speaking at that but how he sold 1.7 million copies of the miracle morning self-published. And I think it’s even over two million copies now and so so just circling. I mean, I realize I’m like circling the airport with like all these disparate facts about traditional publishing versus self-publishing, but from a royalty perspective, you’re going to make a lot more on the on going to self-publish route.

This is something we just we just put together this little on self-publishing outcome like this book roll T calculator because I’ve always been talking about this but never had a good way to show people the numbers and so it’s like you click you toggle around and you go Indie publish traditional publisher self-publish and you get to see like the actual numbers difference between the different royalty amounts, but you’ll make a lot more money self-published and you have you retain the freedom and control and that’s a big one because for a lot of folks don’t realize that traditional Publishers will not Market your book and also you lose control.

So I’ve got a bunch of friends can you know kind of I like your mentioned who just published books and I’m like, alright, cool. Amazon ads are working really really well for us right now. Why don’t you fire up some of those that’s going to be a great return on on your ad spend. They can’t do that because they don’t have to log into their book because the publisher has that so there’s like all these random little things like that. They it actually undercuts your ability to Market and sell the book when you go to the traditional publisher.

Steve: So outside the money, though. I mean clearly there’s a reason why some of these people are going the traditional publishing route. What is the main advantage? Is it Prestige is it?

Chandler: Yes. Yeah, so there’s there’s probably two or three main advantages ego, because you’re published with a traditional publisher. So to the outside world, you’re more legit not saying that’s good or bad. But that is a big reason why people do it. There are still some distribution advantages whether it be bookstores stuff like that. And then a third thing would be access to Big bestseller list. So New York Times for example is an editorial list. So the New York Times list is kind of a scam because it’s not a true bestseller list. It’s an editorial list, which means they pick the books now. Yes. It’s meant to directionally be is directly a best seller list, but if they don’t like you if it’s raining in New York or if the editor’s girlfriend just dumped him they can keep you off the list for any of those reasons, right?

Or for any of this. I mean, this is why you see someone like Michael Hyatt with one of his books. I think it was In forward, I want to say he sold 20 30,000 copies or something like that. Whatever the number was and week one. It was more than enough to be number one and but he wasn’t on the list at all. Because they, I think I’m just obviously just this is theoretical here, but I think it’s because the they’ve been trying to keep off quote-unquote internet marketers. And so even though Michael Hyatt was is I mean just an incredible person. He’s one of the top people I learned from was a CEO publisher for 30 years. CEO of publishing company for 30 years. They kept them off the list. So the USA Today is a true best seller list based on actual book sold. That’s the truest bestseller list that exist but New York Times, so that’s one of the advantages..

Steve: Can you knock it on the USA today list, self-publishing..

Chandler: You can’t, you can’t get on it. It’s mainly the New York Times and just people that’s the one that is it’s not impossible, but it’s very I mean, it’s very close to impossible to get on the New York Times list self-published. So that’s the advantage and then probably final advantage or two would be just International rights and distribution. So if your goal is not to make money off of the book and your goal is you want to be the next Tony Robbins or you know, Something like that Gary Vaynerchuk and you already have clout then that’s like the point one percent are the one percent of people that it makes sense to do a traditional publishing deal because you’re just basically saying hey, I’m going to make significantly less.

I’m going to have less of the rights and all that stuff, but I’m going to be able to pump this out in a major way internationally and kind of get more clout from this book and that’s where it makes sense. And so that’s why I think you have people like Ramit or I think you mentioned Pat here. Yeah. I mean, it’s I would imagine a lot of cases that they do they’re one big book. And so it’s like I think that’s what Pat did and his other books or self-published.

I know that James Clear has self published books and he did his one big book I would imagine Ramit similarly. So it’s like you do that one big book. That’s a huge credibility play and then you have other books if you choose to do them that are self-published and you keep a lot more the royalties from those.

Steve: Okay, but you know, if you’re a beginner obviously self-publishing is probably your only option right if you don’t have the clout your I’m going to sell any books and traditional Publishers probably won’t want to work with you. Anyways, right? Okay.

Chandler: Yeah that I mean I don’t I hate saying it’s your only option because it I mean you can hustle and get a book deal. It’s just probably not going to be a great one and you might get a hybrid deal where you have to pay or something like that. So I wouldn’t necessarily say it’s your only option. It is probably the most viable option and I mean, obviously my opinion is biased but I think it’s the best option.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Let’s switch gears a little bit. I mean, it’s been well by the time this gets published. It will be almost two years since we last talked and you know Amazon changes fast. So I was wondering if you could give all of us an update about some of the major changes to the platform and maybe some shifts in the book industry.

Chandler: Yeah, so major major changes or they launched an ad platform. I think since the last time we talked Amazon ads that’s been working really really well

Steve: Can we talk about this a little bit. Like how much does it what are the metrics involved? I mean traditionally for like an e-commerce product at least, you know, the cost per acquisition will probably exceed the cost of a book and in some cases. So just kind of..

Chandler: Oh definitely doesn’t make sense. Yeah, so it’s kind of all over the place and to be honest. I haven’t had my eyes super on the ball. Got some people on my team that are tracking and monitoring this and that sort of thing, but I know that for a lot of our students and for a lot of yeah, a lot of our students and for myself personally that’s been pretty profitable. So they count the Amazon cost of sale. I think it’s like a COS what they call that and so I want to say that I mean it’s it’s typically like 2 to 1 3 to 1 return as what we’ve seen so, you know pretty solid return but for us, we’re even happy to go break even because we have back in product. So I just want to feed the funnel and what doesn’t get tracked is that when we’re selling more books will we’re ranking higher on Amazon, which means we’re showing up in more searches which means we’re selling more books that way as well.

So it’s kind of a way to prime the pump and keep your book ranking higher for the keywords categories things like that you’re trying to rank for.

Steve: So you processed based on the revenue and can you refresh my memory on what, how much profit you actually make off of Book sale assuming a certain price point?

Chandler: exactly. Yeah, so it kind of varies and so it’s 70 percent typically for a Kindle book if that books price between $2.99 and 9.99. And then it’s you know, 35% on a Kindle book if that books price from 99 cents to $2.99. And then from a you got print and then you’ve got audiobook. audiobooks are typically 20 or 40 percent royalties independently published through ACX or Amazon’s audible platform basically and then print books kind of varies based on trim size color, color and on color number of pages all those things. But I mean, you’re typically looking at like a 20 to 40 percent depending on list price and print cost.

Steve: That’s how much you get to keep?

Chandler: yeah, exactly and and that just vary so widely. sorry I kind of hesitate to give like a ballpark answer.

Steve: Yeah let’s say though, it’s like the average book does it cost like 9.99 I don’t know. I’m not, I don’t sell any books. So what do you tell your students to price it at?

Chandler: Yeah great question. So if it’s Kindle book is between $2.99 and 9.99 if it’s a print book typically is between $12.99 and 17.99 is the ballpark for that and if it’s an audio book that you know that kind of varies and also based on length. You don’t have control over that pricing audible prices are based on length.

Steve: Okay, so a typical Kindle book that sells for 9.99 let’s say did you say you get to keep 70% of that? Okay, so it’s..

Chandler: exactly exactly..

Steve: and you’re saying that it only costs you like two dollars to acquire a sale there?

Chandler: Yeah, give or give or take and it really depends like that’s why if you just have a Kindle, Kindle only it kind of can hurt your ACOS because it’s lower price. So it helps to have print audio all those things and then there’s random things that you benefit from as well, which there’s an audible bounty which basically means that you know for every if someone signs up for Audible and I’m the first book that they download and that could be randomly there that could be I sent them there I get a bounty from honorable for basically helping them acquire a customer and I think it used to be 50 bucks. I think now it’s 75 bucks or a hundred bucks. And so, you know, I make a few hundred bucks a month just off of those audible Bounties in addition to the role to that I get for them downloading that audiobook.

So those are kind of cool ancillary stuff and then Then like I said for me the ACOS is cool. But yeah, I mean I’ll break even even lose money because people that are reading my book published especially, I mean, there’s turning into leads turning into customers turning into reviews turning into additional Book Sales all those things.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious how the bidding works on that because you know, what keywords do you bid on do you bid on like just the title or I mean, what do you how do the ads work?

Chandler: Yeah. So, I mean, it’s largely author and book focused so you’re adding and keywords for a ton of related authors and a ton of related books. So there’s all kinds of tools that help with that and can help like scrape bestseller list and stuff like that to keyword generate but that’s kind of how you do it.

Steve: So you’re allowed to bid like I could bid on Chandler bolt. And so whenever your book show up my books due to?

Chandler: exactly yeah exactly and the sponsored and then also if you click into so like say if you went to my book published on Amazon and you scroll down well, what used to be customers also bought is now sponsor.

Steve: right.

Chandler: So that’s sponsor and then there’s usually a customers also bought and then there’s another sponsor. so there’s there’s like two or three sponsored slots that kind of looks native, but those are paid placements with a brief little bit of AD copy plus the book cover plus the number of reviews. stuff like that and so those are the places where a lot of the books. That’s where a lot of our ads..

Steve: Interesting, what keyword tools. Do you use?

Chandler: publisher rocket by Dave Chesson really solid that’s one of my favorites and one of the ones that we recommend.

Steve: And that tool is strictly for keywords for books. Is that correct? Okay.

Chandler: Yes. Yes. So, I mean it does a bunch of other things but like it helps with selecting your keywords for actually publishing the book selecting your categories that you’re putting in helping with generating keywords for Amazon ads a bunch of different stuff like that.

Steve: So can we talk about like an updated launch strategy for a book then?

Chandler: Yeah, absolutely. So I mean our main launch strategy is to is to create a launch Team. And so launch team is basically small group of people. It could be five people. It could be 15 people. It could be 50 people and it’s a small group of people that support your book. Now, they’ll read the book ahead of time leave a review on day one when it launches and just generally support the book and then we give them a free digital copy of The book we give them a by like to put their name in the book people love that and then they get to see the behind the scenes of the launch. So we have a run a Facebook group and I’ll give them one assignment per week for like three weeks leading up to the book launch and that just helps spread the word about the book share on social get PR and then ultimately I mean the big deal is leaving a review on day one when it launches because then you got you know, five fifteen fifty or more reviews. Right out of the gate which really helps generate sales.

Steve: So I just have question on that. So coming from the physical products world. If you were to get reviews the way you suggested that could be considered manipulation. Does Amazon care in the book World?

Chandler: they do care and the big the big differentiator is you’re not what they would call incentivizing reviews. So I’m not saying if you give a review I’m going to give you an Amazon gift card, or I’m going to give you x y z. It’s kind of a your Launch Team and part of that is I would love for you to give a review. That would be super helpful. That’s not a stipulation, of you being on this launch Team getting your name in the book getting the book for free anything like that. So, I mean it’s like all the way up to the line without crossing the line.

Steve: Do they check whether you’re related to the people in some way or connected to them in some way?

Chandler: Yeah, they’ve started doing that and so we’ve got two, two things. We got a video and blog post on launch teams and then Got a video on our YouTube channel about why your reviews are being removed. And because that is like one of the most common questions that we get because yes, they’re cracking down on this and and there’s a couple of patterns that we’ve seen. Well, there’s a few things if three reviews have been left from the same IP address. Usually when the third one is left. They all three get pulled down. So that means if three people in your household leave a review so you definitely want to be careful about that people obviously can’t leave reviews if they Spent more than 50 dollars on Amazon.

So sometimes that keep people from leaving a review and then there’s other things. I mean people speculate that they’re connected to Facebook friends. No one’s ever been able to prove that and obviously humans not going to say that but they do own Goodreads which most people log in to Goodreads via their Facebook login. So and Goodreads is obviously connected back to Amazon. So there’s speculation about that but can’t really be proven.

Steve: How do you form a launch Team I guess is the assumption that you have an audience kind of already?

Chandler: No, so I had a, I’ve done this even before I had an audience so it’s you know depends on the person but we say, you know, this could be friends family members colleagues co-workers customers anyone that supports you and the message behind your book. So I mean as with anything that we’ve talked about on this interview, like our general philosophy especially early on when we didn’t have an audience is that we you know, we would just scrap for everything you know. So it’s like I was personally messaging people and if anyone shared the book on Facebook, I would direct message them with a video. That was like Hey, thank you so much can would you mind leaving honest review on Amazon by the end of today?

That’d be super helpful for our goal 50 reviews by the end of the week or you know, whatever that is. So just like guerrilla marketing. And so this this especially works well. you don’t have to have an audience for it. And then one of the things that we do like at self-publishing school is like we support each other through each other’s launch teams and stuff like that. So that’s like a super helpful thing like author to author.

Steve: when do ads come into play in the launch?

Chandler: Yeah ads are typically after the launch just because you can’t get enough velocity during launch for it to be a huge needle mover we’re doing promotions via promotional sites. We’re doing launch team we’re doing you know, pre-release List for anyone that’s on that and then just a bunch of random stuff like that and then ads are more of our sell more books strategy. So to keep sales going month after month.

Steve: I see, so how does the I guess the launch web sites. How do they work?

Chandler: Yeah, so there’s a bunch of launch promo sites. There’s only a handful of only a handful of ones that actually work and so there’s some when you’re in a 99-cent promo, there’s some if you’re doing if you end up doing A free Kindle giveaway promo. There’s some that are you have to be $2.99 and have to have 25 reviews, you know, there’s like kind of all different types, but some of them are paid some of them are free and there’s these ecosystems that you can kind of tap into

Steve: I see and then what are the best ones that you use?

Chandler: and I’m trying to think offhand. I know that we use Buckbooks. We use BookBub. We use BK Nights we use there’s two or three four more. They’re always changing too. So you kind of have like these top few. I think we have a blog post or a video or something best book promotional sites, and we just keep that like up to date with the newest best ones.

Steve: Do you introduce that or pay this people or?

Chandler: I’d say it’s about 50/50. Some of them are free. Some of them are paid. None of them are all that expensive except for BookBub. But BookBub has from our experience been by far the most effective if you can get accepted, so that’s those ones that stuff to get accepted in but and it’s not cheap relative to what the other ones charge but I mean they drive solds.

Steve: So the goal is to generate some sales velocity and hopefully hopefully some of those sales turn into reviews and that just kind of grow organic ranking?

Chandler: Yes.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Chandler: A hundred percent sales velocity and review velocity by far the most important thing and just reviews, reviews, reviews, reviews, reviews. I mean, it’s kind of like I’m sure you know this it’s similar ecosystem to podcast ecosystem. I mean a lot of the same things that you do to get a podcast to rank or what you do to get a book to rank. And so I mean as you know, what iTunes like pretty review focused as well, the same type of thing. So we just encourage people to scrap and claw for every single review that they can get especially early on.

Steve: What’s special about books though is like in the search results, at least, they’re going to be typing in the author or the title of book right and chances are if it matches your author or the title, it’s going to rank right. So what is the real benefit? Is it just getting on these bestseller lists or?

Chandler: yeah. I mean it’s getting on the bestseller list like I would say. Yes. That’s the majority of search traffic but there’s a decent amount of search traffic that’s not author or book Focus, but that’s keyword focused. I mean Amazon is one of the biggest search Engines on the internet and so, you know people will go and I’ve done this same as like productivity book or you know leadership book best leadership books stuff like that.

Steve: Got it, makes sense.

Chandler: So you can certainly do that. But then also I mean they ranked based on title subtitle description’ content and the book things like that so they know related books and Amazon reviews are a great way to get bumped up and those related searches so that for both something that’s brought his leadership book or whatever keywords, you’re targeting, you know, you can improve your ranking there. But then also for something like say, you know, 21 irrefutable laws of leadership by John Maxwell, you know, if I’ve got a related book and I want to rank right there, you know, it’s like kind of doing both.

Steve: Got it, cool man. Well anything else you want to add that’s changed that’s worth mentioning?

Chandler: Those are the main things from landscape. I mean, it’s always changing and there’s other sites popping up. There’s things intricacies inside Amazon and all that but that yeah, it’s always changing. Those are the main needle movers though in my opinion from a book launch and a sell more books perspective.

Steve: Well Chandler I told you we’d only be chatting for 40 minutes and I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find more about how to launch a self-published book?

Chandler: Yeah, so we got really great blog posts like first place to start how to write a book. It’s very intense and in-depth and great videos there that’s on the self-publishing school blog and then we’ve got a lot of just self-publishing information that will be coming out over the next year, two years, three years five years, whatever to come on self-publishing.com. So those are our two kind of best resources. And then that’s where people will be able to tap into a bunch of free training and a bunch of the specific kind of posts and videos and all the stuff that we mentioned.

Steve: If you’re going to describe the content difference between self-publishing school and self-publishing.com. Like what is the real differentiator right now?

Chandler: Great question. Yeah. So self-publishing school is all about how to write and publish your mostly your first book and then self-publishing.com is more industry-wide. So the self publishing industry as a whole. So what are the best self publishing companies what our service companies? How do you Ingram spark, how do you get an ISBN like all these different kind of more broad topics from a third-party perspective.

Steve: Oh okay, so if you’re just getting started self-publishing school is the right place to go. Awesome.

Chandler: yeah, I’d say so. Well..

Steve: So Chandler I appreciate you coming back on again and thanks a lot man.

Chandler: Yeah, Steve. Thanks for having me.

Steve: Yeah, take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now Chandler is my go-to guy when it comes to self-publishing a book and I may have a little project on the horizon, which I’ll announce when the time comes. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode287.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

286: The Brutal Truth About Success That No One Talks About – My Take On The 4 Burners Theory

286: Can You Live A Balanced Life And Be Successful?  My Take On The 4 Burners Theory

I’m doing a solo episode today because I want to talk about something that’s been on my mind for quite some time, the 4 burners theory to success in life.

Now the 4 burners theory is something that my buddy James Clear introduced me to at one of my masterminds and it’s a theory that forces you to think deeply about the priorities in your life.

Are you unhappy or dissatisfied with your life? Then this episode will help you figure our your priorities. And if you’ve never heard of this theory before? Then this episode will explain it all.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is the 4 burners theory?
  • How to figure out your priorities in life
  • How I rank my own 4 burners
  • How to cheat the system and have all burners always on

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

285: Linda Bustos On The Latest Trends In Ecommerce

285: Linda Bustos On The Latest Trends In Ecommerce

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Linda Bustos. When I first got started in ecommerce way back in 2007, Linda’s articles were what got me through the dark periods of my business.

She runs the Get Elastic Ecommerce blog which is recognized as one of the top 15 entrepreneur blogs worth reading and a top-50 spot on the AdAge Power 150.

She has an incredible breadth of knowledge in ecommerce and I’m excited to have her!

What You’ll Learn

  • The primary source of growth for her clients in the past year
  • The latest ecommerce trends. What’s working well and what’s not
  • Linda’s opinion on Amazon
  • How her clients prepped for the holiday season

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have one of my early e-commerce mentors on the show Linda Bustos and Linda’s posts on the get elastic blog were instrumental in helping my online store get off its feet way back in the day. So I’m excited to finally meet her and have her on the podcast.

But before I begin I want to give a quick shout-out Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

I also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I have an extra special guest on the show, Linda Bustos. Now. Linda has been an e-commerce for as long as I can remember and when I first got started in e-commerce way back in 2007. Linda’s articles were what got me through the dark periods of my business and her post were they were like the Bible to me and during her earlier years. She wrote in managed to GetElastic e-commerce blog growing it from 200 to over 20,000 daily readers with recognition from the Wall Street Journal as one of the 15 entrepreneur blogs worth reading and a top 50 spot on the adage power 150 and she’s also provided consulting on conversion optimization, web experience, content marketing strategies and more. To some of the world’s largest and most exciting online companies and after getelastic. She started her own firm called EdgeAscent where she now helps e-commerce companies with strategy and growth and with that welcome to the show Linda. How are you doing today?

Linda: Well Steve. Thanks for having me on.

Steve: Yeah. So Linda, you know for everyone who doesn’t Not know that you are a legend in e-commerce. Tell us about how you got into the field and kind of what you’re up to now.

Linda: So I feel like I kind of bustled my way into to this. I’ve always been interested in internet marketing like ever since College, you know, and I found that my college education was way outdated Because the Internet moves a lot faster than textbooks can be written. So kind of when I was released into the wild after school, you know, I had to do quite a bit of my own research on SEO and paid search and got my hands dirty quite early on, you know working as an SEO and internet marketer for a web design company and working with clients right away and and but what I really really loved to do was write, write about strategies right in online forums. And that kind of thing. I started a Blog called the smoger the Social Media blog.

Steve: I didn’t know about that blog. Okay

Linda: Yeah, it was like blogger.com like one of those create free and there was this meme going around that a friend of mine added me on to is called the Zedd list or the Z list. Sorry I’m Canadian, so we say Zedd, but it was useless and it kind of went all all around the internet and I got reposted on like Seth Godin blog and all this kind of stuff. It was a meme of all these blogs and so I got a readership kind of by accident off of that and I got Twitter followers by accident through this thing that went around and then I just really, you know, just really double down on blogging, I loved it. I loved I loved just finding examples and compiling them and putting them together. It was just kind of I enjoyed that a lot more than doing actually.

Steve: Okay.

Linda: S o I got into that and then and then one of the founders of elastic path, which ran the get elastic block at the time was also a friend of mine here in Vancouver and and you know brought me onboard full time to run that blog because I really found e-commerce to be the most exciting pocket of the web. Right? And there’s so much to talk about e-commerce and and I’m also an avid online Shopper so to blend to blend my own consumerism with work is great.

Steve: Yeah. No, I mean I used to read getelastic blog religiously. Actually, I read it religiously until you left and then I was happy to see that your articles are popping up again on that blog. So that made me very happy.

Linda: Yeah that Blog has undergone a complete reinvention since I’ve left the blog now has wow, probably over 50 guest contributors now and Coast daily. So yeah, it’s a different animal. Than when I left but there’s a lot of different voices and a lot of different perspectives on e-commerce. So yeah, I’m happy to be part of that project again and excited for some of the new new types of content. We’re gonna..

Steve: yeah, I know definitely start reading it again after a what is it like a four-year Hiatus. So

Linda: 4 years on the nose. Yeah

Steve: Yeah. So Linda I know that you’re always up to date with all facets of e-commerce. I was hoping you could just talk a little bit about Trends and what you’re kind of seeing and how how new companies are. To the adjusted landscape with Amazon and other competitors.

Linda: Yeah, so this year I think a couple breakouts have kind of come to know, number one being chatbots and the ability to use chat Bots kind of as an alternative list to your email. So there’s a couple different types of chatbots. You can have you can have one that’s just basically a virtual assistant on your site and you can program it with pre-built dialogues to handle, you know live person. For example, they’ve been a long time Live help service and they run numbers and on e-commerce inquiries and they say that 70% of Life help questions could easily be handled instantly by a chatbot and what that can do is if you can automate the first initial contact and then once the chat bot runs out of answers hand them off to a live person that just helps first of all speed never have to wait for a life help agent to get back from their other conversations again. And also, you know 24/7 accessibility and also, you know just reduce the load on your your life people as well.

So that’s just a basic, you know, question-and-answer bot and some of them are allowing you to do some merchandising in there to like show actual product recommendations and that kind of thing. But then there’s another arm of chatbots which can actually especially when they’re integrated with like Facebook Messenger or some of these other apps like kick or telegram, Skype they’re able to tap that Into that users phone in the messaging service and do follow-ups and remarketing and opt-in email and cart recovery, campaigns and all that kind of stuff, which is you remember back in the day like those recommendations that get that email in the first step check out right so that you can actually talk to these folks again. And now you can do it based on just cookies and remarketing through these through these platforms. So so that’s a great opportunity.

Steve: So what you are saying is completely accurate so we have a live chat bot actually on our e-commerce store and about 70% of the questions before were you know, how long is it going to take to get delivered? And what is the status of my order? And those have been completely automated away along with shipping times and and that sort of thing. So it’s been a huge help for our customer service team like we get a lot less phone calls now.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah, and I mean that really we live in an age where people don’t tolerate waiting for anything right so you can do something and silly, especially during the holidays, right?

Steve: What software is popular to implement some of the things that you were just talking about like remarketing Landing card and that sort of thing. What are some popular e-commerce software that are implementing these things?

Linda: Well, there are so many plugins that will do the remarketing. So there it’s it’s fairly easy to find some and then that that’s a double-edged sword right? Because there’s a lot of low cost free, you know, no friction tools that you can use but the more choice that you have can be a lot of legwork just making the right choice. So do you mean for chatbots?

Steve: Let’s talk about chatbots. Actually.

Linda: Yeah, I also like a short list ones I thought were the top ones for e-commerce and they kind of spend two categories. So there’s a there’s platforms like software-as-a-service chatbots that you can use where it’s hosted by the tool provider and you can just go in and basically build your dialogue flows. And that’s where the legwork comes in right? Because some of these providers have templates that you can kind of customize for basic inquiries and that kind of stuff but really, I mean that’s where the bulk of your work and bulk of you’re planning as a merchandiser as a retailer as an operations manager as a customer service department is to actually build those dialogues and decide what type of personality your Bot is going to have. Do you want it to have kind of more slang and talk like your Market or do you want it to be more professional?

You know, is there a branding team that needs to be involved in that? So that’s where the big work is but these builders make the actual building of the Bots and testing of these Bots quite easy. Also, like if you if you see chat Bots as more of an integrated conversational Commerce strategy, right? You can integrate a lot of these tools or build your own using the AI machine learning languages. So there’s like Microsoft has their Louis programming language and Google has one has a framework

Steve: That sounds really involve..

Linda: Dialogue flow.

Steve: Yeah. Does that involve coding? Like I think I’ve dabbled with the dialogue flow and it but you need to know how to code in order to implement it?

Linda: Yes, you need to know how to code so that’s kind of the platforms and software as a service ones are kind of more marketer friendly. Some are a little bit hybrid, you know, so your marketing can do their work and you know, get a little bit of extra feature with with they’ll integrate with dialogue flow and they’ll integrate with some of these other Frameworks, even though there are a builder? Technically. And then you have the pure builds and you know, if you’re just dipping your toe in and you want to get something up really quickly before the holidays, are you want to have a minimum viable? Product and kind of gather some data and then start investing in a bigger, you know more tech-heavy project a wise person once told me we many years ago get good at free right?

Steve: Yeah

Linda: get good at easy and then build from there.

Steve: So what are some creative uses for these chatbots that you’ve seen companies use?

Linda: Well, I guess customer service is kind of the entry level line, but for merchandising being able to kind of take a guided selling approach, especially on mobile because a couple things if you’ve ever tried to fiddle with a hamburger menu and the more categories and subcategories that you have, you know that slider many you can have three or four different, you know, layers deep of navigation also with site search on a mobile phone. First of all, you’ve got the phone often times tryna autocorrect what you’re trying to henpeck with your fingers and for product names and brand names, they don’t always exist in the dictionary. So you’ve got weird auto corrections and failed searches and the the keyboard pops up and takes up half of your Mobile screen and then the auto suggestions Papa.

Steve: Yes, yeah..

Linda : Yes? right. So being able to use your voice and just I mean voice recognition software has gotten pretty good so far and being able to use chat bot or just have it spit options to you. So if it says hey, what are you looking for? And it gives you three or four different pre-baked options and you just do one tap and then that dialogue breaks down from there and that bot can guide you towards a department or a set of products or gift recommendations or hone in on something that I think that’s the future right? You’re going to be talking and interacting and bypassing navigation menus and bypassing clunky search processes on mobile and just do everything fluidly with your voice or through one tap responses.

Steve: interesting. So instead of just using the hamburger menu, you’re suggesting just I guess replicating that in a chatbot to guide people to all your products that you sell.

Linda: Yeah. I think it’s an alternative to I mean, there’s always going to be people who want to browse in the traditional way and that serves them. But if you really want to give if you want to replicate that store experience, right you walk in and you talk to a sales person and they know everything they know all of of the inventory in the store and their job is to you know, ask you probing questions and to upsell you and to you know, give you details and attributes about the product and give their opinions and experiences like some of these chat Bots are integrated with like the yacht pose and the other site review application so that they can spit out product reviews in the future.

I think in the next two or three iterations of this you’ll be able to say show me the top rated, you know boots for boots for toddlers 3 Five, you know in the color green or whatever and you’ll be able to get that refined set of results provided that here’s the other caveat, you know, we need to get really a lot better with product data and consistency with product data to be able to actually feed that because even when we know with site search now you can type in like all of Green gum boots and you’re going to be missing a few because they didn’t have specifically Olive or you know, they use an alternative keyword.

Steve: What is is your take on voice search? I’ve been hearing that buzz word around like all a lot of shopping is going to be occurring via like Alexa and some of these other devices. Have you seen any of that take place yet?

Linda: Yeah the data that I’m seeing or the number that I keep seeing spit out is that it’s like two percent of Alexa users have you know made a purchase more than one purchase by voice? I think the initial purchase might be a little bit higher because I’m going by memory here, but It’s a very low adoption like through Alexa, but I do think that you know, the chat bots on individual retailers. And as people get more comfortable with actually talking through their phone. This is going to change.

Steve: How does that work? Exactly. I’ve actually never purchased anything via voice and I could imagine like when I’m just doing a search on Google like a whole bunch of things pop up, right? And I usually pick one with voice. It seems like you’re only given one choice.

Linda: Yeah, kind of what it’s doing is its speech-to-text right on the back end. So we’ll take your speech turn it into a text based query pull up the results and then maybe pick one based on Card results or or whatever is the top hit and then text to speech that back to you. You know, I think I think kind of like I hear a lot of fun from my friend people, you know when we’re just casually talking about AI or relax. Anything like that that I think there’s this perception that it is an actual fully baked artificial cognitive Computing that’s understanding exactly what you’re saying. But right now it’s very still programmatic. It’s very rules-based and it’s basically a voice version of search.

Steve: Okay. Does that imply then that you need to be like number one in the results then in order to get that sale?

Linda: Well, if we’re talking about like Google Voice optimization, so so Google has made a move towards cards based results for a while now and you’ll see that right away. If you type in a question and you’ll see kind of these top this top box of results almost like you don’t have to go to the website anymore to get your answer.

Steve: Yeah,

Linda: which is not so good for Publishers, but it’s kind of the way that Google wants to move to surveying and I think Amazon is going to be the next one to use that card spaced if they’re not already through Alexa. However, the challenge with that is exactly that you know, how do you optimize for that? If you’re product how do you get into search results and right now mostly it’s not for actual product results. It’s more about you know information about the product. So, you know, if you want to create a lot of QA content and attach it to your product page. I mean that’s a lot of legwork to get to answer a question that the customer is not even going to click through to your site anyway. Like I wouldn’t recommend it but other ways that are potentially that you can get there is number one.

You have to have really good mobile site speed because that’s part of like it’s a mobile first index now, so if you don’t have great mobile performance and mobile optimized site, you’re not even going to get in the main results.

Steve: What’s considered good right now or what is considered like passable.

Linda: Google has actually a tool the mobile check tool think it’s through Google analytics.

Steve: Yeah pagespeed insights right?

Linda: pagespeed insights. And so that’ll tell you those basic things. But yeah, you want to have a really fast loading speed. You don’t want to have too many. Also that pop up, you know, like pop-ups that my interrupt the users experience and yeah image image load size page load size that kind of thing, right? And yeah, and so there’s that but then also getting your like semantic markup and that kind of thing into Google as well. So having your prices having your stock availability having your local product data, I think the next iteration that Google will roll out will be for local results. Right? like show me the Sony, you know Sony headphones in and steel gray, you know closest to me and they’ll be able to tell you the retailer. So Google will have to pull in that feed data,

Steve: right I guess most shops who are using Google shopping already have that markup. I think if not in the feed but in structured markup on their site, so I would imagine Google will just take that data, right?

Linda: Hmm. Now if ever if most sites are doing that then it becomes like wow

Steve: Yeah I doubt that yeah. let’s do it have but quick question. So we were just talking about chatbots earlier where you can get them as a subscriber and then send them broadcast messages via messenger, just curious with the companies that you’ve been dealing with. Right now, I know with my store that the engagement on the messenger channel is 5 to 10 x better than email. So I was just wondering if you have been seeing that same thing. And if so have the priorities changed in terms of getting an email versus a chat subscriber.

Linda: Well, I think we’re kind of like now is a nice window to start doing it because it hasn’t really hit full saturation yet. Once it does I think the numbers will change because it will become just like email, right? Your essay, your Facebook Facebook Messenger is going to be become a Spam feed, you know, right because a lot of these retargeting campaigns don’t actually need an opt and right? it just needs you to engage on the site on your mobile while you have the Facebook pixel running. I was kind of caught off guard the first cart abandonment messenger thing that I got right because I didn’t even know it was a thing at that time.

I was like what the heck and and it felt very spammy to me and I opted out right away and it kind of gave me a negative impression of the brand. That was my experience. But but I think that, you know, kind of when something gets popular it kind of spoils it for everyone so get it get in on it now, but I think Smart marketers that are doing it now are going to be doing that testing to see like what’s the right timing? What’s the right Cadence who’s the right segment of visitor to remarket to under what conditions right? So it’s much better to send a cart abandonment message then just send a random offer that wasn’t asked for for example. The language that you use do you augment it with an offer right? Hey come back at 10% off make it worth your while versus just hey, we’re just tapping you on the shoulder because cuz we want your business back or you know, self-serving kind of remarketing.

So there’s a lot of ways that individual companies can get in there now and do that testing and figure out what works for them and really have that Insight at the time when it starts getting more difficult to to Market to people because everybody else has joined the party.

Steve: It’s interesting that you said the abandoned cart messenger message turned you off. Do you know what the general opinion is now, I guess this happened earlier on right or a while ago or?

Linda: yeah, it happened a while ago and then I’ve seen it a handful of times since but and now I just collect them because of course I want to blog about them and compare them and say who’s doing it, right and who’s doing it wrong, for me? It turned off because full disclosure. I wasn’t actually really interested in purchasing the item either. I mean I add stuff to cart to test checkouts all the time and that was the case with this one. So, so maybe my opinion would be different if I really wanted the Item and appreciated the reminder and I also don’t feel like I’m exactly the same.

Steve: way to advance of a shopper.

Linda: Yeah. I just know the back end a little bit too much in the marketing side of things to kind of experience things as a consumer. Okay, but you know, the numbers are speaking for itself like your experience you’re saying I’ve heard that up to 90 percent open rate on mobile marketing messages. And again, I believe that is just because it hasn’t become.

Steve: It’s not saturated, Yeah?

Linda: but I mean, yeah, this is a text-based culture right? Like I keep trying to convince my mom. She’s like I got I got a call your I got to call your knees. I got to call your nephew and my mom they don’t they don’t pick up the phone it was like..

Steve: Hahaha

Linda: Right?and like it’s like 69 percent or 70 percent of online Shoppers today would rather interact through a messenger or through instant message instant, instead texting or something then pick up the phone or even deal with email. So there’s there’s a lot of support for it. That way.

Steve: what is your take on push notifications? Any times?

Linda:: Yeah, I think they’re great if they’re opt-in. I mean that’s a great opportunity for you as a merchant take advantage of it, right? It’s just another opt-in. It’s one that kind of just gets a little bit more attention a little bit more engagement rate or a lot more than email. So it’s a great great great opportunity and SMS email list. If you’re not doing that now got to get doing that, you know, everybody’s using those pop-up. Here’s ten percent off your first order use Enter your e-mail, right and and I think is a big missed opportunity. If you don’t have an SMS option there.

Steve: interesting. So how are people using SI? So I’m actually not using SMS with my store yet. So you’re getting a cell phone number and then you’re sending text messages to the customer?

Linda: That’s right. Yeah.

Steve: Okay, is that intrusive? How is that working?

Linda: Well, because it’s opt in right. So that user has already given you permission and then again as a campaign manager, it’s up to you to test and watch your unSubscribe rates or your stop your text back when they stop and and and measure that back to what tactics you were using like how frequently were you doing? What was the offer? You know, what is the segmentation of that user that you can discern right you can kind of do a little bit of break down by like the users area code or stuff like that. If they’ve also opt-in by e-mail or you can use device detection to mount them back to what they actually do on the site. What categories theyclick into how frequently they visit and segment then that way I mean you wouldn’t want to be sending a weekly push to someone who visits your site once every three months or you might, right? So you have to encourage more visits. I mean, it’s very context dependent.

Steve: Yeah, that’s what software are people using for that.

Linda: Well there there are opt-in providers that will give you like your your opt-in lightbox your modal window or whatever. There’s a lot of different providers to do that so some have an SMS option some have Professional Services that could build it for you. Like if they don’t have it in their product yet or if you’re using your own. I mean, it depends on your platform too, it might need to be a plug-in or if you have kind of a developer friendly platform. We might be able to you know, build something that integrates with your own.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

SMS sounds really intrusive like more so than messenger. Like I only SMS is my friends that can imagine getting marketing messages on there. So yeah, I’m just kind of curious I realized I actually haven’t encountered a site that I’ve shopped at debt takes my SMS yet, but I’ll be on the lookout for now for sure.

Linda: Yeah, I can offline I can dig up some that. I’ve encountered see how you doing it.

Steve: Yeah, what are you seeing in terms of Amazon and some of the Retailers you’ve been working with just kind of reconciling whether to go all in on Amazon versus focus on their site and that sort of thing.

Linda: It’s tough. I mean, I think it you’re at a really good Advantage. If you’re a digitally native vertical brand that you know, you have your Shopify site or you’ve got your your main site and then you yourself have put your products on Amazon versus others kind of getting their hands on your product and putting it in the marketplace if you know what I mean or Amazon itself. If Amazon itself is stalking your product like your own branded product. I’m not talking about if you sell another folks products that’s a I’ll get to that in a moment. But yeah, I think those are those are the brands and the and the merchants that have the most Advantage because you’re controlling the distribution and you’re controlling your merchant account in in Amazon. It gets a bit trickier when especially late let’s say you’ve been you have three or four local stores and then you have a website and you’ve got a good following in in your local let Let’s say you’re a surf shop right and you carry a lot of the national Brands just like, you know million other channel partners for those Brands.

So that’s where it gets tricky because that’s where customers are going to come in and use your retail shop as a showroom for Amazon or for, you know, other other sites with massive discounts or whatever, right? I think that’s where it’s the biggest threat and then and then if you’re a brand that has Amazon somehow getting Hands, like either through a third party distributor, for example, a lot of retailers and Brands can’t help that Amazon is getting their hands on stuff and then they undercut the minimum advertised price. They control the buy box and their stocking itself. They’re not going to show you as a as another by box option until they run out of their inventory. I mean this this is where it gets tricky.

Steve: How do you fight that so if you are an online store that sells other people’s products that are also listed on Amazon. I mean, how do you what are some things that you can do to stand out?

Linda: So that’s where you know using these Facebook remarketing using SMS messaging. One advantage that you have as a retailer with your own site is the ability to merchandize a lot better than Amazon does because Amazon is a haystack right? And it doesn’t always do the best job in supporting guided selling or building a bundle. I mean, they have the customers who bought this also bought but that’s purely based on you know billions and billions of skus of data and that kind of thing. So if you’re let’s go back to the online skater shop or snowboard shop. Then you will a you’re able to have build a relationship with a customer or with a visitor, you know, if you’re using the right cooking and device tracking and and remarketing that kind of thing.

But the way that you merchandiser site it can be easier to navigate with a tighter set of Skus. You can build bundles or the way. That you merchandize and decorate your pages the way that you handle look books and the way that you organize your site the coupons and the and the promotion’s that you send by email can can stand out from Amazon because again Amazon’s kind of like you go there you have to know what you’re going to buy. It’s not a browse friendly site not a project discovery engine. It’s really a spear fishing engine.

Steve: but the ship so how much of a factor is the shipping like two day shipping Prime shipping?

Linda: Oh, it’s huge. Yeah the customer today. A kind of expects it by Divine right? but there’s there’s some things that you can do on your website to actually improve the uptake of free shipping, right? So we did some testing on free shipping thresholds with a with a retailer. I was working with you know, 50 $50 free shipping or $75 free shipping or $100 free shipping and actually doing those tests. So to find what is that sweet spot of both revenue and conversion rate at different free shipping thresholds, and it’s Current for different retailers you’d be surprised in different markets and you know Finding ways to actually put those those free shipping incentives actually on the product page as well, you know being able to say like this this order qualifies for free shipping for this product qualifies for free shipping because it’s already over the $50 interesting is ready.

Steve: ahh Interesting.

Linda: Yeah, and and in the cart page saying congratulations you’ve qualified for free shipping instead. Just the generic free shipping over a hundred you just telling them and giving that feedback that yes, you’ve added this to cart and you’ve already qualified just reinforcing your

Steve: actually that I have on my site. I have like dollars to free shipping and when they achieve it, it turns a different color and it says you have any okay, it’s good.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Do you think Drop Shipping is kind of dying?

Linda: I think it’s getting harder to do mainly because you know, the margins are so small, right? Yeah, and if your Drop Shipping from overseas and you can’t really control the shipping time, I mean if you’re competing with Amazon Prime right that that becomes a lot more difficult and also the cost to acquire a customer so you have to make sure that you’re advertising costs in your acquisition costs aren’t inflating so much that you’re actually losing money.

Steve: Yeah, I mean what I’ve noticed is that the margins are pretty small right? For dropshipping but then you can find the same item on Amazon and oftentimes it’s actually the manufacturer who is selling on Amazon right? at a lower price. So it seems like it’s just really hard to compete if you’re selling other people’s products.

Linda: Yeah, I think if you have a good way to convert if you have a good conversion rate and if there’s a sort of blindness for the customer that there are other options right? like I’d be surprised if I mean I sell I sell in the Etsy Marketplace.

Steve: Okay

Linda: so that site kind of has a even though you can find similar stuff for a lot cheaper, right? It tends to attract the type of customer that wants to stay within that market place?

Steve: right

Linda: and Look elsewhere. So if you have a Drop Shipping site that maybe has a lot of content or a lot of you know, authoritative, authoritative brand and where the content really that sells the, sells the guidance on what to buy and you’ve got a guide and then, you know, you’ve got three or four products in a carousel that they can purchase directly from your site then that’s kind of more of a closed system than you know, somebody who’s typed in. You know washing machine and you clicked on you and then they’re going to click back out and click, you know, five other Google shopping results. It is kind of depends on that too.

Steve: I guess the advantage with that c is everything there is unique, right? I think of smaller, you know retailers and manufacturers selling their own handmade products. So yeah can’t just hop on Amazon and buy that.

Linda: Yeah, I mean Amazon did launch its own handmade Marketplace as well. And I’m not exactly sure how that affected because I know a lot of sellers sell on both platforms and you know get into the prime, but the other thing too where I think as a drop shipper you can do well as if you acquire a customer through things like Instagram and Pinterest right? like they discovered you not through a search engine not through a comparison shopping mindset they discovered you by serendipity and I think in those situations you can still do really well with Drop Shipping.

Steve: Have you seen any do you have any data regarding websites that use Amazon pay? Or you know, you can essentially do a one-click checkout.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah. I don’t have any data but in the context of mobile wallets, right which will be another Trend. So you’re asking about Trends might as well talk about that one. So certain mobile wallets do. Do better so if you think about Apple pay there’s some friction in actually using Apple pay especially if you’re on a more newer device where you have to use face ID, you know and you have to set up all your stuff within Apple pay and it’s it’s a different experience, right? Because the pay sheets the Apple pay sheet that you have to inject into checkout is kind of limited. You can’t ask for things like you can insert your own fields for You know it is this a gift or do you want to split shipment? Do you want to pick up and start like you can’t do that kind of thing.

But things with Apple pay or Amazon pay and PayPal. Yeah. I mean Amazon has what over a hundred million or maybe 200 million now Prime members, so just being able to use that as a wallet and check out quickly. I think there’s a perception that Amazon pay also means it’s Amazon Prime.

Steve: ohhh

Linda: do you might If it a little bit from that kind of halo effect

Steve: well unless they’re disappointed when there is no Prime shipping.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah. I don’t actually I haven’t had any direct experience with Amazon pay like with with anyone. I’ve been working with or have any data or numbers around

Steve: Apple and Google Play.

Linda: Yeah, Apple and Google pay, it’s funny because it’s very very hyped up. Right? but the conversion rates. Are you have to consider it as first of all you have a smaller segments that’s actually using the iPhone right?

Steve: Sure.

Linda: then then a portion of that has Apple pay enabled then a portion of that prefers to use Apple pay. So I’ve seen a lot of data come out of apple itself, you know, or their pilot that two or three pilot retailers that have done it and I all you know hundred and fifty percent higher Revenue per visitor and all these kind of things and then you go to that website and go. Okay cool. I want to check out I want I want to test out this This Apple pay implementation in the checkout and then it’s gone right? I’m not going to call anyone out. But I’m like, okay, that’s interesting. They were the poster child case study and now they’re not even using Apple pay anymore and their digital check out. So what does that mean?

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Interesting. So I guess in my experience the more payment options kind of confuses customers. So right now for us, I think PayPal’s are number one, I guess because a mobile like PayPal one touch and then we just offer credit cards and just wondering is there a Harmon throwing up Apple pay GPA and Amazon pay I mean, what would you advise just kind of limiting the options?

Linda: Well Paradox of choice right that that’s the thing and if you go to apple pays kind of guidelines or style guide, you know how to implement. They’re always saying will put Apple pay first time top of your check out by the way. Yeah, and when you’re on a mobile screen and you’ve got like one window that you’re scrolling through and Apple pay is like the first and it’s a black styled button that spans a rectangle that spans the size the width of your Mobile screen like that. That is dangerous right? to put it first or even put it second because these buttons kind of stack on top of each other. So yeah, it can be confusing. It’s always good to test stuff. It’s a Sometimes it works for a retailer. You know, you’re in a certain Market where yeah, you’ve got that demographic that wants to pay with Samsung pay or Android pay digital downloads, you know.

Steve: Yeah

Linda: video games that kind of thing. Yeah.

Steve: Yeah, we’ve opted not to put those on just mainly because I think PayPal is much more ubiquitous. But

Linda: yeah and trusted and understood.

Steve: Yeah. So we’re talking at a time when the holiday season is right around the corner. So what Some things that clients are prepping for, you know coming up as we roll into Prime shopping season

Linda: Yeah, usually around this time. There’s not a lot of new future delivery. Not a lot of work on on the website you want to have that code lock down and even the promotions and the promotional calendar or done well, well well in advance and one thing that I’ve been an advocate for is being a little bit more Nimble and more like real-time merchandising and responsive merchandising and what I mean by that is allowing yourself some flexibility to to adjust your merchandising and promotion strategy while the in play, right? And so oftentimes these promotions and these emails and and the merchandising is fixed so far in advance your kind of, you know, licking your finger and putting it in the in the sky and just testing where the wind is right now.

Last year’s data isn’t super predictive of what’s going to happen this year. So I always like to leave some leeway be able to run some tests really quickly early on you don’t want to be applying test results or even running A/B tests now and letting them extend into into the holiday season you want to stop all of that. And then have a plan of saying like Okay, we want to we want to test let’s say in the first week that there’s a there’s a trick to that too. Right? Because Behavior changes rapidly through the you know from from the Cyber weekend to the next weekend to the next weekend people are in a different mindset to there’s more urgency. There’s there’s some times less stock availability Right Stuff start selling out.

There are retailers start getting more aggressive with their holiday plans. They start promoting even earlier. So you never know what your competition is going to do. There’s there’s so many things. So if you can have a testing plan of like, okay, these are our hypotheses. These are our options and take advantage of that extra traffic spikes so that you can get test results earlier and keep those test results and applications of them within the context of the holiday. That’s one way to kind of prepare yourself now for optimizing in real-time during the holiday Spike. And then you know do things like make sure that your ad spend like communicate with your ad agencies and all those kind of things because because click rates go up, impression share, you know can go down as your competitors get more aggressive and stuff.

Make sure that you’re not bidding on stuff that’s not seasonal so that you can spend more of your available budget to the things that you know are seasonal and you sell, so like you have yeah, just non-holiday non, non seasonal products turn them off. Make sure you have a system that turns off ads when products go out of stock.

Steve: right

Linda: or have a back-up plan for when things go out of stock so that your product recommendations will show similar items not customers who bought this also bought that because those can sometimes be from different departments. So you might want to adjust your product recommendation engine for certain categories to Show similar products that kind of thing.

Steve: Okay, cool, Linda. We’ve been.

Linda: And get a chat bot

Steve: And get a chat bot. But actually I that’s what I want to get out of you. What are some sass providers for chatbots that your clients have been using?

Linda: Well, you can look into Mobile monkey as one that focuses on their Facebook. Yeah. Yeah, and there’s Optimum Unk and there’s WeChat

Steve: Are there any that specialize in e-commerce that you know, that’s really popular?

Linda: But I don’t think Any that specialize purely in e-commerce? I think chat Bots are mostly used on B2B SAS, you know or like those kind of like lead gen kind of sites and e-commerce is kind of a second branch that I think has a lot of room to grow.

Steve: Okay.

Linda: Hmm.

Steve: Well Linda, I really appreciate your time and coming on and it is a great honor for me because as I mentioned earlier in this interview, that getelastic blog is what got me through the early years of e-commerce. And I am really excited that you are writing for them again and just because of that. I’m going to start following the blog again. So

Linda: loved it. Thank you.

Steve: Yeah and everything

Linda: and thanks for having me on the podcast.

Steve: Yeah everyone out there go check out the getelastic blog. I mean Linda’s articles are always here’s what I like about it. Here’s just a quick plug. I always liked that you pull in like statistics and examples to support all of the facts that you give in article and so it’s just very convincing and it just inspires you to want to give that a try. So..

Linda: and in my Hiatus from getelastic. I wrote a Blog called e-commerce Illustrated, which if you don’t mind me plugging it,

Steve: no, go for it

Linda: it’s very very in-depth guides from home page to check out so you can hone in on like if you want to look at I want to have some ideas for best practices for category Pages or A/B Testing category Pages. Like there’s a 24 to 40 page chapter on that that that you can go check out and that’s kind of like my little labor of love.

Steve: Nice, I wasn’t aware of that site. Is that something you’re still maintaining?

Linda:: You know, I did the home page to check out. I have a couple more. I have like check out order, order summary and mobile checkout left to post. So the project is almost done but most of its they’re just as static.

Steve: Cool. Awesome. Yeah, I’m gonna go check it out now. Thanks a lot Linda.

Linda: Yeah. Thanks Steve.

Steve: Really appreciate you coming on.

Linda: Yes. Thanks for having me. I really enjoyed it.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as I mentioned earlier Linda is one of my early e-commerce Heroes. So you should definitely check out her writing over on the GetElastic Blog. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode285.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

284: The Story Behind The SwitchPod With Pat Flynn And Caleb Wojcik

 284: The Story Behind The SwitchPod With Pat Flynn And Caleb Wojcik


Today, I’m really happy to have my friends Pat Flynn and Caleb Wojcik on the show.

The reason why I’m having both of these 2 on today is to talk about their incredibly awesome invention, the Switchpod. In fact, I have one on my desk right now and it’s the main handheld tripod that I use for all of my videos.

In today’s episode, we’re going to break down every aspect of their invention from how they got the idea, how they manufactured it and how they managed to exceed their Kickstarter campaign in just a day.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Pat and Caleb came up with the idea behind the Switchpod
  • Their motivations for selling a physical product
  • How they found their suppliers
  • How is the Switchpod manufactured
  • The Switchpod marketing strategy

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today. I with friends Pat Flynn and Caleb Wojcik on the show. And I’ve known both of these guys for many years and Pat’s been on the podcast several times himself. But this time we’re going to talk about their brand new physical product convention the switch pod. How did they get the idea and how did they create this awesome handheld tripod.

but before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to privy who is a sponsor of the show previous the But before I begin I want to give a quick shout-out Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

I also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really happy to have my friends Pat Flynn and Caleb Wojcik on the show. Now Pat’s about on the podcast a number of times and I’ve known Caleb for many years. And the reason why I’m having both of these two on today is to talk about their incredibly awesome invention the switch pod, and I’m actually at my desk right now and it’s sitting right there. It’s the main handheld tripod that I’m using for all my videos today. In today’s episode, we are going to break down every aspect of their invention from how they got the idea. How they manufactured it and how they managed to exceed their Kickstarter goal in just a single day. And with that, welcome show Caleb and how you guys doing today?

Caleb: Doing great. Thanks for having me.

Pat: Dude. Awesome. It’s great to be back. And so we’re talking about a physical product now because..

Steve: Yes

Pat: It’s weird. It’s different.

Steve: That’s actually my first question. So you guys are both very successful in the digital product realm like, why physical product? It’s a lot more work?

Caleb: You kind of start with that. I so, I make videos for a living for clients and for myself and I have so much gear. I’ve so much equipment on sitting in my garage right now, which is just my studio and there’s tripods and cameras and everything everywhere. And I’m the type of person just gets annoyed by stuff. Like why doesn’t this do this thing the way that I want it to, and I think it was just kind of Pat and I in the same place at the same time having the same frustration seeing other people dealing with it the kind of led to our first physical product together.

Pat: Yeah. I mean for me, I mean I’ve been in a digital space for a decade and I would have never I never thought I would have even entered the space the piggybacking off of what Caleb was saying was just there was a very very apparent need there for both of ourselves personally. And where this idea came from is actually, we were at an event it was a video event called Vid Summit and we just noticed everybody with those bendy tripods and..

Steve: Is it called gorilla or something like that?

Pat: Yeah, GorillaPod and we noticed everybody using them in ways that they weren’t really built for. A lot of vloggers, Thanks to the inspiration from people like Casey Neistat and Peter McKinnon. They were taking these gorillas pods putting the legs together and bending them in a way to allow for the camera to be a little bit further away from you so you can get a wider angle. I mean that’s not what they were meant for and it was interesting because when we were there, we noticed everybody like when they want to put it down they would either just lay it down on the table and the camera would be touching the table which is not ever good for the camera. Or they’d struggle opening the legs and they try to put the legs back together and it’s kind of clunky in the hands and we were just like this is insane. There’s got to be a better way, and then right at that moment our good friend Richie Norton who owns a company called Prouduct they help entrepreneurs take their physical product ideas and actually turn them into real things.

He helped John Lee Dumas create the Freedom Journal for example, and we’re just like Richie. Do we have this idea? Like, what do you think? He’s like, let’s do it. And we’re like, like actually do it. And for me, I was like, I don’t want to get involved with this because this is this is going to be a load of work. I love digital stuff because I can change something overnight and then it’s shipped and you know, I don’t have to worry about you know overhead or inventory or anything like that. But again, the need was there and I saw it in person. I think that’s what inspired us and Caleb was the first one to really come up with the idea of like the legs of a tripod coming together to be a grip and like what if they just swung out and you could turn it into tripod mode super fast and like from there. We just started asking questions and talking to people and that’s really how it all started.

Steve: So you met Rich at its Summit is that where it all came together?

Caleb: Even before that Richie was on Pat’s podcast. I don’t know what happened before that. But Richie got on to Pat’s podcast talk about physical products and he and Derral Eves who is the Founder of Vid Summit, the event invited Pat to come there and since I do stuff with patterns videos I Came as well.

Steve: And have you guys ever created anything physical before or it’s just all digital up until this point?

Pat: I mean for me it was all digital except for like at a workshop. I would have a little booklet printed out and then it was only like, you know, 425 attendees, but I’d I had no idea what manufacturing was like I had no idea what the process was like in terms of prototyping and let alone how to sell this thing. Just we just knew that we could potentially come up with product. Now, I had written a book called Will It Fly and I wanted to incorporate that process with the Will It Fly process which is what I used to teach people how to create businesses, which is like Taken Iterative Approach like don’t just build the product and then just start selling it right? I think it was Seth Godin who said don’t find customers for your products find products for your customers and we want to take that approach of like okay, let’s take it in a baby steps and will only keep going if we get a green light every single time.

Steve: Yeah, let’s talk about the process because it’s one thing to just come up with something that you want to sell. Like I come up these ideas all the time and making it as a completely different ballgame. Okay, so let’s start from the beginning so you know you was I want to create something. What was the first step?

Pat: Hey Caleb, do you remember what we did first?

Caleb: You know, the first thing we did was we drew really crude drawings of what this tripod could look like not crude in like inappropriate way..

Steve: Hahaha

Caleb: But just like not in a talented way. I mean, Pat has an architecture background, but Pat, I think he did most of that on a computer, right? So

Pat: yeah

Caleb: Your little better drawing than me so

Steve: You mean like a CAD drawing or just a photoshop kind?

Caleb: No, it was just kind of like white boards at accursed and sketches and things like that and the very next step from there was we talked to an engineer, his name is Cole Chamberlain and he works with prouduct and he took all of our drawings as well as just our ideas of what does this thing need? What is it not need what shape is it in all that kind of stuff. And I think that was maybe a half-hour phone call and he came back with started to do CAD drawings and things like that and making 3D printed prototypes and sending them to us and that was like months long of just slow steady. Trying different things. We still had no idea where it was going to go at that point.

Pat: Yeah. I mean one of the first things we got sent back to us after talking to Cole was like just a piece of plastic or even what kind of look like cardboard a little bit but just in a specific shape and he was like, do you like the shape or like maybe it’s a little longer maybe we can make this curved Edge more straight and then he’s like, okay like and then he got that feedback from us and then he sent us a 3D printed model which actually worked like it, the legs open and close and then I remember opening and Like spring started popping out and I was like, this is ridiculous. But I mean it like I could see it now I could visualize it and we even like put our cameras on it to test what it would be like we shared it with a couple people we got feedback immediately.

And that’s really what the whole process was like it was like, you know starting point get a prototype talk about it with people get feedback make another prototype with those little changes and then talk about it with people again, and I mean I think over the course of two years, right Caleb? We came up with I don’t know how many prototypes but with each one, We got feedback from literally our customer our future customer. We went to video conferences. We went to VidCon. We went to vid Summit again the next year with whatever prototype we had and they weren’t perfect in the whole purpose was we just wanted people to tell us what they liked or didn’t like about it. And the beauty of this was even in the Prototype phase. We had people go. Oh my gosh, like I need this right now we even had other people go. This is the most ridiculous thing I’ve ever seen I would never use this.

And you can you can imagine at a point where you’re offering your beautiful idea to somebody and somebody says that that that might like deter you from to keep going but no that’s that I knew from my online business years, but that’s a good sign because then you can go. Okay tell me why you don’t like it and now we can better Define who this is not for and also, who is it actually for. so we can hone in on who our Market is and all that. So we really honed in on the vlogger or the Travel Photographer that the travel videographer. Who’s on the go and this thing became over time this super lightweight minimal very easy quick open easy-to-use not bendy legs because most people who use the gorilla pod don’t need it to wrap around trees and it just you know as much as we created. This was actually created mostly by the people who offered us feedback.

Steve: How did you find these people for feedback? I mean, I can understand going to a conference but where you just kind of like holding this thing out there and just asking random people or did you already have like a community built there?

Caleb: I mean it was in private for Initial idea was October 2017. And until June 2018. We kind of kept it under wraps. We didn’t share it on social media. We didn’t tell anybody that wasn’t our friend. So it was just if someone came to the studio to film a YouTube collaboration with Pat, we’d show them we’d show it to YouTuber friends of ours. I took it to a video conference called NAB in April of 2018 showed it to my friends that are..

Steve: Is this the plastic prototype? or is this like something close to finished?

Caleb: No, these are these are plastic.

Steve: Plastic? Okay

Caleb: They’re different shapes. Yeah, the parts are breaking off of them as we’re showing them to people, you know, super early. So it was it was Private until VidCon and that’s when we started sharing it publicly to whoever we could at the event by yeah carrying it around kind of swing it out to the side opening and closing it just in the hallways and people like me. What is that? Like, I want to check it out. So that was kind of the first time we publicly shared it

Steve: giving you an idea of, how many iterations you guys had to go through to kind of get to the product that I’m actually holding on my desk right now.

Caleb: If we versioned it. Like software and each physical thing we made was a new version somewhere between 12 and 15. I would say.

Steve: Okay.

Pat: Yeah

Caleb: Some changes major like shape changes material changes. That’s kind of early on then we kind of honed in on the shape. And from there. It was the minor things. Like does it have magnets in it? Does it need an extra hole here that sort of thing

Pat: And it was at VidCon when we shared it publicly we were able to do that. We got some I mean again, we didn’t know what we were doing. So whenever I I want to do something that I don’t know how to do. I just go find somebody who’s done it before me and you know, see what I can do to help them so I could get some some help back to and we got a lot of great advice from people who are like, okay, like you can share this privately with friends that you trust. But until you have a patent pending, you might want to keep it under wraps just in case and so it was right before VidCon that we got our patent-pending going. Thanks to Caleb and the research that he did with that.

And then we were like, okay, let’s just share it and I knew that that was an important moment because not only were we sharing it to get even more feedback In a public forum with people that we didn’t know, That was the other part about this a lot of us create products digital or physical and we share with our friends, or like what do you think about like, this is awesome like you got this and of course, they’re just wanting to be nice versus actual feedback from real people who you don’t even know you who don’t have a relationship with you.

So that was important but I also knew that sharing the story of it being created was going to be massively important for the marketing of this and that’s something that I have always done since day one was like Hey guys, let me take you in on our process. Let’s not keep this a secret. Let’s show you where we’re at and what we’re what we’re fumbling through and how we’re messing up. But what we’re trying to do to get better and over time. We started to notice people really rooting for us. It was it was really amazing to see that, you know, even leading into the kickstarter campaign earlier, February 2019.

I mean, I personally had a number of people who say hey Pat, I just bought the switch pod. I don’t even need it. I just really enjoyed following the story and and I knew that that was going to happen because when you get people involved in the process, they will invest. They feel like they’re a part of it and they want to root for you, which was really cool.

Steve: Can I get an idea of how much you guys spent it in the design process and kind of what the cost considerations were and actually fabricating them, the materials and the process and that sort of thing?

Caleb: Leading all the way up to the kickstarter Campaign, which was probably in total about fifteen fourteen or fifteen months and that time frame you can correct me if I’m wrong, but I think it was somewhere around 25 to 30 thousand dollars in total.

Steve: Okay.

Pat: Yeah, It wasn’t all up front. It was quite iteratively

Caleb: It was like a few thousand for the, yeah a few thousand for engineer work on it a few thousand person prototypes get made 50,000 more to do more engineering. So it’s kind of like slow and steady over that year or so. And then towards the end each prototype cost about $1500 and we ended up having four of those when we launched the kickstarter campaign. So as I significant chunk of our investment was just these one-off perfectly machine pieces of aluminum so that we could have them for taking photos making videos shipping them to influencers if they wanted them that survey.

Steve: and today is it created from a mold or

Caleb: yes.

Pat: Yeah.

Steve: Okay and how much did the mold cost to actually have that created?

Caleb: That was the initial funding goal for Kickstarter was $100,000 because that would have given us the money back. We invested okay and the mold cost so, you know about $70,000 was the mold and that doesn’t count making any of them at that point and then you have to pay for each one you make and getting it here and tariffs and all that.

Pat: Ugh tarriffs. Yeah.

Steve: We’ll get into that a little bit. So, Pat you were just talking about marking a little bit. Why did you both decide to do a Kickstarter of all things? Most people don’t know that a successful Kickstarter requires you to kind of drive your own traffic. So I just kind of curious what the thought process was there.

Pat: Yeah. I mean it was less about potentially getting a staff pick where then you know, the marketing starts to kind of propel on its own but we really like the idea of Kickstarter because we knew that Kickstarter is a great platform to not just test ideas and have people vote with their dollars. But again is allows you to becomes a trusted platform to share your story on and to get almost a community behind you at the same time because people can see that other people are pledging and they’re backing that becomes about the idea versus just like hey, I want to sell you something. It’s like the journey that got you there too. And what this could do for you.

We also knew that video equipment in particular performed very well on Kickstarter to a lot of people in the video space a very familiar with other products that have been pushed on Kickstarter and it’s done very well. Along the way, We also connected with some of those companies in the video space who did very well on Kickstarter and they provided a lot of great advice for us as well. But Kickstarter we knew would be a great place to just test this on a trusted platform. And potentially have it, you know not necessarily go viral, but get get some extra love if it was doing very well what you did if it became the number one camera, I think accessory or Camera and Video accessory for quite a while during the campaign because of the hope the velocity that it had but that that’s the primary reason.

And you know, we didn’t use Kickstarter like many other people use Kickstarter a lot of Products that come out have like 12 different pledge levels with t-shirts to give away or you know, hey if the At this larger pledge level you can you know get a flight come meet us and things like that. We just were like, you know what let’s make this simple. We’re not going to have multiple colors. We’re not going to have multiple sizes. Just one SKU one product. We’re going to make it the best product that can be over going to deliver it or going to deliver it hopefully on time and I think we did pretty good when it came down to it.

Steve: Yeah. I’m always a little worried about kickstarters because a lot of them don’t deliver in the end. I knew you guys send you were going to deliver. So I mean that added a bunch of extra credibility to it.

Pat: I still am owed things that I bought two years ago. And funny the funny thing about Kickstarters, you’re right there is a little apprehension because people have been burned before and there is no contract when you purchase something on Kickstarter that is required for the person that you bought from to give you the product. It’s almost kind of based on the honor System or trust and we wanted to make sure that we communicated with the backers and delivered for them on time and you know, we were able to after the kickstarter campaign ended at the end of February or early March get it into everybody’s Hands by early October which not having mold even created yet at that point. I think we did pretty good.

Steve: How did you guys decide on pricing for this?

Caleb: I mean you look at competitors you look at what other people are charging for similar things as well as profit Margin. You know how expensive is it going to be to make this thing and then ship it and retailers are going to want their cut it when it’s in stores and you’re selling it to them for a lower price. So a lot of different a lot of different considerations also going with where we are now, retail at $99 is kind of a sweet spot, you know, not too expensive. Still is double digits that sort of thing and then we Backed off from that for the campaign to give people a good deal if they were early backers.

Steve: So you probably had some margins in mind right? And I’m just kind of curious how that factored into kind of the design process.

Caleb: For margins factored in the design process?

Steve: Meaning like for example, like you use magnets or whatever certain components are more expensive. And so you want to keep it under a certain price point right without compromising the quality of the product.

Pat: Under a certain price point not compromising quality and also as few parts as possible, that was the other thing. We had a lot more parts and things that were involved earlier that we were just like, okay, let’s redesign this so we can make it easier to mold and easier to create and and easier to ship and support so there aren’t very Many components of it. There are some things inside the the sort of head area of the tripod that you see there that you know are kind of internal but there’s not much we removed a lot. So yeah, I think you know again piggybacking off a lot of people’s previous experience with going into Kickstarter.

We knew that if we could get the product to just the features that we really would need to solve the problem that we were we were solving then we could have higher profit margins for sure. I mean oftentimes with these kinds of products and I see this all the time in the digital spaces, especially with software. You get what’s called feature creep where you get that feedback and they go I want this. Okay. Well I had that. Oh, I want this and I’ll okay. I will add that too. And then you have like this, you know, like the remote that you get from AT&T U-verse. It has like a billion buttons on it and you only actually use 4, like we knew that we wanted to go with okay for like, analogously we want the remote that has on, off, Channel, volume, mute. Like that’s it.

Like how can we create that version of a tripod and I think we did a good job. So the They helped us with determining the price pointing and being comfortable with that as well because sometimes we go. Oh, let’s undercut everybody. But obviously the profit margins play a role in that but we also don’t want to be ridiculously expensive and go super premium. If we don’t need to, we ask questions to people who we were meeting like at VidCon like Caleb would just, I remember listening to our conversations that you would be having and you just put you would just go. Well, how much would you pay for something like this and we would literally just hear the range and the range was between eighty and a hundred fifty dollars, which was really interesting.

And we would ask why? that’s the best the most important question so that when we choose to decide to price it at that we can support it with things that our target audience actually wants versus stuff that we can just make up to make it seem like it’s worth that price. We can actually support it with real customers reactions and it was really cool to see it be in that price range. And you know again, we just have thankfully the advantage of being in a space where people often will pay for things that they don’t need. And you know,

Steve: Haha yeah.

Pat: If we could design something that people need and it’s awesome and it works and it’s durable then we knew it would be a winner.

Steve: So when you asked why I’m just kind of curious what answers you got like why would we do..

Caleb: They would say well the thing they’re holding cost that much and so is immediately comparison

Steve: Okay

Caleb: As well as, they felt the quality of it. So at VidCon we did have the first aluminum prototype and it was metal and sturdy and strong made people put their cameras on it and so they could get a feel for, Okay this isn’t some cheap plastic thing. And so that also kind of gives people the sense of quality to it.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious how much you Leverage The Spy audience or were these backers a lot of them people that you met through the video Community?

Pat: The SPI backers. I mean there were quite a few because again, I have some raving fans who will kind of buy anything I come out with which is really amazing and I’m just super thankful for that. But I do have a lot of people who follow me who are also entrepreneurs who do video and of course A lot of them. I wanted to support and they were just in the target market as well. So that that was quite, I think actually they didn’t actually, they were there but but it wasn’t the majority of the backers. It was it was Caleb’s audience for sure and Caleb has a lot of ties to people from all ranges and experiences in the video space that were very influential and definitely wanted to support because that’s his Niche. But I think the biggest pull for us Beyond just the product itself and I say that because the product is once you see it. You either go I would never buy that or you go I need this right now in my life. Right?

Caleb: Right.

Pat: It’s that polarizing and I love that about it because it kind of sells itself. I remember we were at NAB earlier in 2019, and we went to this conference in Vegas and Caleb and I were walking around with our switch pods and it hadn’t come out yet. It was just about to it had just launched on Kickstarter and two guys came up to us and I like is that the switch pod? I’ve been hearing all about this and we’re like, yeah like check it out and they’re like, how did you guys get access to this? We were like, we’re the inventors and that was one of the coolest feelings you remember that Caleb? Because like they didn’t know who we were and that to me my business has always been tied to me and now I was like who the product is really doing all the work

Caleb: Yeah. I feel like that’s when you know, it’s starting to take off when other people you don’t know or aren’t in your audience are assigned to talk about it and it happened fairly quickly for a few reasons. One of them was, I had some friends that have bigger YouTube audiences that teach Production or do camera gear reviews and things like that make videos and then we had another bigger influencer make a video and so right on day one. It was already bigger than us and our audiences.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious just kind of on the physical product side also on the manufacturing side. Did you guys actually visit the factory is everything assembled overseas or?

Caleb: So, I went visited the factory in August of this year. So about a month and a half before we got our inventory in the US just kind of the last minute Quality check as they had the line all set up about to do the run of ten thousand plus switch pods, I went to the factory. But before that product of the people we’ve been working with to develop it over the last two years. They had been to the factories multiple times

Steve: Okay, and in terms of managing quality, what were some pitfalls that you guys have experienced and I imagine these are inspected on the line and at the end as well, right?

Caleb: Yes, and I also missed one of your previous questions. Yes, they’re fully assembled in a factory in China and then they’re shipped in the packaging that we ship it to people to customers through our warehouse in the US. As far as quality, I mean like Pat said there’s only so many moving Parts but some of them are so important that if you mess it up it could ruin the product. So if the screw is too long at the top of the tripod, which we learned through developing it for two years either a camera won’t fit or will fit and that sort of thing. So, It was just those last-minute things to make sure everything was good. I could hold it in my hand. Make sure it was functioning properly. And to be honest. There was one thing that if I wouldn’t have gone or if the product team would have gone and caught something it could have been a major issue.

So yeah, I think if you are making something at least have them send you them so you can like give a final sign-off before they make a lot of them because it’s easier to make a product one off from, Okay, a CAD drawing to spec when you’re paying a lot of money and they’re precisely measuring everything but once you have molds and you’re making 10,000 of them and you have a lot of people on assembly line putting together, that’s where small little changes can happen and over a lot of units that can be a major headache.

Steve: You guys have any hiccups during production. I mean 10,000 units is a pretty good-sized production run.

Caleb: I think one of the benefits of how we did this is we trusted the people we are working with we trusted prouduct to find factories that would do the different parts to paint them to package them that sort of thing. So we trusted professionals do it. Pat and I would not have been able to go to China and find factories that made tripods like you know, Honestly, there’s no way and as far as issues though. We had also been working with them for about a year. So that factory was making our prototypes for like almost a year.

Steve: Got it. Okay.

Caleb: For shipping, so They knew the product as well as we did as well as our engineer did and when I was there in China, I showed them like hey, look at this. This this might not be working. Okay, 4 engineers that I never met before that live in China and work in this Factory went to work in the next day. I came back and I like okay we fixed it. This is what we’re going to do. And so that’s I think just the benefit of being okay to hire other people to do stuff for you.

Steve: Okay, let’s shift over to marketing a little bit. We talked about the kickstarter already, but the kickstarter is over now and so how do you generate Great sales now and kind of what is the marketing plan going forward?

Pat: Yeah, I mean, so before we skip over it there was a very important moment that happened and Caleb sort of touched on it a little bit and it was one of the big influencers out there in the video space who actually created a video for us and that was a really important component because that I mean his reach and is incredible and the thing is we didn’t pay this person to do this. He did it on his own but it was a, I want to I want to say it was strategic, but it was also just organic at the same time. I don’t want to say like, oh, I’m the only reason we built this relationship was so that this could happen but it was just a natural conclusion to the relationship that we had built and we had met this guy at a conference. I spoke at vid Summit 2018. This person was also a speaker and so we met each other at the VIP party afterwards and that’s one of my favorite reasons to speak is not just the time on stage.

It’s the time outside of the stage and the people that you get access to. Anyway, I was introduced to this person is his name is Peter McKinnon, and obviously it would have just been a dream for him to even like mention our product in a tweet let alone create a video for it and we were just very very sensitive to the fact that well we didn’t want him to ever feel like he was being taken advantage of so when we shared the switch body with him, you know back at this VIP party, you know, we did film that but we never use that footage and we were just like very thankful that he really liked it. He actually wanted to take it home, but it was our only prototype that we had we needed it to get the kickstarter campaign going and we were just like Peter we’re gonna get a prototype made for you were going to send it to you and we don’t want anything in return. We just want you to know. Enjoy it and use it. And we knew that if the product it would it would it was supposed to do he would really enjoy it and you know, hopefully one day he would create a video and put it in his like what’s In My Bag videos or something that I usually does and that would that would have been awesome, but we sent him one.

We put it in a really nice package. We wrote him a handwritten note and we sent a personalized video as well and just said Thank you and didn’t expect anything in return. But we asked if he wanted to sign up for an affiliate program in case you wanted to to promote it for us and just to give back to him if he did and you know. We sent him the video on wistia or is through wistia, which is a video hosting platform. The cool thing about wistia is you can sort of see how many views there are and it was a private video and when we saw one view on it, we’re like, oh my God, he watched it. What do you think he’s gonna do and then and then we didn’t hear anything back and then, you know six hours into campaign halfway to our goal already on our own $50,000.

He came out with this video. It just blew my mind. I was literally in tears watching it because I was like an eight minute video all about how we love this even said like these guys, Caleb and Pat they came up to me at this event. They didn’t pay me to say this. I just think this is the next big thing for vloggers and we were just like, oh my gosh, and then of course the sales just went through the roof. After that. We had reached our funding goal of $100,000 in 11 hours and 26 minutes, which it was a 60-day campaign. So we were just like wow, this is like Caleb said much bigger than us at this point. But then moving forward like you said the kickstarter campaign ended. Now a couple things continue to happen people continue to talk about it and search for it even in Google and they would The kickstarter campaign page and I think you know, even after the Sale, Caleb did some very strategic things to point people from the kickstarter page even after the sale to our Shopify page.

We already had it ready by the end of the campaign and I think Caleb I don’t know what the percentage is, but a majority of our sales at least early on after the campaign were still coming from people finding that Kickstarter campaign, right?

Caleb: Yeah, we still get traffic that people type in switch pod on Google and it goes to Kickstarter and then they click to Shopify and then they buy.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

I know this has been a mention of switch pod with a bunch of other YouTubers. Have you done any manual Outreach or has been pretty much organic?

Caleb: Definitely manual Outreach.

Steve: Okay.

Caleb: Yeah, I mean we had think we probably had seven or eight people make videos during the campaign that actually had their hands on the switch pod.

Steve: Are these friends of yours. Like how did you get people to actually mention them?

Caleb: Yes, and so all but one of them Peter being the one of them were friends I had before we ever did this or friends that Pat had so like Sean Cannell and Justin Brown and people we had met at conferences and Levi Allen and other people that I knew that made videos about it. So that was like the campaign strategy. And then since then we’ve made a few more prototypes before we went to Mass production sent those to some friends of ours as well. But you know now it’s organic. So we ship them all in mid-october about a month or so ago, then it’s organic. Then it’s all these people that were back the project at bought it on Shopify and out there talking about it.

Pat: Yeah. I need the unboxing video. Like there are literally multiple unboxing videos that come out every week now from People who get it, which I think is first of all, we also put a lot of effort in designing the packaging. It’s very it’s a very nice experience. We wanted to be very apple-like and you know, you open the cover. It says like for, made for creators by creators. We wanted to have people feel like they were a part of this process too. And we wanted to honor them as creators and this is a tool to help them create more and it’s you know, we’re creators as well. The other thing is just you know, like I said the unboxing videos and just showing more and more people that more and more people are using it. There’s like a social proof element to this and Caleb and his wife Jen have been doing a great job of managing the Instagram Channel. If you go to our Instagram page, I don’t know how many followers we have.

Steve: You got like 5,000 or 6,000 something.

Pat: Yeah, and that’s just been we haven’t paid for any of that. And then when we see an unboxing video or somebody share their photo of the switch pod, we grab that we give him credit, but we post it and just kind of Honor them as a user and thank them for it and people have been really creative with how they’ve been using it as well and putting different components on it and different rigs. We have some holes on the side that Allow you to put like lights and other arms and extensions on it and we’re just super super stoked. We have not yet even paid for advertising.

And we know that once we get up on Amazon, which is kind of what we’re in the middle of right now. We can benefit from some PPC campaigns and things like that to hopefully you wrap this up and take it to the next level for sure.

Steve: Let me ask you this if you didn’t have these friends on YouTube. What would have been your strategy for outreach?

Pat: I think you know for me and I’ll let Caleb speak after, but I think it would still largely be influencer based marketing for me because that’s what I know I’m good at and I know how to manage those relationships in a way where people don’t feel like I’m like I can I can serve people and have them serve me back and that’s what’s helped me get to where I am digitally and I knew that could help me with with product, you know physical product stuff. So I would still go to I would pay for the ability to go to these conferences and share it and allow people to use it and even film with it. I’d be number one. And then number two, I think a you know, more strategic Facebook ad campaign that targets videographers or perhaps even a YouTube ad campaign.

I wouldn’t have minded to put a little bit of a bit of a budget into some ads because when you see this thing, it’s like oh my gosh. Yeah, so like, you know a video ad would perform very well. And again, these are things that we have in our pipeline. But right now we’re just kind of cruising and you know, we’re looking forward to the holidays and seeing what happens now because we know things pick up around This time a year and you’re just really excited. I know Caleb what would we have done differently if we didn’t have these relationships?

Caleb: That’s I think that’s hard for me to answer because I would just go back in time and meet people like you have to you have to network. You have to have people in your industry in your customer base that you can connect to it. You can get feedback from because not only in the marketing way, but if we weren’t people that made Videos and we did know people have made videos. We wouldn’t have made a good product because we would have known what they wanted and we wouldn’t have gotten feedback. We would have just work silently and thought that they needed something and so I think it was very important that we did have connections and we had been building them over the years.

And there’s also had a really long gestational period of you know, it took us a year to get to our final prototype, our 99% prototype and then another year from that till it was in people’s hands. So we had two years and even if we had zero Network at the start you find the events to go to you figure out the people you want to meet and you try to meet them in as organic way as possible. Not in a cold email, Here, Try my product.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah. That was the point. I was trying to get to the listeners out there because a lot of people come up to me and they go. Hey, so I got this product. How am I going to get people to promote it now? It’s always a process that where you have to kind of develop those relationships ahead of time. Without asking for anything in the beginning at all.

Pat: right, so, okay.

Steve: Alright.

Pat: So as I say you gotta dig dig your well before you get thirsty because if you’re digging your well, you’re already thirsty your kind of it’s not going to be a good situation.

Steve: So recording this right now Black Friday is next week to get some context. Do you guys have any plans?

Caleb: When is it coming out?

Pat: We had some plans and Amazon’s been a very interesting thing to get involved with because you know, we have our Shopify account and that’s performing very well. We also have our product in some retail stores already online including B&H Photo Adorama.

Steve: How did you get them to carry your products?

Caleb: Right now there’s five of them so I could talk through each of them individually. Number one, B&H. I’ve been at B&H affiliate for many years where they send me a product for 30 days. I can make a video. I use video links. I send it back that sort of thing. So I developed a relationship with my affiliate rep. Pat and I were in New York City just showing people switch pod and we tried to get a meeting with Buyer one thing led to another we ended up meeting, while we were there and they were interested. Adorama was organic actually, they reached out during the campaign. So someone at the team was just kind of keeping an eye on Kickstarter products and they had heard about it. What Have You, Focus Camera was similar to that just cold reach out moment, which is a company that makes smartphone lenses along with cases and other things.

They also have a shop where they sell a bunch of video photo gear. I had actually connected with them during the campaign. To get advice because I was using their Kickstarter campaign as kind of a framework to how to make the page how to show the offer pricing all that kind of stuff. And then the last one that we’re at right now is DVE store and we met them in person at Vid Summit this year and they wanted to order some and put some in stock. So kind of a case-by-case basis and yes, there are bigger stores and bigger opportunities in the future, Target, Best Buy, Walmart, What have you. And DME the other day is like how do we even do that? We don’t know. So we’ll figure it out as we go.

Steve: How does the arrangement work? Is it do you do they pre purchase a bunch of units or like what is the arrangement look like?

Caleb: Yeah, so they all buy it and then they have the inventory. So we’re not direct shipping for any retailers right now.

Steve: Okay.

Caleb: So they get it at a wholesale price because they handle returns shipping holding the inventory that sort of thing and they make their margins on that.

Steve: Can we talk about cash flow for a little bit looks like you guys are selling on a bunch of different channels? So Amazon your own store and then these retail outlets presumably to make these, you know tens of thousands of units. It’s a lot of money involved up front. So I have there been any issues on the cash flow front and what’s your plans for that?

Caleb: We’ve been keeping it tight.

Pat: Very tight.

Caleb: but it but in a strategic way. So we basically, after the kickstarter campaign you get a big payout Kickstarter takes their percentage. There’s a credit card fee percentage. There’s churn, you know, people that back the campaign that didn’t back it. And so the $415,000 public number you see is not what we got as well as a large chunk of that somewhere. I think around 40 to 50,000 is just for shipping out all of these switched pods to the 4,000 backers. So we had a big chunk of cash in our bank account. And we did the math of how many switch pods. Can we make get them to the US Pay tariffs ship them out to our backers and not run out of money and that was about ten thousandths Switch Pods and so we had only sold at that point a little less than 5,000 switch pods.

So we basically double bound we took our chips from one table, we walk to the higher limit. We set them all down and we can fling and we’ve made a couple decisions like that where Pat and I haven’t taken any money out of switch pod yet and we are trying to level this up to the point where for a physical product to really succeed in to be in a lot of stores you need inventory. If you don’t have inventory, you don’t make any money. So we’re making decisions to continually make sure we have inventory as well as if you get it all made At once, it’s cheaper because I need to ship it all over at once and you get better unit cause and that sort of thing. So we haven’t made another batch yet. We’re probably going to make another batch in the next few months, but that also comes down to timing and cash flow and retailers. Retailers take their net 30 whatever to pay you as so it’s a lot of it’s a lot of timing.

Steve: So you’re going through this first holiday season with basically that initial I guess you have 5,000 units left or how many years you have left and that’s what you’re living with do these Holidays.

Pat: Yeah.

Caleb: correct. Yeah, so that 10,000 included the 5,000 or so Kickstarter and then what we’ve sold since then so we still a few thousand. Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Steve: Yeah, and I’m sure it’s going to sell it over the holidays, which means I’m putting mine up on eBay baby. No, I’m just kidding.

Caleb: That was interesting. They were immediately on eBay as soon as..

Steve: Is that right? Haha

Caleb: Yeah, there was some on eBay for more than what you could buy it from our site when we were shipping from our site. So, I don’t know if people actually sold them or not, but he will do what they want to do.

Steve: So I kind of want to conclude this interview by just kind of talking about like the biggest pain points that you’ve had in getting your physical product off its feet compared to your experiences n the digital realm?

Pat: Yeah for me.

Caleb: I would say cost and patience but go ahead Pat.

Pat: Yeah for me is just patients. Like I like things to move fast. I, in the digital space can film a course and created and launched it and make money from it within a week and a half and or two weeks and and to have this take so long and every little iteration take so long. Every little change has to be very purposeful because was that means then the cad drawings have to change and then it has to get remolded or like all that stuff is to be factored in and then you know, even right now this just the patient’s of working with Amazon’s customer service team.

Steve: Yeah.

Pat: I just I’m just like pulling teeth and and pulling my hair out and having so much fun doing I think that’s what’s gotten me through this the fact that in this is what I do on SPI is I build new things and I share the process and and it doesn’t always go perfectly and I love that because it always becomes a lesson for other people so it has gotten me through is just the real life case study that I can then share to help others who maybe are trying to or thinking about doing something similar but that’s been the biggest challenge for me for sure is that has been the patience.

Caleb: For me. It’s been cost and profit margin because like that was saying digital course, you’re looking at what 95 percent 97 percent profit margin on that?

Pat: It’s ridiculous. Yes

Caleb: And physical product. You’re lucky you’re looking at 50 to 70 percent

Pat: maybe

Caleb: maybe

Steve: Well that’s gross. I mean, yeah, that’s gross too. But yeah, yeah. so which kind of leads me back to my original question, which I asked in the very beginning so digital versus physical. What are what are the main Pros that keep you guys going for this?

Caleb: I think it’s just fun like doing something physical is very fun. It’s very different. It’s challenged me to learn a lot of different things to learn again some of the stuff I learned when I studied Supply Chain management in college. So when we just decks and packaging and all these different things as well as it is open doors for Patton eyes Network that a digital thing just simply could not do. To get to meet certain people to be in stores to continually just learn different types of business that we can now share with people and and use whatever Ventures we have in the future. That’s been that’s been the best part is the fun the connections and it can also just be bigger. I think. Because of physical product, Typically I think can help more people. So they’re just more people involved than your ebook or your course or what have you.

Steve: Yeah

Pat: For me. It’s the look that a person has when they pop their camera on there and they use it like it’s like, you know when you’re in a Tesla and you somebody like just throttles it and then you have that like crazy smile. Oh my God, like that’s the moment like there’s a moment with physical things I think is very interesting. That it’s just not in existence in the digital world. Like I can’t give my online courses somebody and yes, they might be excited about it, but they’re not going to be able to use it or get value from it until they, you know, do it until they take action on it versus like I can hand somebody to switch pod and they just this is exactly what I need. They put it on there like yes, and they’re already using it like within 30 seconds.

It’s just it’s just so different and that to me is just been really special and I that’s what keeps me going and you know because any successful business online or offline, It’s about the customer and to be able to create something and to serve them quickly and to just two people throwing away their old tripods now because they got what they really wanted or what they really need is just like, so cool. It’s I love that feeling

Steve: So having done both myself. I find physical products more stable and less maintenance to a certain extent once everything’s out the door, whereas digital products. You constantly have to re-film or keep up to date with All those things whereas physical products that initial hurdle initial investment is really large. But once it’s out there it is generally easier to maintain.

Pat: so you’re saying we’re in a good spot now?

Steve: You are you guys have already met the largest hurdle or one of the largest hurdles, I would say and then you’ve got all these accessories that you can add on to it. I’m not sure if that’s in your future plans, but

Pat: Ah yeah

Steve: And sky’s the limit man.

Pat: This guys and I’m really excited and there’s definitely more upside here in the physical product space side as well. Not all digital is something that needs to always be maintained to I will fight back on that like a mind set course for example, like stuff about mindsets are going to change but if you’re creating a course about you know, social media, I mean you change that like every week so you’re right.

Steve: Yeah, and then you guys have an asset that is a lot more sellable now to than a post a digital course.

Pat: that is correct.

Steve: As well. So I’m excited for you guys. I really love the product. I saw that you stood on it at did I see you last so I tried standing on mine and it went fine and my kids actually climbed on me. As I was I was like whoa whoa whoa easy kids. I don’t know if he can handle all you guys as way but it actually did. It’s very sturdy product and it’s now my go-to tripod.

Pat: That’s awesome. Thank you, man.

Steve: I just want to close, where can people find this if they want to buy it?

Caleb: You can go to switchpod.co

Steve: Switchpod.Co and if it gets sold out in Ebay, is that where the

Pat: Find, Steve.

Steve: I’m just kidding guys, but excellent product. I’m looking forward to all the New accessory announcements and everything and best of luck to you, and if you guys ever need any help, this is my realm, so if you have any questions on Amazon what not feel free to hit me up.
Pat: Thanks, man. Appreciate that a lot.

Caleb: Thank you.

Steve: All right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you’re in the market for a handheld tripod then go out right now and pick up the switch pod. I have one right in front of me right now. And it’s a great product I use for practically all my videos today. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode284.

And once again, I want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank, Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

283: How To Segment Your Email List The Right Way With Alexandra Edelstein

283: How To Segment Your Email List The Right Way With Alexandra Edelstein

Today, I’m thrilled to have Alexandra Edelstein on the show. Alexandra is a senior product manager at Klaviyo and she was also a speaker at my annual ecommerce conference The Sellers Summit.

At Klaviyo, she’s known as the resident expert when it comes to email list segmentation. So today we’re going to talk about the right way to segment your email list to maximize revenue for your ecommerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why blasting your entire list is bad
  • Basic ways to segment your list
  • How to maximize repeat purchases
  • The main parameters used for segmentation

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have Alexandra Edelstein of Klaviyo on the show. And Alexandra spoke at the 2019 Seller Summit and her talk was very well received. And today we’re going to talk about the right way to segment your email list for maximum Revenue growth.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact, last year, it was close to 50% of my overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

Also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a 131%. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. I’m thrilled to have Alexandra Edelstein on the show. Now, Alexander is a senior product manager over at Klaviyo. And she was also a speaker at my annual e-commerce conference the Seller Summit and no surprise she is an expert when it comes to email marketing. And today what we’re going to do is we’re going to talk about the right way to segment your email list to maximize revenue for your eCommerce store and with that, welcome to the show, Alexandra. How are you doing today?

Alexandra: I’m doing well. Thanks. It’s great to be on.

Steve: You know what’s funny is we spent three days together. We didn’t actually get a chance to hang out all that much. For the people that are just kind of listening and don’t know who you are. Just give us a quick background and how you actually got into email marketing.

Alexandra: Yeah. Sure. So as you’ve mentioned I’m a senior product manager here at Klaviyo. I’ve actually been with Klaviyo for about four years. So quite some time and from the very early days. I spent a lot of time working with our customers learning about their needs their pain points so we can Could help build Klaviyo into what it is today. Prior to Klaviyo, I was actually working on a national entrepreneurship program with Goldman Sachs. And again working with entrepreneurs helping invest in their growth build five-year growth plans. And in order to reach those businesses nationally, which is a program. I launched and scaled. There was a lot of email and a lot of marketing. So I learned firsthand the pain points of needing to personalize communication at scale from that job.

When I transitioned over to Klaviyo being able to work with the same group of people businesses entrepreneurs, like everyone listening looking to scale and grow their companies. I could deeply relate to the challenges with really driving that targeted personalized communication with Technology Solutions that were really clunky and hard to use and it felt like if you really wanted to do anything cool you had to be a massive Enterprise company with developers all that and so when I joined Klaviyo, iy was fun to be part of the solution and since then I’ve grown into different product areas. And as of the last couple years, I’ve been focused on Automation and flows to help marketers automate and scale their communication.

Steve: Cool. And that’s exactly what we’re going to talk about. We’re going to talk about email segmentation. Now, what’s funny is I actually got a chance to watch the recording for your presentation because I didn’t get to watch it live. So this is like the perfect chance for me to talk to you about in person.

Alexandra: Oh okay.

Steve: So So just a couple basic questions in case the audience isn’t really even familiar with email segmentation. So first of all, what is it and why wouldn’t I just want to send an email blast to my entire list whenever I run a promotion?

Alexandra: That’s a really great question. What is segmentation? And why should you care? Ultimately, It really gets down to the one-on-one personalized communication that we use every day and honestly take for granted every day and our personal relationships and the relationships were building with our friends, with our family, with our colleagues, with new people we meet on the street. As human beings we’re constantly listening and learning about others that we talked to either in the same conversation or over time and we use that data that we accumulate to build relationships to have more relevant conversations. It may seem really transactional when you when you spell it out, but ultimately as humans were really good at listening, analyzing and then communicating to be relevant and to not sound tone deaf and to Built trust and all the things that come along with actually having a personal relationship.

The challenge when it comes to marketing and especially marketing to a large customer audiences is that we aren’t able to get to know each one of our customers individually all of our subscribers and the sheer scale of it makes it really hard to do that same type of thing. You know, work so well in our personal lives, it’s really hard to learn about individuals that pot buy from us, that subscribe. It’s hard to analyze that data and then it’s really hard to personalize what we put in front of them and how we communicate with them. So segmentation is really a way to do that at scale by starting to think about the things that do make your customers and subscribers unique, it means using your data in order to analyze and figure out these audiences, group them with common characteristics and you want to think about things that will motivate people and that will really make them feel like you’re reaching out to them.

So for example, if you have a mom, let’s say you’re selling children’s clothes and you ask your audience you talk to your mom’s and you say hey, what are the age of your children? And they tell you that would you want to send them Communications and marketing content about clothing that is age appropriate for their children or would you want to send them emails or a promotional content about things that have nothing to do with the data you just collected? I think any marketer would pick the former, so that’s that’s segmentation in a nutshell. It’s basically finding ways to learn about your customers and subscribers and use that data to have more relevant conversations and to be more personal every time you reach out.

Steve: So here’s one of the points I kind of want to hammer home. So let’s say I have a promotion for something that might not necessarily be within that example that you use like the kids age group. What is the harm in sending that promotion anyway? Like the person won’t be interested. They won’t open the email whatnot. Who cares? What, Is there a, does it do any harm?

Alexandra: It does do harm and so that’s the that’s where we get into the great ease of of email marketing and kind of the deliverability side. I find typically when people hear the word email deliverability, they think of Spam folders, but they’re not really sure exactly what it means and how it can impact them. The real meat of it here is that ultimately if you think of Gmail and Hotmail and Yahoo, your recipients are their customers and it’s their job to ensure that individuals have clean inboxes and have an inbox that they’re able to sort through and and really work with and so Gmail and others look at engagement from a sender. So as a sender if you are sending out volumes of emails and getting really low open and engagement rates. That’s Gmail signal that you’re likely sending spam and that’s when you’ll slowly see your open rates drop even more because Gmail will start to put your emails in the spam folder.

Since that’s their reaction to seeing those low engagement rates. And so we have this saying here at Klaviyo that those that do nothing do harm for exactly that reason if you’re not sending relevant personalized emails and you’re seeing low open rates and low engagement rates because of that ultimately you’re going to see your open rates drop even more as you start to see that funnel effect into the spam folder. And so while you may be sending relevant communication to some and some are opening, those that aren’t are actually going to they’re going to ruin it for everyone else and you’re going to see yourself really struggle to dig out of that since it can be a lot more challenging to regain a positive sender reputation then to damage in the first place.

Steve: So does that imply then that if you keep sending and people don’t open that some real good customers of yours may not get your future emails?

Alexandra: Exactly exactly over time. The more the more you send these unengaged audiences the more likely you are to see all of your emails go to spam and so even those that do want to receive your content aren’t going to get it because it’s going to land in their spam folder too

Steve: So just curious what are some decent metrics for open rates to just kind of indicate that you’re in decent shape.

Alexandra: Sure. Yeah, we find that typically around 20 percent and above is what we call a good healthy open rate. If you’re in the 15 or so percent area we say, you know, look at how you’re trending go back and Klaviyo. We have ways to analyze this in any email tool you’re using you’ll Look at your Trends to your main lists, and if you’ve gone down to 15% from the healthy 20% area, it’s likely you’re trending potentially into that spam territory. So you want to do some list cleaning start to segment your engaged audience and only send to them or exclude unengaged audiences to start to boost those open rates. If you’re in the 15% range and you’re trending upwards and that’s a really good signal that you’re starting to be more personal and targeted. So so I’d say if you’re dropping below 15 and you’re especially if you’re in the 10 or below that’s where you may want to take some more proactive measures to get back on track.

Steve: So I hear a lot of people talk about segmenting your list, but I’m pretty sure it’s confusing to a lot of people. So what I was hoping to do to in today’s interview was to talk about some just very basic ways to segment your list that apply to pretty much any e-commerce company that is manageable with a very small team for example.

Alexandra: Yeah sure

Steve: So how would you do that. Like what is the best way to maximize repeat purchases and increase your open rates and engagement rates?

Alexandra: Yeah. So we find that ultimately if you think of the more robust models around recency frequency and value that you may sometimes hear when you think of segmentation the key thing to generally focus on is that recency factor so..

Steve: so can we Define those three terms first before we move on?

Alexandra: Yeah, of course and so we talk about when we talk about recency or talking about people that have Opened or clicked an email from you recently and have purchased from you recently. So those that have purchased from you most recently probably no surprise they’re engaged but they’re more likely to purchase from you again because they haven’t gone too long. They haven’t dropped off. So that’s recency. You can think of things that happened most recently.

Steve: Okay.

Alexandra: When you get into frequency. That’s when you’re thinking about how often does something happened. And so how regularly does someone purchased from you how regularly do they open. The last category here is a value. When someone purchases, how large is that purchase? What is their total lifetime value? What’s the revenue potential or the revenue earn over all time? And so you’re typically trying to drive up all three of these you want to drive up recency. So you want to keep your audience engaged and active and real-time. You want to keep the frequency High you want to encourage repeat purchases on a regular Cadence and of course you want to drive up the customer lifetime value and try to not only increase the average order value for any given purchase. But of course drive up. Like I said that the lifetime value over time.

Steve: Okay, and so based on these three parameters is that like the foundation for your segmentation strategy?

Alexandra: Yes, exactly. So if you think of these different categories you can think that your core marketing audience. So that’s about 75% of your marketing is generally going to go towards those that fall into this recency category, the people that are most recent. Once you get into the laps and not frequent not recent. So we talked about those damaging unengaged folks that you don’t want to email that’s where they have neither of the three. They are not recent and they’re not frequent and their value has seriously tapered off. That’s where you get into the danger zone if you email them because it’s very likely you’re Landing in spam. If you start to creep back from that where maybe they are high value, but they just haven’t bought super recently. They’re medium laps.

That’s where you start to creep back towards the wind back category, which is people that used to purchase frequently or only very early very recently elapsed and have those different value categories. So you can think of the different buckets across these three different core principles as a foundation for segmentation.

Steve: Can we tell some numbers in there. What would you consider a lapsed email subscriber?

Alexandra: Typically if someone has an open an email in three to four months we consider them elapsed and that’s also a tip. That’s what Gmail also considers getting into the laps territory. If someone has an open in three to four months and you keep emailing them and they keep not opening. That’s when they’ll start to filter those emails to spam.

Steve: What if they made a purchase in that time. They’re just not opening their emails. Is that still count as a lapsed email subscriber?

Alexandra: So it depends a little bit about whether you’re focusing on deliverability and and hitting the inbox or if you’re focused on engaging repeat purchases. So the tricky thing is that Gmail doesn’t care whether or not someone’s buying from you. You can have a really great product and you could get a lot of purchases. But if your email games not strong and you’re not if you’re batching and Blasting everyone, you’re not going to see engagement on that side of things. So you do want to segment, you know, pun intended here you want you want to segment your strategy and you want to think about how you’re able to target folks that are engaged keep them engaged via email but also keep them buying and the strategies are slightly different for both.

Steve: All right, so you talked about a number of things here. So your core marketing audience. It sounds like it’s people who have opened an email within the last three or four months. Is this is correct? Just tell me correct me if I’m wrong, and then for win backs, it sounds like these people might not have they probably haven’t purchased in a while and they haven’t opened a while and you’re just trying to get them back and then there’s this set of people that haven’t done either that you just don’t want to email.

Alexandra: Yeah exactly. Exactly and it’s a bit of a sliding scale. So when you’re thinking about recency, you do want to think about recency of purchases as well as recency of email opening. So the more engaged your content is and the more strategic and targeted you are from the segmentation perspective. Hopefully folks are opening your emails. And so that’s kind of a constant. That’s a constant in terms of something you want to be tailoring and and playing around with it to keep your open rates high. In terms of recency of purchasing, that’s where you Get into segmentation around when backs and trying to understand your buyer cycle and ensure that you’re sending targeted Communications to encourage purchases reach out after someone hasn’t purchase when you thought that they should have and things like that.

Steve: So can we just throw some numbers again out there for win backs? Like what are some just general guidelines for parameters that you would said for a win back?

Steve: Yeah. So this is actually it’s a great question. We get asked it a lot. I would say there’s no magic number. I’m in the world of email and the world of marketing because it really depends on your product and your buyer cycle. So the first question I typically ask a brand or someone I’m talking with is if I bought your product today, when do you think I needed it again? And then we have a conversation about what a normal buying cycle would look like based on your product. So if it’s a replenishable product, you probably have serving sizes. You might be able to gasps. Hey, you know if someone buys X within 30 days, they’re going to need it again. And so if that’s the case, you know think about 15 days past that it’s a 30-day replenishment cycle think about 15 days or so about two weeks past that and that’s when you’re going to want to send a wooden back about a week before you’re going to want to send a reminder.

And so you can think about that date that replenishment cycle and a little bit before it. You might want to send a reminder or send some content maybe even a promotion but a week or two after it you want to follow up again with with some wind back type content if you don’t have a replenishment cycle, that’s that’s known or well understood. There’s a couple things you can do. You can think generally about the occasions with which someone would buy your product. Is it a yearly purchase? Is it something that they only buy as a gift during the holidays? Things like that and and think about your buyer cycle that way you can also use tools like Klaviyo to export and really Stand the time between orders I get a little bit more technical with it as well. But I would say there’s no generally guidelines.

We say 30 to 45 days, but a really really varies based on a brand and a market and a product so I wouldn’t take that at face value and I do some experimentation to figure it out.

Steve: Sure. So based on what you said, the wind backs are based on purchase, purchases and not necessarily opens, right? So you wouldn’t send out a win back if someone had purchased before but hadn’t opened an email within like 30 days or 35 days.

Alexandra: Yeah, exactly. That’s where the two are separate but need to be thought of in concert. So the wind back is definitely around purchases in terms of the more traditional marketing segmentation. That being said if you are trying to increase your deliverability and you’re trying to increase engagement, you want to think strategically about every single email you sent. And so that’s why you don’t want to get beyond that three to four month range and keep sending someone win back. So right if you know with your even with your win back audience, you may want to segment those that further segment. Hey, I have my wind back audience people that haven’t bought in 45 days, but they really should have bought in about a month ago or 15 days ago. Let me further segment those that have opened an email since then, since their last purchase the people that have opened an email since their last purchase are going to be way more likely to open a win back email and likely buy versus someone that has not even opened a single email since they last bought and so you can segment those two groups and you can think hey what’s going to get the not opener to open?

Maybe it’s a ten percent off in the subject line. Maybe it’s you know, a really convincing promotion and paired preview tax. That’s going to catch someone’s eye right? For the for the win back folks that have never opened. You really got to focus on that inbox appeal and figure out how you’re going to get them to hopefully open the email first. Those that are win back audience and typically do open or have recently opened an email. You may not need to offer something in the subject line. Maybe you will use the same subject line, maybe not but when you get to the content, here’s this group, right? Here’s this group that bought from you and then has engaged they’ve been opening but they haven’t bought what in your content is going to get them to pull the trigger. So this is where segmentation is really about tapping into the motivations of the people you’re trying to target.

And teasing them apart based on what you know about your business and what you can assume about your audience based on that. So I’d say generally win back time frame you want to think about the last purchase but then you want to further segment based on email and open engagement to help you tailor the communication even further.

Steve: Right. Whether you want to give some sort of promotion or whether you think they’re going to buy anyways

Alexandra: Exactly.

Steve: This interview is only 50 minutes long. So and when backs are just kind of like a small portion of Revenue, So let’s try to focus on just like the core people that you’re going to be emailing very often. How would you segment those folks and I guess these are just people that are classified as people have opened within the last four months.

Alexandra: Yeah, so if you have your you’re engaged audience people that have opened in the last four months and you’re sending it regularly to them or you want to start sending more regularly to them. This is where there’s a couple things you can do to learn more about them and segment further. First, is they’re buying history. So we talked a little bit about that high value versus low value a really great way to start to build customer loyalty and segment further based on the data you already of your purchase data from your eCommerce platform if your Ecommerce is to separate out a VIP group. So set a figure out your average order value go up about you know, 15 20 dollars or think of what Revenue tear you would consider to be a VIP group. It could be the number of purchases. So maybe you don’t want to set a dollar sign value, but you’d rather look at everyone that’s bought three to four times start to segment out your VIPs.

This is a really awesome group that instead of sending your regular emails to start to use the word exclusive or just for you or you know, a thank you to our loyal customers. So segmentation can just take the form of treating people a little bit differently when you know a bit more about them. So a VIP audience really great way to start segmenting and build loyalty with a group of people that you are going to drive the bulk of your lifetime value from.

Steve: Can you give me some an example so your segmenting out these high rollers and Language like exclusive but given that these are the high rollers. Do you need to be sending them offers and that sort of thing or you just kind of sending them products at this point?

Alexandra: It can be either or and so sometimes maybe you want to have a single promotional event a year. That only goes towards your VIPs. You can do something like that. But if you aren’t necessarily interested in discounting and there’s other approaches such as you know free gifts on birthdays, there’s different ways. You can set a VIP the program apart, but it can also just be about access so early access to a new product a product launch. So anyway, you can create exclusivity that tends to drive engagement and so aspect for your VIPs. You want to keep them feeling special and again, it doesn’t necessarily have to be a high bar to be a VIP. You can start to build these loyalty audiences and tears. But ultimately these are going to be your promoters your Advocates and so Keeping them feeling special whether or not it’s around any discounts or just the content in the Early Access can really help.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

So I guess high rollers. That sounds pretty straightforward. Right? These are the guys who buy from you often. They open all your emails and their lifetime value is very high. I guess it gets a little bit more gray with some Other folks right? So can we talk a little bit about the less obvious segments?

Alexandra: Yeah, and I think that there’s the different segments you can create around those frequency, value, recency but there’s also things you can learn about what people click on what they browse. Do you want to talk about the segments around those three core principles or more about how you can learn about your audience from what they look at what they click?

Steve: Let’s finish like all the three main principles first. And maybe after that we can talk about some of the other segments that you want to talk about. But at some point like everyone’s going to be getting a whole bunch of the, whole bunch of emails, right that kind of cross these segments. Well, let’s finish three principles first. So what are the other segments that you want to have based on recency, frequency and lifetime value?

Alexandra: Yeah, so you got your high rollers. These are the people that you want to give perks to you want to help them advocate. So again follow us on social media. There’s lots of ways you can leverage your high rollers to help them be better Advocates and keep them kind of right there along with you as your as you keep marketing and as your brand grows and then you start to separate out the people that are either frequently purchasing, but it’s at a lower value and so again this maybe lumped in with your high rollers. If you’re not looking necessarily at Value, but more how often someone buys that three or four time purchases, but you can imagine if somebody is purchasing frequently, but not at a high value. You want to drive up their average order value. And so there are a couple different ways. You can try to drive up your average order value.

There’s lots of apps you can use at checkout to suggest, but ultimately related and recommended products is by far one of the best ways to increase order size and if someone gets used to always purchasing a couple items together or in bulk, they’re going to keep doing that. So if you look at your high rollers and you look at what the makeup of their orders are and why they’re purchasing more think about what can drive your brand enthusiasts. So people that are purchasing from you but not in high value. How can you encourage them to look more like your high rollers? How can you start to bundle things? Encouraged volume discounts constantly recommend related or complementary products to try to boost that average order value. That’s another segment. You can Target to ultimately have people that love you they buy a lot but start to drive up the value that you get from them.

Steve: It sounds like you need to further segment down your brand enthusiasts as well. Right? Based on what they bought so you can show them complementary products.

Alexandra: Exactly. Yeah, and that’s where we get into the more topical segmentation. So regardless Of how recently or frequently someone’s bought as well as the value. You want to you want to think about what they’re interested in and you can track what they look at on your website. You can track the type of email they engage with and what they purchased in the past what they’ve abandoned in their carts. So again, you always want to get down to the more granular level at some point so that you can recommend items complimentary items things like that exactly.

Steve: So for someone who doesn’t have a large team To do email marketing for them. It seems like you know, by the time you get down to segmenting based on recency, frequency and value in addition to individual products that you can cross sell and that sort of thing. It sounds like there’s going to be a lot of segments is that it almost becomes exponential.

Alexandra: It can and so there’s a couple things that I typically recommend starting with.

Steve: Okay.

Alexandra: First is kind of thinking about your business goals. There’s a lot of different segments and you really do want to start to segment your audience. But you want to think a little bit about what you’re struggling with and what you could and what your goals are in terms of a boost. And so if you don’t have any high rollers, and that’s a really small group. You can bundle them right? You can bundle the high rollers with a brand Enthusiast and don’t necessarily look at Value, but think of people that have bought for me recently and buy frequently and treat them special together when you go down a tier. And people that have bought from you recently you can again just segment them out and try to increase their frequency. So focus on replenishment for people that have bought recently but not frequently and then when you get down to the lowest tier people that bought recently or semi recently and the frequency is or isn’t there again, you can kind of start to bundle those and really try more promotional content.

So I would say, you know start with just one group or one level and the nice thing is that once you create these spaces segments, you can use them for absolutely everything. So there might be a little bit of an upfront investment our customers, typically, when we chat with them. They say hey two hours a month is all we actually really need in order to tune these segments build a couple more and use that for the rest of the month for our strategy. So if you’re thinking the sounds like a lot of time, can you give two hours out of the whole month towards this and if the answer is yes, then there’s a way for you to start and see value from this type of model.

Steve: Okay before we go into more depth on that, let’s just quickly Define the other segments based on three. So there’s three parameters which means there’s eight segments. Right? So we covered the high rollers. We cover the brand enthusiasts which are essentially high rollers with a lower order value. And then I guess moving on down the tier. There are also people who are recent but they don’t purchase very often and then there’s high and low values for those. For those people who don’t purchase that frequently. What are some prootions that you might send them to get them to buy again. Are we sending them coupons at this point. What are we sending them?

Alexandra: Yeah, so I was on them two things. I would send them best-selling related products as well as limited time urgency deals. So the key here is that if someone is not buying recently or too frequently you really need to drive them to see value. And so that’s where you have to get more personal but you want to put your best foot forward with them. So best-selling items related products from what they might have already bought and then create some type of urgency with either a discount or free gift something along those lines a bundle offer to really push them over the Finish Line.

Steve: It sounds like a related product cross-sells kind of Encompass all of these, is that accurate?

Alexandra: Yeah, it really is and this is where the content itself is a little bit more ubiquitous. So cross sells generally this you think about life cycle marketing are critically important in order to be able to introduce customers to a wider range of products and they might already have seen before and drive up the both average order value as well as the frequency which is why it really crosses over segments because you can imagine if someone only buys one product from you being able to cross sell will not only probably get them to buy again sooner than they might have already because now there’s a new item that they want, but then there’s two items which is more value, two items that could replenish and it really expands from there.

Steve: And then finally there’s this segment that might not even have bought from you at all. And you’re just trying to get them to make a purchase, right? So for these people would you suggest much larger discounts just to get them to kind of pull the trigger?

Alexandra: Yeah, when you’re in your we call them that nearly there’s or the waiting for Wows. These are people that have engaged with you. But they really need to be nudged over the Finish Line there and they’re clearly waiting for something. And so ideally you reflect a little bit on you know, what are they waiting for is it they don’t actually understand your product and they need education on it? Is it that they think it’s too expensive. So you need to really sell the value I would think about those different motivations when you think of the best content, but this is where social proof product reviews testimonials as well as some light discounting or some urgency deals can really be kind of the one-two punch.

Typically if people are hanging on and they haven’t purchased yet. They really need to be sold on the value that fear of missing out fomo the more that they see others enjoying the product and Trust building, you know, social proof and product reviews can also help nudge people over the finish line. So if you if you have that combination of content as well as a discount or promotion, you’re very likely to Target those more effectively and start to get them closer to purchasing and then finally got them to purchase in which point your then focusing on encouraging the frequency and the value.

Steve: How often are we emailing these people? Or what would you recommend or what have you seen?

Alexandra: Yeah, I would recommend for those kind of nearly there’s you certainly do not want to over email and so it, you want to go back to that recency factor. And so how recently did they last purchase if they have or how recently did they last open an email, if you have someone opening emails. I say, typically two emails per week is a really safe spot. So you can start to measure engagement. If you’re seeing good engagement from the two emails per week. You can ramp up potentially the three if you’re really being targeted, if you’re not seeing open rates, then I would drop back to maybe one and have it be a more impactful discount something like that. You really want to, the two things I don’t recommend. Don’t email multiple times per day. If you’re really trying to nudge people over to be mindful of your deliverability, but you can start sending multiple times per week. If your open rates are safely over 15%.

Steve: over 15% Okay, and I would imagine like the high rollers in the brand enthusiasts. You can probably email, you can probably get away with emailing them more often

Alexandra: Exactly. And that’s where four people that again. I would segment them based on openers or not openers just because people are purchasing from you at a high value doesn’t mean you’re there in love with your email strategy. So look closely at your open and click rates. But yes for folks that are opening their engaged you definitely have more latitude with emailing them more frequently, but really quality is always better than quantity when it comes to email. We have a great case study with Taylor Stitch and a couple other brands that really started to drop back the number of emails that they sent and focused on segmentation and quality and they’re now full Believers and the less is more approach and so you find that when you Segment you will ultimately end up sending less emails, but you will make more money from them.

Steve: So let’s talk a little bit about implementation now, so number one can all of this be automated and two, you mentioned two hours per month what exactly encompasses that two hours to get everything set up?

Alexandra: So for that two hour setup, I would focus on creating to base segments to start one is you’re engaged segment. So that’s everyone that has open an email and is opted-in opened an email in the last three to four months just so you have it. That type of Engagement Audience is great for your big promotions for Black Friday Cyber Monday sending for holidays. And that’s one segment that you can safely send to its you’re engaged audience. And then you similarly want to create your unengaged audience. And these are folks that have not opened an email and three to four months and you typically want to add a little bit more to that you want to look at people that have opted in or they joined your list over 30 days ago ideally since its if they’re very New they might not have had a chance to open yet. Based on how often you send. You also want to look at in terms of your unengaged make sure that they haven’t opened or clicked since open rates.

Sometimes people don’t have images loading open rates aren’t precise. You want to look at both of those but generally for most of your regular sending you want to exclude that group so that your as you focus on all of these nearly. There’s you’re waiting for Wow’s you’re not harming your deliverability in the process. So those are two starting points from there I would again pick out your high rollers and your brand enthusiasts feel free to Clump them together. If you don’t want to create that distinction based on value, but the two hours is spent just building some of these foundational segments because you’re going to use them for every single campaign that you’re thinking about you want to think about your goals your strategies for every campaign and then you want to consider. Can I Target my content differently for these different segments? So again the two hours you spent building some of these foundations and from there, they are automated because the segment’s will update in real-time hopefully. If you’re using a tool that provides that automated segmentation like pages

Steve: The one that rhymes with ABO?

Alexandra: That rhymes with ABO, there are others out there. But Klaviyo definitely provides this automated strategy approach things update real time. They’re there waiting for you every time you’re about to send you can consider. Hey, what should my high-rollers receive here or for people that have never bought? What’s the best way to get them to buy with this campaign? So your content isn’t have to be dramatically different but and your subject lines are not to be dramatically different, but if you pause for just a moment and think about how you can better tailor your content towards folks that either love you a lot and I thought all the time, from people in the middle or for people that actually have never bought yet. Those are the types of pauses you can have before every campaign once you already have these bass line segments.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it, now back to the show.

All right. So let’s just kind of break down everything that you just said with an example and I’m going to start putting words in your mouth. Tell me if I’m saying anything wrong. So we talked about three parameters, but it sounds like if you have a small team and you just want to do like the bare minimum you just kind of Lop off the value that leaves just recency and frequency. So, in fact, you can just lump everything if you want in the simplest case to three groups your high rollers your people that don’t bias frequently and the people who haven’t bought yet and you’re just kind of close but they’re kind of engaged right? And within these three categories you want to put together sequences that cater to each group distinctly.

Alexandra: Yeah, that’s a great way of summarizing it chop off the value just look at recency and frequency all the way up to the people that have bought recently by all the time and at the bottom people that have never bought from you and start to consider those.

Steve: So in terms of automating this with autoresponder sequences, I can see, so would you want three separate sequences for each I would imagine and I’m just coming up with this right now on the fly. For the high rollers and the potential high rollers. I suspect that you would want to just put them on an autoresponder sequence did does cross sells primarily and maybe some content that kind of boost your brand?

Alexandra: Yeah. So yeah, the nice part about automation is that it tends to be targeted. Regardless of anything else because it’s Behavior triggered. And so when you’re thinking about segmentation you want to think about it in terms of the campaign’s that you send proactively but your auto responders are really what are going to be the undercurrent of what pushes everyone along and so you want to think they’re about every single interaction that a given subscriber customers going to have with your brand and instead of being more based off these segments. You want to think about the life cycle touch points and so on. When someone first subscribes you want to introduce them to your brand right? They’re, they have that recency in terms of that. They just did something they just subscribed or opted-in but they haven’t yet purchased and so you want to think about how to motivate them along you have your auto responders around abandoned carts, which again you want to Target you can absolutely start splitting out the paths are based on these segments.

If someone abandon a cart and they’ve never bought from you before what are you going to need to say or do to help get them to buy? Versus someone that abandons a cart that buys all the time from you, you know, maybe they just forgot their wallet. Maybe they are trying to cut back and they do kind of need a discount. Maybe it’s just around sending them a friendly reminder because they’re loyal customer. Right? So for all of the life cycle touch points and times people can engage with your brand definitely start thinking about these segments and how they can start splitting out these more personalized communication. Touch points so that you can automate a lot of this.

Steve: So it sounds like then that the initial breakdown of the segment’s primarily the way we’ve been talking has been for just individual broadcast. Right?

Alexandra: Yes.

Steve: But even within that within the autoresponder sequences, you used abandoned car as an example someone who has abandoned but never have purchased before you might want to just give them a coupon code within your abandoned cart to get them to buy whereas for a high roller they’re probably gonna buy anyways, and maybe they just need a reminder.

Alexandra: Exactly. Exactly. And that’s the Part about these segments is that once you build them they really are for the more broadcast for the campaign sense. But these Concepts can absolutely be applied to your everyday automations for welcome series as well not everyone considers that someone can subscribe via pop-up or a footer form at any point. So you could have loyal customers that are just joining your list for the first time. And so maybe you don’t want to send them a discount towards their first purchase, right?

Steve: Right.

Alexandra: That might sound a little weird if someone is Actually bought before so it’s another great way and a great time to split out your audience’s. Something as simple as a welcome series abandoned cart again loyal customer don’t give them a coupon code just send them a reminder. All the way through towards browse abandonment win backs as well. And that’s where you can start to think for a win back. If somebody has only bought once from you before and you’re trying to encourage a second purchase versus if someone bought three or more times before and Trying to get that fourth purchase. How the content different there. So the segments can be applied to automations as well.

Steve: So my final question is if you’ve been broadcasting to your entire list for a very long time, what is the road to recovery look like?

Alexandra: Yeah. So it’s a great question that we typically recommend starting out by creating that engaged group or the unengaged group and exclude them. Let’s say you create your engaged group of people that have opened an email and have engaged with you in the last three to four months and just start sending to that segment. Don’t worry about any of the other high rollers the recency the frequency the value if you just been sending blast campaigns and your open rates have suffered to get back on track just start with an Engaged group focus on that recency of email engagement so that your open rates start to climb since ultimately your segmenting and you’re like great but you’re a recovering Blaster and your open rates are low. It can be tough to do both at once.

So I’d start out by just focusing on your engaged audience started to get your open rates up observe that you’re not actually going to lose money. I think that’s one of the first big eye openers for a lot of folks when they start segmenting they realize they’re sending less email to less people but they’re starting to make more and more money. So..

Steve: Is that, is that common?

Alexandra: It’s very very common. Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Alexandra: It’s very very common. It can take a little bit of time. I’ll send her reputation is something that can take a couple weeks to really build back and even beyond that so it can take some time to, when I say send a reputation, I mean it’s what the Gmail’s of the world think of you as a sender based on your engagement. And so if you have seen emails go to spam it can take you know, a bit of really good engage sending to build that back up. But once your open rates are starting to climb and you’re in the fifteen percent or above that’s where I would start to kind of split things out and go from there.

Steve: Okay, and so just kind of summarize what you just said, like for example your high rollers. You might want to just focus on those guys because it’s like guaranteed income so to speak so sending more often to them. Not only do you have high engagement rates, but you also are making a lot more money off those people. So how long would you recommend doing that before you start introducing the other groups back in?

Alexandra: I would stick with the engaged groups until it’s really about your open rates until you start getting closer to that 15% and Then I would start layering in some of the others but think a lot about how often you’re sending and play around with that if you start sending too often, and the number of emails sent is way way higher than the number of emails opened. That’s where you start to get into the danger zone. So I would say you can start to layer in these other segments rather quickly as long as you’re thinking a lot about how often you send and you’re keeping your open rates.

Steve: okay.

Alexandra: Yeah. The last thing I’ll say there is that one of the Best ways to really start to support and build a cushion around your deliverability is to get at least five autoresponders sending around those lifecycle touch points. The reason being is that we see almost you know 3x the number of Revenue per recipient for highly segmented emails, but when it comes to flows and autoresponders, its exponential the open rates that you get because they are so timely and Targeted. So if you’re going to start ramping up make sure you have a foundation of a welcome series and abandoned cart sequence, a win back browse abandonment, start to a thank-you post-purchase follow-up get. These autoresponders sending they tend to get really high 30 percent average open rates in and of itself and that can provide a really good cushion as you start to ramp up your campaign Sunday.

And they also help you maximize Revenue if you send a campaign, but then there’s no abandoned cart full on the other side. Help you really maximize that Revenue you’re not going to see the ROI there. So think of those start getting your autoresponders up and running as part of that initial investment as well.

Steve: Right. They kind of act like as the foundation for kind of

Alexandra: exactly.

Steve: These groups even and then you can use the broadcast to, for the special offers to get them to buy.

Alexandra: exactly.

Steve: Cool. Alexandra, I really appreciate your time. I know you have an appointment right now. Where can people find you, what’s coming up? What’s new in Klaviyo and yeah, where can people contact you if they have any other questions.

Alexandra: Yeah, so you can reach out to Klaviyo at any time. If you have questions, thoughts and you can email product@Klayiyo.com. If you have any ideas or questions for anyone on the product team here at Klaviyo. We also have a pretty cool conference coming up next month September 25th here in Boston. It’s Klaviyo Bos and it’s going to be amazing. We have tons of great speakers from across the industry. Lots of folks from Klaviyo talking about our product, but also just best practices and tips and things like this. So definitely come by, and if you have any questions about the conference, definitely reach out, and you can get in contact with me or anyone else on the product team at product@klaviyo

Steve: cool, and I will be at that event as well, and I hope to see you there too.

Alexandra: Sounds great.

Steve: Thanks a lot for coming on the show. Take care.

Alexandra: All right. Thanks.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now most email marketers simply blast their entire list, which is suboptimal from both a conversion and a deliverability standpoint. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode283.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

282: Michelle Schroeder Gardner On How To Make 7 Figures With Affiliate Marketing

282: Michelle Schroeder Gardner On How To Make 7 Figures With Affiliate Marketing

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Michelle Schroeder Gardner on the show. Michelle started out with over $40K in debt and hustled her way to becoming a millionaire by starting her blog MakingSenseOfCents.com at the age of 22.

Today, she earns over 100K per month from blogging through affiliate marketing and teaches a popular affiliate marketing course.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Michelle makes money through her blog
  • How much time she spends blogging every week
  • The challenges of running a blog
  • The best places to find affiliate offers
  • How to track affiliate sales and the top affiliate platforms

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, today I have my friend Michelle Schroeder Gardner on the show and Michelle is someone who I met at Fincon many years ago and she’s a seven-figure blogger over at making sense of sense. Now, she’s an expert when it comes to affiliate marketing. And today, we’re going to learn how she makes over a hundred thousand dollars per month blogging.

But before I begin I want to give a quick shout-out Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

Steve also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. I’m thrilled to have my friend Michelle Schroeder Gardner on the show. Now, Michelle is someone who I met a while back at Fincon and I’ve always been impressed with what she’s managed to accomplish at such a young age. Now Michelle started out with over 40,000 dollars in debt and hustled her way to becoming a millionaire by starting her blog making sense of sense at the age of 22 and today, she earns over a hundred K per month from blogging. Now, specifically Michelle specializes in affiliate marketing and teaches a very popular affiliate marketing course called making sense of affiliate marketing and today we’re going to learn more about her story and how she managed to grow such a profitable blog. And with that, welcome to show Michelle, how are you doing today?

Michelle: I’m good. Thanks so much for having me today.

Steve: So Michelle, I can’t believe it’s taken me so long to have you on the show. So for the people who are listening that do not know your background. Give us the quick story about how you got the idea for starting making sense of sense.

Michelle: Yeah. So I started making sense of sense in August of 2011. This month is actually my eight months bloggerversary. And I started my blog just

Steve: Eight years.

Michelle: Eight years, Yeah, it started all just like on a whim like I didn’t start it to make money or to like be featured anywhere or anything like that. I literally had no idea what a Blog was or anything like that. I was reading Cosmopolitan magazine one day and in it, they feature the personal finance website daily worth and I started reading that and eventually I started reading the comments to see what like how people were doing with their financial journey and like comparing myself to them and stuff like that. And I learned that a lot of them actually had personal finance blogs and it all just quickly started from there. I started my own blog. It was Anonymous. Like I said, I had no plans to make money or anything like that. It was entirely for me just like a new writing Hobby and it all just quickly grew from there.

It’s really funny to think about because like when I was in high school or middle school or whatever, College, I had no interest in writing if my English teachers knew that I was writing for a living now. I’m sure they would find it just like odd, so it’s really funny to think that I’m blogging full time now. I actually went full-time in October of 2013 and have been blogging ever since.

Steve: I think we have a similar story. I used to really hate writing when I was younger. And so it was a complete shock to my parents when I told him that I started blogging also and they’re like you don’t even write.

Michelle: Yeah

Steve: Well, it’s a means to an end, right?

Michelle: Yeah, exactly.

Steve: Just curious. Do you still write all of your posts or?

Michelle: Yeah, I still write all of it. I have an editor who helps like make it flow better and corrects things and stuff like that, but I right 99% of what’s in a blog post.

Steve: And I’m just curious, what made your blog initially take off. Do you know?

Michelle: So I’ve always been told that I write in a slightly different way than most Financial blogs. I write like I’m talking to a friend. So I feel like that has really helped me over the years because I have a lot of readers who say like, it’s more relatable. It’s more personable. It’s easier to understand and stuff like that. And I think that has really helped my blog post take off.

Steve: So in the beginning, were you collecting emails and that sort of thing or were you just, just kind of writing and people were just, how are people finding you in the very beginning actually?

Michelle Oh, yeah, so I wasn’t really doing much to earn traffic. Back when I first started my blog. It was mainly just me interacting with other bloggers and readers mainly through like comments and emails and stuff like that, but I didn’t have like an actual email list until, I didn’t really start to focus on it until like creating making sense of affiliate marketing and that’s when I switched to convert kit and stuff like that. So that was around like 2016. So I went a good five years without really doing anything for my email list.

Steve: So you mentioned that you went full time. I think was it like two years after you got started was it or two or three years?

Michelle: It was like 2 years and 2 months.

Steve: 2 years and 2 months. Okay, so you just mentioned that you didn’t start email until much later. So was it making money in the beginning within those first couple of years?

Michelle: Yeah. So the first couple of years I was earning money in a slightly different way on my blog than I am right now. So I back then I was earning money like through so many different ways social media management for other websites, staff writing. I did a lot of like sponsored posts a tiny bit and affiliate marketing. Lots of display advertising and stuff like that. So it was like what really well-rounded but I quickly realize that like for me I didn’t really find joy in social media management or staff writing for other blogs and stuff like that.

So in 2015, I actually fired all of my clients every single one and I started like purely focusing on making sense of sense and that included like finding ways to grow my traffic through Pinterest, Facebook, Facebook group stuff like that Twitter and my income, I think it like tripled like a month after I fired everyone and actually just started focusing just on making sense of sense.

Steve: Were people finding you through the blog though for those Consulting gigs, I guess?

Michelle: Yeah. That’s actually how will everyone found me. I had like a higher me tab on making sense of sense.

Steve: Okay, and then you just kind of hustling it on social media. I guess where your ranking in search at the time?

Michelle: Not a ton just a little bit. But..

Steve: Okay, and I would imagine firing all of your clients was kind of stressful. Right? Was that a hundred percent of your income at the time?

Michelle: No, but it was like a good chunk for me to feel comfortable with working at home. It was definitely stressful to fire all of them. But I think I like did it all in like one to two days. I gave them all of course a little bit of notice and I continue to work for them until like they were comfortable or until they found a replacement. But for the most part it was really really nice. Just getting rid of all those clients and having a much more flexible schedule.

Steve: Just curious. Where you working full time when you started your blog or?

Michelle: yep. I was working full-time as a financial analyst.

Steve: Okay. All right. So this is all coming together now and when did you actually quit your job?

Michelle: I quit my job in September of 2013 or maybe October.

Steve: Okay. So when you fired all your clients, you actually quit your job as well.

Michelle: No, I fired all my clients in 2015.

Steve: Oh 2015. Okay

Michelle: Yeah, it was about like a year and a half later.

Steve: Got it. Got it to on 13 is when you actually went full-time with it got it.

Michelle: Yep.

Steve: And so what are all the different ways that you make money currently?

Michelle: So now the main ways I make money is mainly making sense of sense and making sense of affiliate marketing. I earn a good chunk through my blogging course that I started in July of 2016. And then of course the other good chunk is through making sense of sense and that’s through affiliate marketing sponsored Partnerships and display ads.

Steve: Okay, and then so making sense of sense is like an Finance blog. So what can you just give us an idea of who your affiliate partners are? And actually if you wouldn’t mind just kind of Define Affiliate marketing for some of the listeners who might not know what that is and then just kind of how you get these affiliate Partnerships established?

Michelle: Yeah, definitely. So affiliate marketing for me on making sense of sense. I will promote something on my blog. So something I really like to promote is like, something easy to be like the instapod like I use it every single day. So it makes sense that I would promote it to my readers and I might include a link in a recipe Roundup post or something right to talk about the instapod and then if a reader buys something from Amazon or the instapod specifically through me I will earn a commission. The commission rates really depend on the company and the product, Amazon is usually super low but other products such as like an online course could be as high as like 40 60 percent.

So affiliate marketing is really great because since I do travel full time, I am able to earn an income when I don’t have internet when I’m sleeping when I’m out sailing or something like that. So it makes it more possible for me to travel full-time because I’m earning more of a passive income.

Steve: So you can’t do affiliate marketing effectively, unless you have traffic right? So what would be some of your advice for someone just kind of starting out in this blogging game? Like what is the order that you should be doing things in?

Michelle: So I’ve talked to people who have had success In all different types of orders. So I mean some people they might start with affiliate marketing right away and they’ll say success others might have to wait six eight months or whatever. I always tell people to First focus on like first start your blog and you can learn about affiliate marketing at the same time so that you don’t have to like go back and change everything of course because once you learn like the fundamentals of affiliate marketing, it’s like super easy. You just like apply it really quick and it doesn’t have to be like a huge like strenuous task.

Steve: Can we talk about some of those fundamentals if you wouldn’t mind?

Michelle: Yeah for sure. So number one. I always tell people like affiliate marketing is not as easy as just like slapping a bunch of affiliate links on like your social media page or on your blog or whatever. Like I see that all the time people will just be like hey bty this instapod and Like literally the whole blog post. That’s all it says, but no you actually have to like think more about your readers something that I talk about on making sense of sense won’t always work on your own blog. So I get that a lot like people say like, oh, I’m promoting all the same things as you but it’s not working on my blog and I go read their blog and their Blog has like nothing to do about money Finance or anything like that.

So first you want to think about your readers. What do your readers want to read about? What are you an expert in? What do you like to talk about? What do you actually use? So I mean what I promote won’t always work for everyone else you want to do like your own survey your own research and see what actually works for you and your blog.

Steve: So you mentioned some people start out with an affiliate marketing first and then worry about traffic. What do you recommend? Do you recommend figure out what you want to promote first and then writing the content around that or just writing the content first and then just naturally looking for affiliate partners for products to promote.

Michelle: So that really depends. Usually there’s like an affiliate product or something related. Or something kind of similar for almost anything. So it’s usually pretty easy to find something. So it really just depends on what you want to do for me that all of my blog posts are affiliate related. So I might write and then a year later I might realize oh, there’s like something I could easily place in here. So for me, usually I about I want to say two-thirds of my content is like not affiliate related at all. And then the other third is like easily. I can easily place an affiliate Link in it.

Steve: And how do you decide whether, when you write a post? Is it for the intention of making money with affiliate marketing for that 1/3, I guess that you mentioned.

Michelle: No, not really. It just kind of naturally happens because when you’re writing about something there’s almost always something that you’re probably talking about that you can easily promote that someone’s probably interested in because when you’re writing a blog post, you’re probably answering some kind of question. So I mean like what’s the best budgeting app or something like that? And you’re just naturally talking about budgeting or whatever and so just should easily align and that’s why I always recommend for a writer like when you’re writing an affiliate blog post.

It shouldn’t be like a pure advertisement a hundred percent of the time unless that’s like your kind of blog or whatever like you have a review blog, but for the most part it should be a helpful blog post that actually helps your reader and makes a want to come back for more.

Steve: So, can you give us an example of a post on your blog that you didn’t really have any intention of making an affiliate post or not? And then how did you find an offer that went along with that post?

Michelle: Yeah, so like for one blog post I just talked about like, let me think.. like I talked about like work from home stuffing a lot. So I remember what a blog post I talked about like work from home scams and it’s like what can you really promote in there? And one of my Affiliates actually had a, like a freebie principle that talked about that went more in-depth on work from home scams and through that I was able to promote that and I was able to get leads into her product and that helps me to promote. Product and sell it easily year. Once my readers understood who I was selling and stuff like that because you want to introduce your readers to your affiliates as well.

Steve: How did you find that affiliate? That one sounds a little bit random. It’s not like a company right sounds like an individual?

Michelle: It’s individual. It’s an online course.

Steve: Okay, and it how did you find this person? Is there like a central database to find, find people like this?

Michelle: So for smaller companies like that? I don’t really know of anything but there’s a definitely a lot of affiliate marketing networks out there. Where you can find like just tons of different affiliate offers, of course, and that’s a great way for a new blogger to start another way to start is I always recommend if you think that there’s an affiliate product or something just go to Google and type in product name, plus affiliate product or affiliate program or something like that and there’s almost something that pops up.

Steve: What are your favorite affiliate networks where you can easily just find lots of companies?

Michelle: So I don’t use affiliate networks as much as I used to to find companies. I usually just do the google thing, but some of my favorite ones are definitely like CJ.com I use impactradius a ton. I would probably say oh and shareasale. Those are the top three that I use.

Steve: Are there any differences between the three that you can comment on?

Michelle: They’re all pretty similar. I would say the most like user-friendly would be impactradius.

Steve: Okay, and so in general, I guess you don’t really care as long as they have the company that that you want to promote.

Michelle: Yeah, and I of course I’m not going to name like the affiliate networks that I don’t like so I don’t want to like get in trouble or anything like that. But I mean you definitely want to make sure that your affiliate managers are great that you can trust the tracking system because sometimes like the tracking might be bad. It may not track any clicks or anything like that the system may go down a lot. So you definitely want to make sure that you can trust the affiliate Network that you’re a part of. Those three that I mentioned. I have I don’t think I’ve ever had a problem with any of them.

Steve: How do you know whether your clicks aren’t getting tracked?

Michelle: So the other day I actually logged in to one of the, one of the affiliate networks on my part of it. It’s not any of those three and it was a new product that is just started promoting and I was receiving about I want to say it was like $400 $500 a day through these leaves that I was generating for him and I like just started promoting them. So I was regularly going in and checking every few days to see if it was working since it was brand new and so for the first 12 to 13 days, it was working perfectly. Everything was normal, too. Seemed like a good amount of clicks and then I went like 10 days without checking because I had no internet and those exact 10 days there were exactly zero clicks.

So I mean if I wouldn’t have checked, I don’t know how long that would have lasted but I emailed my filling manager and he said yeah, something’s definitely broken. I’m glad you checked it. So, I mean you definitely want to check something like that too. So if you notice like there’s a steady stream of clicks, then all of a sudden it goes down to like zero or half or something. It’s a good chance that it’s technical related.

Steve: So I would imagine you work with a lot of companies in their affiliate programs. Is there like some sort of methodology that used to keep track of everything because I would imagine like if there were certain offers where the traffic wasn’t getting counter what not be hard to keep track if you were if you had like 40 or 50 offers outstanding for example.

Michelle: Yeah, definitely so I’m kind of old-school. I just like an Excel sheet and I just go in like once a month usually or once every few months and I just go in and check and whenever there is an issue. Which isn’t very often usually you can just reach out to your affiliate manager and pointed out to them and almost every single time. They’ve just taken an average from what it was working and use that average or if I think it’s been higher such as like if that blog post went viral or something and I realized it wasn’t working. I usually just pointed out and we just come up with like some kind of calculation to make it like more equal for me.

Steve: Okay, and then do you ever run ads to your affiliate Pages or is it just purely organic?

Michelle: So I’ve done some Facebook ads. Ads to like my freebie courses, but I haven’t really done a ton of anything. I’m actually in the process of learning more about improving my Facebook advertising strategy. And then I also want to take like a Pinterest advertising class too.

Steve: Okay, so it sounds like it’s mostly organic and you’re running Facebook ads, but that sounds like it’s a lead gen for your course. Is that correct?

Michelle: Yep. Exactly.

Steve: Okay. So if we were to break down your traffic like, where are you getting most? Like, what are your top three traffic sources?

Michelle: Facebook Pinterest and organic SEO. Yo, but I also I guess direct referral would probably be number one. So I guess that would be the top four.

Steve: Okay, and so when you say Facebook, it’s Facebook organic, right?

Michelle: Yeah, like face my Facebook page or my Facebook groups?

Steve: So given that Facebook’s reach has just drastically decreased over the years. I found a little surprising that you get most you try from Facebook. What are you doing? To gather that traffic.

Michelle: So I’m pretty active on my Facebook page. I post I actually just lowered it the other day from like 5 posts a day to about 2 to 3, but I’m usually pretty active on their, ask a lot of questions not everything is a link. So I think that really helps with my engagement on there. And then I also have one Facebook group for making sense of sense. That’s like a free community group and I post a link to something. I’m making sense of sense pretty much every single day. So with those two things, it’s actually not too. Hard to get traffic the Facebook group definitely generates a lot more traffic these days than it used to

Steve: So you mentioned two things like a page and a group which one actually works better. Like why not make, making sense of sense a group instead of a page?

Michelle: So the group lately has been a lot better than the page the pages traffic has kind of died down and I think that’s because groups are just more popular these days and you’re kind of fight, when it comes to a page your kind of fighting with Facebook ads and stuff but with my group all my readers can like join in talk to each other and stuff like that. So, of course, there’s going to be more engagement since people are actually engaging in creating their own threads and stuff like that.

Steve: Okay, and can you give us an example of some of the posts that you might post on your page in or group to generate engagement?

Michelle: Yeah. So I mean, I post pretty similar things but in the group people tend to comment more so on either, it’s usually just like a link to a recent blog post or might be a link to like a really old blog post. So I mean that’s Easy and then the caption is usually just like a question. So if we like the other day really popular guest post on my blog was why me and my husband have separate finances and it wasn’t something I wrote or something a reader wrote. So the question on that was would you have separate finances with your spouse and that generated a ton of Engagement either people who are pro or against it. So that really helped generate like more traffic more engagement stuff like that, but then there’s also a lot of days where I just post simple questions with no links and that’s simply to like increase discussion in the group and around the page.

So like I might just ask like would you have separate finances with your spouse or whatever but no link at all. So and I find that those really help without a link.

Steve: Yeah, that makes sense and everyone has an opinion on that also, so it generates lots of discussion.

Michelle: Yeah. It’s definitely a debatable topic.

Steve: Do you schedule all these out or do you just kind of do it on the Fly?

Michelle: I almost always schedule them out. But if I think it’s like a really good question on the spot usually adds. Just like to ask it right away to see what people think because it also helps me like think of new blog posts and new things to talk about.

Steve: Do you use any of those social media Auto posting software?

Michelle: Yes, so for my Facebook page, it’s just I just schedule right on Facebook locked in my virtual assistant does

Steve: Okay

Michelle: But my Facebook group, I guess that’s just scheduled right in there as well. But for Twitter that’s on HootSuite and then by making sense of affiliate marketing Facebook group that’s on HootSuite as well.

Steve: Okay. Is there a reason why you would use HootSuite versus the Facebook scheduler?

Michelle: No, not really. I really don’t know why I went that way I just did.

Steve: Okay, no worries. And then you mentioned Pinterest as another source. So what are some things now that you’re doing to generate Pinterest traffic?

Michelle: Yeah, so I actually have simple pen media managing most of the scheduling for Pinterest for me, but I do have like me you’re my virtual assistant going in and pinning more organically.

Steve: I’m sorry, What something what is simple pin media?

Michelle: Pinterest management company?

Steve: Okay. Okay.

Michelle: But she’s really awesome. I don’t how many employees she has but the whole group is really awesome and they helped me improve my Pinterest page. And so the main thing I’m doing right now on Pinterest is I’m having my virtual assistant go through and updating all the graphics and I found that that has really helped to keep fresh content on Pinterest. So I definitely recommend that more people start doing that.

Steve: So outside of the tall and skinny format. What does it mean exactly to update an image?

Michelle: Might just have my virtual assistant go in and create a brand new image. That might be like new wording a new question a new caption or something on it. But mainly it’s the picture should be different so that it’s completely different from the other one and then Pinterest can kind of recognize that there’s a new updated image and lately that has been really been helping and I’ve noticed that more people have been saying the same thing as well. So usually when I publish a blog post in the past, I would only create one image and that would be like my one image forever. But lately I’ve been having my assistant go in and once a week she goes in and updates like five to ten images or five to ten blog post eachweek and that has like really really helped.

Steve: Interesting. So by update you mean remove the old one and add a new one.

Michelle: Yes, Yep. Some people will leave them both and like kind of A/B test them, but for me, I’m just kind of removing the old one and improving it because of course things change over time. Some of my Pinterest images are like 5 years old, so..

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

So is Pinterest like very consistent like you’re getting a lot of traffic to one post? Does that traffic tend to linger like Google?

Michelle: It’s actually pretty consistent for me. So like I have a blog post 75 ways to make extra money and I can remember when I publish it was probably five years ago or something for years ago. And that is still one of my top Pinterest referrals and I found that usually that it’s the same things like month after month edit generate traffic for me through Pinterest.

Steve: And then the post at you Taking the images on those I would imagine get less traffic and you’re just trying to jump start it?

Michelle: Yeah, definitely. So usually I have her my virtual assistant like update the blog post that aren’t doing as well to see if maybe a new image will help it perform better.

Steve: Yeah. So, you know, I’ve actually tried Pinterest for my Niche which is e-commerce and it does okay, but it seems like there’s limits. There’s certain posts that you focus more on for Pinterest or do you just put Pinterest images for every single post at you, That you post?

Michelle: So I have a Pinterest image for probably 99.9% of the blog post I had. When I first started on Pinterest I was probably one of the First Financial bloggers on there and I had a ton of people tell me like, oh that’s a huge waste of money people on their only care about like clothes and food and stuff like that. So but I was using Pinterest at the time and I was a really regular user and I figured why not just try it and I think that actually like really helps give me a leg in the game because I was one of the only financial bloggers at On there. And yeah, that’s just really helps me over the time and people always tell me another thing that I want to mention is like, oh like men aren’t on Pinterest and stuff like that.

But I recently read a stat where it’s like 35 or 40 percent of Pinterest users are actually men. So I made a few think like, oh like my niece doesn’t fit or whatever. I definitely recommend still trying it especially since of Pinterest image doesn’t really take a ton of time to make.

Steve: if there is like a couple tips that you might share for someone just starting out with Pinterest. What would you suggest?

Michelle: The number one tip is to create a Pinterest image for every single blog post.

Steve: Okay.

Michelle: Definitely. It’s doesn’t take very much time. Just one make take, if you just create like one image. It may take like 5 to 10 minutes max. So, I mean, it doesn’t take it doesn’t have to take a ton of time to definitely make sure your images are always long horizontal images do not do well on Pinterest at all. I’ve always heard never to use faces on Pinterest unless you’re like a fashion brand or something that like that a clothing brand usually faces or stock photo images don’t really work as well.

So, I mean you want it to like blend in but kind of stand out on Pinterest. So I always recommend like looking to see what is doing. Well like on your home popular feed that’s always a good tip or see like what other people like in your industry or doing as well. So if you see another personal finance while you’re doing really well on Pinterest definitely see like what they’re doing what’s working for them.

Steve: Interesting so you don’t use any stock images?

Michelle: I do use stock photo, stock images, but I don’t like use like the normal cheesy ones that people tend to use

Steve: Okay, this is going on..

Michelle: Yeah.

Steve: We’re like Jeff Rose is a couple of him holding like Lumber is right.

Michelle: I seen this.

Steve: Okay, and then what about pinning strategy?
Michelle: So for me like mainly simple pin media managers my pinning strategy, but it’s pretty similar to what I’ve always done in the past. It’s nothing crazy, they pin for me like 20 to 30 times a day. It’s usually I think it’s like 60% my blog post 40% other people’s blog post. So I mean you don’t just want to pin your own content and you don’t just want to pin the same blog post over and over again because that comes across as spammy and that I mean that doesn’t look normal. So I mean you’re pinning strategy really depends on you. I know people who pinned 200 times a day and generate a ton of traffic. I know people who pinned like two times a day and generate a ton of traffic, so it really just depends on like finding your own little strategy.

Steve: So I know for me and I know blogs is going to be different but the traffic that I do get from Pinterest is amongst the lowest converting at least the way I measuring that is by email subscribers. Is that similar for you or in terms of just traffic value or is Pinterest like a really high traffic value source for you?

Michelle: I think that’s pretty normal. I think Pinterest is more like about the numbers like hopefully you can generate more people coming to your blog and hopefully like that will help you. Even with a lower percentage. Hopefully that’ll help you like turn them into subscribers and stuff like that. But I think in general Pinterest is like a high bounce rate group, but I still have found that I found like soup like a ton of really loyal readers through Pinterest.

Steve: Okay, and then I think you said that third prong is SEO and it sound like when you first started out you were just writing whatever has that changed over the years?

Michelle: So I’ve never really written for SEO. That’s just not really something I’ve ever done in life, but recently I started taking a a new SEO course my I’m hoping to dedicate more time towards that area right now SEO actually generates like a lot of traffic for making sense of sense. And that’s with like almost no effort towards it. So I think if I start spending time on it, I can definitely start generating more traffic with it.

Steve: Okay. So you’ve never done any link building guest posting that sort of thing. It’s just all been kind of organic?

Michelle: I’ve never done any purposeful link building or anything like that. No.

Steve: Okay. Cool. Now let’s talk a little about your course. So if someone’s like brand-new and they want to make well first of all, what do you think is realistic in terms of what you can make in a year. Let’s say..

Michelle: With affiliate marketing?

Steve: Yeah.

Michelle: So it really depends what the person I’ve had people take my course and they tell me oh two days later. I made a hundred dollars and that was like five days into my blogging career or whatever. Then I’ve also had people say like oh six months and I haven’t really made anything yet. Like what am I doing wrong? So I mean, I think it really depends on the person. Whether they’re really getting blogging and the amount of hard work that they’re putting towards it.

Steve: Sure.

Michelle: So I always tell people like if you’re a brand new blogger the average blogger quits like six months in and so it’s always like getting past that hump figuring out what’s wrong, taking the courses that you need, asking for feedback. So one of the things in my making sense of affiliate marketing group is I have people come in and you can start a new thread and ask like, oh what’s wrong with this affiliate marketing post. So I always recommend that people do that because there’s almost always like some crazy like obvious mistake that people are making but in the end the amount of money that you can make like really varies for me. I’ve earned around 50,000 to 60,000 a month like pretty consistently over the past three four years, I think.

So, but I mean, it really just depends on the person how much traffic they’re generating if they’re taking their email list seriously and stuff like that. I don’t think there’s like any perfect number that I would want to give out because it just depends on so many variables.

Steve: So for someone just starting out obviously, the first step is to write really good content right?

Michelle: Your content definitely matters. Yeah.

Steve: So what are just some pieces of advice that you give someone just starting out with with even how to write?

Michelle: Yeah. So like I said earlier like my English teachers would laugh at me if they found out like I was a full-time writer. So I mean, even if you think you’re a really bad writer, but you like want to give a Blog a try. I definitely recommend trying one you just never know where it will lead to but the top tips for like a really good blog post. One, would probably be make sure it’s long. So some people who start a new blog including me. I wrote a lot of blog posts are like 200 to 300 words at a

Steve: Yeah I wrote a bunch too.

Michelle: Yeah those do nothing like for the most part. I can’t think of very many blogs where I rate of 200 blog, 200 word blog post. I’m like, oh, wow, I really learned a lot from that. So you definitely want to make sure it’s long the average blog post a mine is anywhere from around 1500 words to around 5,000. So just this past week I wrote Two blog posts that were 5,000 words long so you definitely want to, you don’t they don’t all need to be five thousand words, but I mean try to make it at least around 750,000 words to really make it meaningful.

So you can actually help your readers and then that goes into to make sure you’re actually helping your readers with your blog post. That’s a definitely a big thing with your article. You should be helping them answer their questions helping them answer their issues problem solving. And just being like really engaging you want your content to be fun as well. But it really just depends on what kind of blog you have. That depends on how you write.

Steve: How long did it take you to write that 5,000 word post?

Michelle: Lately, I’ve been a lot faster than usual. It really just depends. So I have a real in Life or only work when I want to and that really helps with my writing. So I do enjoy writing but I don’t do well when I force it if I force writing a blog post, I mean it might take me like weeks to write one. But if I’m like really in the mood, I mean I could write it definitely and just a couple of hours.

Steve: Wow. Okay, if I told my kids that they could just work whenever they felt like it they would never work but so in terms of this writing so does that imply that you don’t post every week? Do you post like twice a month or?

Michelle: so I always try to work in advance because of what I just said since I’m not always in the writing mood. I mean I might go a month or two where I don’t write it all and then I might go a month write like 30 blog post. I mean it really just depends and that’s the number one thing. I always recommend for people when it comes to you like creating a schedule having a lot of blog posts and stuff like that. When I first started making sense of sense, I would literally write my blog post the night before I would publish it and I did that for probably I don’t know, two three years maybe but lately I like to be around two to three months in advance and that’s not just because it’s for multiple reasons because I’m not always in the mood to write or sometimes like I write a ton.

But also because of lack of Internet issues. I don’t always have internet So if I’m two to three months in advance, I don’t have to like frantically run around and try to find internet.

Steve: So two to three months in advance. How many posts does that equal?

Michelle: Yeah, I so I usually right around two to three times a week. So what does that probably like 10 a month? So about 20 blog posts.

Steve: Oh my goodness. Okay. So you put out two to three posts a week. You said

Michelle: Yep

Steve: My goodness and each one of those are at least 1,500 words?

Michelle: almost, always. So I actually came up with that idea. I can’t remember what blog post I was reading but it was when I first became a full-time blogger and she said that she had a one year full of blog posts ready like an scheduled.

Steve: Wow.

Michelle: And I just thought that was insane but I was like that’s a really good idea.

Steve: It sounds crazy to me. But can we talk about the writing process? So you pump something out and then you have an editor just kind of make it presentable or?

Michelle: yeah, so I just write the blog post and then I handed over to my editor and I usually give her like a few like requests like hey, can you fix the intro a little bit. It doesn’t seem to like make a ton of sense to me or can you make sure this flows better or stuff like that. And usually she spends like an hour or two fixing a blog post and it’s actually quite affordable. So I recommend that more people get editors or proofreaders or something like that. If you find that you’re struggling making your post better.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Interesting. May I ask like what the ballpark would be for an editor?

Michelle: Yeah, so I actually at one point had a proofreader. I started with a perforator and I can’t remember exactly how much it was. But I think it was like $10 a blog post and that was actually the going rate for proofreading back then and then but then when I hired my editor she charged dollars an hour and that was for like more like grammar and stuff like smaller things like that. But now as an editor, she’s mainly making things flow better. She like add sentences sometimes paragraph stuff and stuff like that and it takes about sometimes it only takes like 20 minutes to do a blog post for her and sometimes it takes one to two hours. So I made it really varies on how much it actually costs.

Steve: Sure and how long the post is I would imagine.

Michelle: Yeah, definitely

Steve: So I know a couple people what they do is when they write a blog post they’ll just talk and then they’ll have someone turn that into a post. Are you at your laptop or whatever just typing, haha that’s a weird question. I know. so you write all of your posts out, when you’re first writing in the blank screen are you just trying to get all of your ideas out and then you turn that over to your editor or do you actually do a good amount of proofreading first?

Michelle: I usually do a good amount of proofreading and make sure it makes sense and see if I have to really add anything. So it’s usually pretty easy. So I usually start off with I have a notepad on my computer and I have a ton of different blog post of blog post ideas. And I usually have like bullet points right next to it that talks about the things I want to talk about. So it’s usually really easy to transfer onto a blog post because it’s all like there’s Good template for me to follow already.

Steve: what percentage of the post that you write since you are quite prolific what percentage of these posts actually generate traffic significant amount in your..

Michelle: Okay, that really depends. So for the first week, they almost always do well so I pump them all out to like my email list.

Steve: Okay.

Michelle: And but after that I would say, I don’t know. I’ve never really done that math, but my top blog post are usually like my top 10 and they’re usually pretty consistent. So I would say like, I don’t know I probably have 2,000 blog post and tent and 10 to 20 like generate almost all of my traffic.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, that’s what I’m gonna say

Michelle: very slow. Yeah.

Steve: So do you ever do any I’m just thinking about this in the SEO context here where you know, Google kind of likes a nice tight site where like, actually it sounds like all your posts are high-quality. So there isn’t a quality issue there I guess but do you ever go back and Purge some of your older posts?

Michelle: So I’ve never gone back and Purge like nothing really serious. Like I might delete like an old ad or something that I wrote like five years ago that doesn’t really make any sense or isn’t relevant to today. But for the most part I keep everything and I do hear that a lot because I’m making sense of sense. I talked about so many different topics. I talk about money, travel or being, boating like life confidence building and stuff like that or sometimes my pets. So I mean I talked about pretty much everything I making sense of sense and I don’t know if I ever really plan on changing that.

Steve: okay, and then in terms of your fans, are they mostly following you on email or social? What do they get from being on your email list, like what extra value you’re providing there?

Michelle: Yeah. So my email list. I always prided myself on the fact that I reply back to pretty much every single email I received. So if you’re on my email list, you can reply back to any of my newsletter. So I send out and I will personally reply back to you help you with any issues that you have or anything like that. So I have a really good relationship with all of my readers do that since it’s actually me that they’re responding to and not like an assistant or anything like that.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. No that’s tremendous value. Are there any other ways that you are gathering subscribers whether it be Facebook Messenger anything else?

Michelle: And another thing would probably be Instagram. So I like I don’t generate like a ton of traffic through Instagram, but I do like get a lot of really good loyal readers who like to see like my behind the scenes life because on Instagram, I don’t talk about money like at all. It’s almost purely like my life traveling and stuff like that. So Instagram is really good for building like behind the scenes.

Steve: Okay, so I guess the final question that I I want to ask you is if you are a blogger, brand new blogger, how would you personally rate the traffic sources to focus on?

Michelle: I were a brand new blogger. How would I personally rate..

Steve: I mean, it’d be on all these platforms well..

Michelle: Okay. No, so I mean, I do recommend like starting like the actual platform and like getting that getting that username so that no one else can take it from you, but I always recommend starting with that and then just like working your way through each one almost each one can be scheduled or automated in some way. So I mean they all are pretty easy due to that like you don’t have to go crazy and post or pin each pin on Pinterest 30 times a day like individually like that would take forever. So I always recommend that people schedule but some things don’t work on. I definitely say like start an Instagram page start a Pinterest page probably started Twitter because that’s great for networking. Lately, Facebook hasn’t been the greatest. But if you are thinking about Facebook, I definitely think a Facebook group is great.

Steve: Okay, and then would you You recommend someone just kind of focus on SEO, Pinterest, Social when they’re first starting out or I know the answer probably depends. But what would you recommend someone brand new focus?

Michelle: Brand new? SEO is definitely great. I’ve learned a lot about that recently. So I would definitely say SEO is great same with Pinterest. Pinterest can be really great for a brand new bloggers because they don’t really care if you have like a hundred thousand followers or if you’re brand new. It’s all about the pain. So I would definitely say Pinterest is great for a brand new blogger.

Steve: Okay, so from what from what I’m hearing you say Pinterest everyone’s on a Level Playing Field. It really is just on the Merit of your image or your PIN. So to speak.

Michelle: Yeah, definitely.

Steve: Well Michelle, I also want to give you a chance to just talk about your offerings and where people can find you online.

Michelle: Yeah, so you can find me on making sense of sense.com. And that’s like all of my blog posts. I talked about pretty much everything on there. And then if you are interested in affiliate marketing I definitely recommend looking at makingsenseofaffiliatemarketing.com in there. I’ve had over 5,000 students take it and I have so many rave reviews. Everyone seems to really really love it and it’s still definitely my baby to this day. If you’re interested in following my travel Adventures that would definitely be Instagram and that’s instagram.com/michelleshroed and I just pretty much just post travel pictures all the time and it’s definitely my favorite platform right now.

Steve: Cool. Well Michelle. Hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show. Really appreciate it.

Michelle: Yeah. Thanks so much for having me.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode like myself Michelle and I have been blogging for a very long time and there are a whole bunch of different ways to monetize your blog. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjobs.com/episode282.

to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

281: Scott Voelker On How To Get Out Of Your Own Head And Take Action

281: Scott Voelker On How To Get Out Of Your Head And Take Action


Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy Scott Voelker back on the show. Scott was my partner in crime for the 5 Minute Pitch and I recently spoke at his conference at Brand Accelerator Live.

As entrepreneurs, our biggest problem often lies in our own heads. In this episode, Scott and I break down the Take Action Effect, how to overcome your excuses and make progress with your business. Be sure to check out his new book!

What You’ll Learn

  • Key takeaways from Brand Accelerator Live
  • Why Scott decided to write a book about the Take Action Effect
  • How to get out of your head
  • The mindset and process required to make progress with your business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today., I have my buddy Scott Voelker from The Amazing seller back on the show and this time we’re going to talk about the biggest hurdle that most business owners face the mental aspects of Entrepreneurship and getting out of your own head.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact, last year, it was close to 50% of my overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

Also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a 131%. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have my buddy Scott Voelker back on the show. Now, I’ve had Scott on the show many times in the past talk Amazon and online business in general. He was also a partner in crime for the 5 minute pitch our Shark Tank like show where we give away $50,000 to one lucky winner. But you know Scott he is always taking action on something and recently he held his first ever conference brand accelerator live, which was a huge success and at this event. He released his first Book that teaches others how to take action with their businesses. Now, even though his pickle ball game is lacking. I’m happy to have him back and welcome to show Scott how you doing today man?

Scott: I had to hold back to laugh on that, I wasn’t sure if I was supposed to be listening in to that intro.

Steve: You are agreeing right if you didn’t say anything, I mean you agreed your pickleball game is hurting.

Scott: Yeah. No, I’m practicing I’m practicing, we are gonna have a showdown and that might have to be aired as well. We might get some some good viral video out of that.

Steve: Yeah that’ll make a good Instagram story, I think.

Scott: Definitely definitely it will. Hey man, thanks for having me back on. No, this is exciting me back on and yes a lots happened since the last time I was on and like you said the event and everything and I’m just back from the event and I’m just starting to kind of take it all in its kind of crazy.

Steve: I was gonna say I just literally saw you a couple weeks ago. How is the post-conference wind down doing? Are you still pumped up?

Scott: I’m actually more fired up now than ever and going into the conference. I mean, I picked your brain a lot because you guys you and Tony Anderson have done a tremendous job at your event and I’ve really just picked your brain and I was nervous all the way up to and I told you that I’m like man. This is like crazy. Like there’s just so much to be done. And your you feel like you’re you know, people are depending on you and all this stuff and now that it’s done and I seen the results from it and the community and it was just amazing. I’m like so excited for like the next one. Right? Like I’m just like super super excited and then the book like the book launch that was like part of it was like the secret reveal. I didn’t know how that was going to be, you know. Received and that was a smashing success. So yeah, I’m feeling really really good.

Steve: Well it was so well received that the line was like three hours long so I didn’t have the patience to wait in it.

Scott: Well, that’s because you’re not a true fan ha ha ha.

Steve: I figured I’d hit you up later, but ended up not getting my books sign. So I guess the next time rock you in pickleball. I will get my book signed.

Scott: Yeah, bring it right up a little sweaty. But yeah, go ahead and bring it.

Steve: What were some of your key takeaways from the event. What did you like about writing the event and what didn’t you like?

Scott: That’s a great question. Well, I think what I really liked about it was Community like the community. I didn’t realize how strong of a community I know you’d, you kind of thought that I did have a pretty good Community because the first event, you know, there’s a couple girls that wanted to get into that event because they thought I was supposed to be there and who is and they were going to take down some of your..

Steve: well, let’s tell the story because I don’t think a lot of people know about it. So this is what happened. So Scott had a meet up at the Seller Summit and the people there thought that Seller Summit attend this meet up with the same thing and we were of course having free alcohol that night. And so we didn’t want Outsiders coming in and spending our you know, our bar tab essentially.

Scott: Sure.

Steve: But these these fans of Scott were so fanatical that I think they got into a fight with Tony you’re trying to get in and eventually I think you had to step in right and you say hey this is not part of my event and you ended up separating out. And so after that point you were banned from having meetups during

Scott: Yes

Steve: Seller Summit parties.

Scott: That is true. True actually, there was a text message that came from you while we were at another location because I had it off location. And that’s when you said Scott you got to get over here and handle this and so I don’t know if I did I think Chris Shaffer actually went over and kind of figured that out. But yeah, then we move the party back over. But yeah, I was banned from having it during sellers Summit any activity. So we had to do it like late at night when all the parties were over.

Steve: So I’m kind of curious. If Tony could have taken those two women, maybe not two-on-one, but maybe one on one it would have been a fair fight.

Scott: Maybe her and Liz

Steve: Oh yeah her and Liz, that’s true.

Scott: So but yeah, so to be there in person and I think you agree right like we’re on a mic right now. We’re in our office were like talking to a mic and whenever you’re in your office or by yourself, you don’t really realize the people that you’re connecting with on the other side until you meet him in person and they tell you their stories and they tell you how much you know, they know about you and how much they resonate with your story and all this stuff and when you get those people in a room, it’s just it’s magical to me. It’s like there’s so much energy and that’s really what I feed off of like that brings me back to the mic with even more energy that I had before if that’s possible and it is possible by the way. But yeah, so I mean just the people and my wife to be there and be part of that and she really got involved in the community, which I wasn’t expecting because a lot of people know my wife doesn’t like the spotlight.

She actually, she took a zero in public speaking back in high school, but she’s like, I don’t want to be up in front of the class. So she’s not the First and she doesn’t like that but she felt just such a connection here with the people and yeah, so I mean to have her be part of it and everyone that was there just it really just was a magical moment just in that. Now, the content was awesome. I got I mean, I got a ton of great positive feedback from your presentation and so many others and just everyone said that they had just an amazing time the community had people from Australia from Germany come in. It was just absolutely amazing. So that’s what I took away. I just love the people.

Steve: Absolutely, I actually chatted with your wife for like a good 45 minutes, I want to say and she did not come across as an introvert at all

Scott: Yeah. Well, yeah well and it’s funny because she had said like she made a thing in her head like and I don’t know if you have you ever heard of Mel Robbins the five-minute rule or the five second rule– five second rule. It’s great. Great book. She’s she’s awesome. It’s she’s got this thing where it’s like five three two one go do it like kind of like take action right like go do that. Don’t overthink it and my wife was reading her book and she said you know what if something makes you uncomfortable just go ahead and just say to yourself. I’m going to go ahead and try to talk to five people just randomly and just see what happens and just do it and when you do that you start to get yourself in that Rhythm kind of like the book that I wrote the take action packed like once you get that action is set in motion you start to see that wait a minute here.

This is actually going pretty good, you know, like good things are happening in and when she did that she started to build more confidence and then, you know kind of just take it from there. So yeah, I’m just Again, like so proud of her for doing that and then at the conference at the end, I was surprised at the very very last session that I was coming up on stage. You kind of closing down the event. I was getting ready to come out. I had my music that was going to come out to and all that stuff and then all of a sudden they said Scott come on out and then I come out and it’s not what I thought. It was my my wife on stage my son Scotty on stage and then my father on stage and that was just a huge milestone for my wife to actually be on Stage in front of a couple hundred people insane and through me so

Steve: They just spoke for a couple minutes.

Scott: Yeah.

Steve: Well words to say too..

Scott: I was yeah. Yeah, it was really good and everyone’s like I would have never known that she was like nervous to be speaking in front of people. And so yeah, so that was a big thing. I mean that was a big shift for her and a confidence Builder. So I mean she’s now in our brand accelerator like we’ve got a group in there like a private group and she’s in there talking to people everyday and communicating and so really I think it changed even the way that this event is going to be moving forward having her involved in all which wasn’t something I was planning on so It’s not exactly..

Steve: I think you should have her give a session

Scott: I do too. But hey, let’s not let’s not get crazy. Now, let’s not get crazy because she already said she goes to I don’t want to feel like I got to be Forced. You’re not forced not you don’t have to do it. But yeah, I’ve already taught maybe even doing an interview or something like that. It would be pretty cool. Pretty cool.

Steve: Absolutely.

Scott: You know, so that that’s all the good. Now, What’s something that that didn’t go? Well or that I wasn’t expecting was that the second part of your question?

Steve: That was yes.

Scott: Okay, I would say we wanted to do some beach balls stuff here Steve. I think I told you the story right? We had these giant beach balls that we thought would be fun for the crowd to kind of, you know be able to kind of hit and stuff in between sessions and it was just a fun. I’ve seen them in events. I thought it’d be fun. Well, we did that and then we didn’t realize that at our event we’ve got tables so people can actually write down notes and put their drinks up. Well started knocking over drinks.

Steve: I guess I missed that part.

Scott: Yeah, so people started leaving the room and everything so we’re like, oh wait a minute. Okay, we just learned something. We’re not going to throw beach balls unless we don’t have tables which we are so the beach balls that was that was a fail. Yeah. That was a complete fail. But I think the only other thing is is I think it was a little too short. We have to add half a day. I think we might do like a kickoff party next time and then that way there we can have solid two days. Maybe do maybe a little bit of a break out. We’re not sure but like I don’t think I think it’s funny because I was expecting something to go wrong and everything really really went well. I mean again like Tony does it such a great job organizing Kevin Sanderson, my planner did a phenomenal job. So I can’t say that there was anything that didn’t go really well. I went it exceeded my expectations.

Steve: I did not notice anything go wrong at all everything started on time. Yeah, you did jostle me a little bit. I think it was like 8:00 in the morning. I was I think I was checking my phone and you were blessed and heavy metal the eight in the morning and you ran around you shook me. Scared the crap out of me.

Scott: Oh, that’s funny. Yes, I was getting you going man. Come on. I gotta go. You’re in the Scott Voelker event. Yeah

Steve: So dude, so you recently released a book called The Take Action Effect, which I actually completed last night great read time passes quickly and think it finished in just like a couple of hours. It was a really good read. So first off, I want the audience to buy it, but can you You tell the audience what this book is about and kind of what inspired you to even write a book in the first place?

Scott: Yeah, it’s a great question. Well, here’s the deal when I would say probably a couple years ago. I started thinking myself. Like there’s probably something in there that I can share. I mean, I’ve done a lot through my years you’ve done a lot through years like we’ve all done a lot and we don’t give ourselves a lot of credit as we’re building up these skill sets and really kind of being, I think Like agile and being willing to Pivot and taking risks and all of this through our life. And so, you know, I started thinking myself like there’s got to be something that I can share and I had already done this in multiple Industries. I did it in photography space and then I did it in the Amazon space but then switched it over to e-commerce and now more into the brand building stuff and I’m just like, you know, there’s something there that I want to leave behind for my kids.

I want to really document my story, but I want to I don’t want to be just a story about Scott. I want it to be something that can apply to people and then I started thinking like Why aren’t people doing it? Why aren’t people actually taking action. A lot of times it’s fear itself sabotage. It’s I’m not smart enough and I went through all of all of these things. And so I started thinking myself. I’m like, how can I bridge this to where it’s going to be a mindset piece that people can really understand and see that they they can do it. Right? Like we both know we’ve done it your wife has done it. You’ve done it like we’ve all done it but why is it different for you than other people they they start they get stuck and they stop. Right? So I said I got to figure out this this piece. So I wanted to turn it into a book about taking action, which I didn’t know it was gonna be called take action and told a 3

Steve: I knew, It was going to be called in before you wrote it dude.

Scott: Really? Okay. Take a yeah. Yeah, I and I and at first I’m like, I don’t know if I want to name it that I don’t know if it makes sense. But then as I started going through it, I started to identify like in my own path, you know my own Journey. There’s been these moments these moments in time that we’ve made a decision, right? We made this decision to do something and then from there our life changed forever. Like there’s something there that just clicked or that a circumstance came up and we had to do it and then all of a sudden it changed and if that didn’t happen you wouldn’t be where you are today. And so I started to kind of like unpack everything and saying like Okay, if someone was going to do it from scratch, what would that look like if I get a lot of people and you do too like what would you do today if you were to start over again.

So I wanted to create a book that would allow people to get through their own self sabotage their own like sticking points and then to get them built up enough inside that to really think that they can do it. Like there’s a confidence in all of us, but we don’t know how to identify some time. So I wanted to really unpack themselves through some of my own stories, but then from there turn it over to them. And then once we get that mindset piece done now, let’s figure out what you can actually do or the business that you’re currently in. How can you take that to the next level with core principles that aren’t going to go away. That’s why it’s really How To build a future proof business but really a future prove you in building that skill set.

Steve: So let’s do this. Let’s apply some of the concepts of your new book and helping the audience take action with their businesses and let’s start with mindset because it’s actually something that I typically don’t cover on the podcast because as an Asian, I was just kind of brought up to just kind of suck it up and do it the way things work. So let’s talk a little bit about just kind of breaking the routine. I know you and I we probably both get emails all the time. People who are just kind of stuck in this rut this routine of going to work coming back eating dinner my wife and I we were stuck in this rut first. So how can you first convince yourself how to get unstuck? And how did you get unstuck?

Scott: Well, the one thing that I think people that are feeling stuck they need to really see exactly what they want. And I know this has been something that people have talked about, you know for years, right? Like what is your why but it’s, it’s even deeper than that. So for me going back and I remember exactly when it happened for me. I lost my mother when she was 50 years old. So that was a real eye-opening experience and a life-changing thing for me. I was 23 years old 24 years old somewhere in there and I had a three year old daughter and a two-month-old son. So I got married young had kids young, but then my mother passed away suddenly and so that shook me and I thought I was going to own my father’s company at the time that I was working for a construction company. And then found out that his you know him and his partner. No just that partnership was not good. We had people in the business that were stealing. It was just a nightmare. So I seen that my future was kind of limited there. So when when I started to identify this myself I started to say like what can I do and I didn’t have confidence in myself back then because I didn’t go to college.

So because of that I’m thinking like well in order to get a really good job, make six figures you got to go to college. And so then that’s when my wife came to me with an idea of starting a photography business. And I mean the rest is history from There but at that point we established the what we wanted we wanted lifestyle and freedom. We didn’t care that it was like, oh I got to make, you know, a hundred fifty thousand two hundred thousand we needed to make whatever $4,000 a month back then in order to pay the bills. So that was the goal so I could be home with the kids more and we can live a life together. Right like so, you know to me with the wake-up call was my mother passing away and then me realizing how short life can be and having kids and then seeing them grow up and then Being able to see them take their first step or maybe my son if I didn’t do again that take action moment. If I didn’t do that, I would have missed my son’s baseball but his little league career because I would have been working because I knew I was working 12 hours a day if I was still working in my father’s company, but because I did this that that one moment I call them take action moments in the book that moment that I decided to make the leap allowed me now to watch my son.

You know at you know, every baseball game and actually coached him all the way up till he was 16 years old and we travel all over all over the country playing Baseball so I would have missed out on that. So I think for people it’s that it’s that what is it that’s going to drive you and I get people say well, yeah, I want that too, but then you don’t put in the hour at night or the hour before you go to work, right? I built that Steve; I built a house while I was working construction. I built a house from the ground up myself with a few buddies my dad on the weekends or at night while I was working a full-time job 60 plus hours a week and I did that because I wanted a house that Built that I could say that I built that I raised my family and that was just important to me back then that was my goal. That’s what I did. So for people right now, they’re like, well, I want that freedom, but I don’t want to put in the time you have to put in the time in order to get the result and when you get frustrated, you gotta push through if you really want the thing that you’re going for like the you know that goal of yours, whatever it is. The why.

So, to me people just don’t have a strong enough why in order to drive them that no matter what it takes, you’re going to do it. You’re going to show up and just you’re going to make it happen no matter what and learn through that process.

Steve: You know, it’s funny is we have similar whys and I met your entire family and I think you guys have a super tight family and I can understand the way you were brought up your super close to your dad and your mom that you don’t want that for your kids. I was kind of the same way when I was brought up. I actually didn’t see my parents all that much because they were working all the time. And so I wanted to be able to spend as much time as possible with my kids because of my childhood and that became my why And that is when things got bad that is kind of what pushed us over the top. We just keep plodding through the muck so to speak when things aren’t going that well.

Scott: Yeah it well and again, so let me ask you so okay, you had this and I mean obviously your you know your brand my wife quit her job, right? Like that was all because you wanted to get your wife to be able to stay home and she wanted it you wanted it because it was important you guys that you had a parent, you know with you know, your children.

Steve: Yeah.

Scott: Like that was important. Portent so in the beginning was it wasn’t easy like that was her struggles along the way. Yeah. I’m sure there were I mean you can answer that better than I can but I know we did like we had I mean I look at businesses Seasons, you have all these different seasons you have seasons that are you know, you have winter. Oh man. It seems like it’s never going to end and then all of a sudden spring comes and then summer and then it’s great, you know, so it’s all about understanding that it is going to take some struggles. But if you really want it you’ll push through so that way there you can have it and work at the other side.

Steve: So I think it requires more than just wanting it right? I don’t know there’s some people who want it but I don’t at least in my audience, but they’re just not putting forth the effort like what is something that you can do just push them to make that extra effort?

Scott: Well, I think first off a lot of times by people don’t start. They I think gathering information is easy, right? We all can do that. Right? Let’s just keep Gathering. Let’s just keep Gathering. Let’s keep Gathering. Look at all the different things we can do and then all of a sudden Seems like you have to do so much and then it becomes overwhelming you do nothing. Okay, or you go you know, what if I never start if I just keep learning if I never start I can’t fail. So there’s a lot of different things. It could be as you were a kid your parents made you feel as a failure because you would start something in you wouldn’t finish or you quit. Maybe you quit your little league because you felt like, you know, the kids didn’t treat you the same or maybe you’re coached batted you 9th or whatever right?

There’s we have we all have our own little internal struggles. Right? but I think that people are afraid of failing and to me you’re never failing you don’t fail unless you give up period, right? so every single thing that you do every action that you take will give you knowledge that you will always have but if you just keep consuming, you’re never going to get there, you know, the questions or you know, the answers that you’re looking for because you’re not actually putting something into action. So I think people struggle with starting because they don’t want to fail or you know could be their wife. They don’t want to fail in front of their wife their kids, you know, maybe their parents because they’ve said I’m going to be a doctor and their parents want them to be a doctor or they want them to be a lawyer or whatever, right? So there’s all everyone is a little bit different but I think a lot of times it’s like if I don’t start I can’t fail.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

I know for me. I have problems starting things if I think it’s one gigantic problem that I need to solve.

Scott: Hmm.

Steve: So for the blog for the longest time, like I hate writing I started hating writing.

Scott: I can’t believe that too because you get some long posts.

Steve: I do I write them now but back in the day, I used to hate writing. I used to dread every minute of it. I just sucked it up and did it but the reason why it took me so long. I wanted to start a blog for probably two years and the reason why I could not do it was just because I didn’t want to learn how to install WordPress and get that whole infrastructure in place.

Scott: That’s crazy.

Steve: But once I had that down which turned out not to be that bad at all once I had the website up just adding the post was was a no-brainer, right? All I had to do is just log in and start writing but because I had include that first hurdle. I just had a lot of problems getting started.

Scott: Well, yeah, and I think people overcomplicate it so like in my book like I break it down. So all you have to do is just focus on like these or principles right like figure out your market like figure out how to get attention in the market, you know, then from there learn how to build some relationship with the audience so that way they know like and trust you and then figure out how to monetize after the fact now that doesn’t mean that you’re not going to do in the research stages. You’re not going to make sure that there’s ways that you can monetize like we want to make sure that we do this work but really it’s that simple like you don’t have to go out there and think you have to you know, know every single part of the business and I think that’s where people get hung up. Because then we start hearing about all these all these new things we can do all of these different platforms that we can use social media this that and the other thing when in the beginning you just really need to start and I like to start with a home base.

Like like you said like the blog the website like that’s kind of where you kind of you build the foundation there and then you can start building things off of that that will bring things back to the home base. It’s really that simple but so many people get overwhelmed I think also because they’re comparing to other people right there comparing to other screen shots that are being posted in In their you know, their Facebook group that they’re following a hundred different Facebook groups with a hundred different gurus showing all of these different things. I think if you just if you put the blinders on and you just follow a system and a process then I don’t know how you can fail. You just you just continually push through obviously, you got to understand how to validate a market, you know, see if there is potential there for that market whether that’s traffic, you know monetization ways like all that stuff, but it’s pretty simple if you break it down.

Steve: So before we get into that, which is what I’m going to transition to, A little bit. I just wanted to talk about this one quote that I really liked. I think it was Pat’s quote actually not “instead of trying to learn everything there is to learn about getting started with the business. For example, all you got to know is what you’re working on right now.”

Scott: Yeah, that’s it.

Steve: That’s all the knowledge. You need it ignore everything else just work on learning about what you’re trying to accomplish like right this second.

Scott: Yeah a hundred percent. I I mean again, I mean Pat has said it to I think he learned it from someone else or heard it from someone else just-in-time learning. It’s like just Learn what you have to learn right now, like shelf all that other stuff. And I said that at our event I said, you’re going to learn a lot of stuff here. You’re gonna have a lot of different ideas, but there’s things that you can apply today or maybe six months from now. You can always go back to the Shell from for later. You can come back to them.

Steve: Absolutely, Yeah, so Scott, let’s let’s talk about starting a future-proof business. What is the first step from someone who is just getting started?

Scott: I think the first step is and I think this is where people struggle though. They’re like what Niche do I go into do I just look at numbers do I just you know, and there’s like probably a ton of different responses or replies that we could we could go, you know into that direction. Like I think people get stuck because sometimes they’re like, I want it to be my passion and you know, I would love for it to be your passion. But if you’re struggling for six months to figure out what your passion is, then I think you just need to move. I think you need to You need to..

Steve: But that means it’s not your passion. If you’re struggling to figure out what it is right?

Scott: True. And but I think you know passions can kind of come from starting something as well and I’ll get em, I’ll give you the example. So my wife and I started our photography business when I was leaving the construction World. Well, I was we wanted to leave the construction business, but we were building the photographer’s I was not passionate about photography. Okay. I was not my wife was in a sense, but she still wasn’t like every day looking at like photography magazines and like all of that stuff, she just enjoyed good photography like that was it and we had we had went to photography studios and she seen that there was a there was really a I think a hole in the market where we were because no one was really giving a good experience. So she came to me with this idea.

Now, I my passion at the time was getting the hell out of my job. Right? Like that was my pet. I want to get out like get show me a different way and I’ll get out. So once we did that, that opened me up to number one Photoshop, which I have My my Photoshop six journal on my bookshelf as a reminder bought it for $64.95 back in 2002 2003 something like that. And so that book right there bought it and I started learning about it. I started becoming really passionate about that and then I started also figuring out how I could get more people in the door for my wife to be able to photograph. Then I started to develop a passion for marketing, right? So those passions weren’t there before I started but I started because I wanted to get out of the thing.

And then that built up skill sets that I now have I mean that one Photoshop book has made me millions of dollars just that one book, right because of all the I built businesses on it. I’ve taught people on Photoshop. Like I’ve had CDs that I’ve sold around Photoshop templates, you know photography clients that came in and I’ve done you know personal work for, for five hundred dollars for photo Restorations, like all of that stuff. I’ve made Millions on that book, but it’s a skill set that I built that was a passion of mine and you know, so is the Marketing, so I just think that people need to get out of their own way sometimes and say listen Okay, this one might not be my passion. But someone else that I know it’s their passion, then you can go ahead and plug into that and then start to learn the process and then when the passion arises in you, you’ll kind of identify and then you can act on it.

Steve: I mean that’s very similar to my story. I am not passionate about handkerchiefs or linens.

Scott: No?

Steve: Not at all but I was passionate about getting my wife out of a rut of going to work every day to a job that she did not like and I was very passionate about having a parent stay at home with the kids and as we started the e-commerce business, I became interested in the nuts and bolts of how to run the business how to market the business all the customers psychology aspects of getting someone to buy was very interesting to me and I became very passionate about that.

Scott: Yeah and see so you didn’t have that before you didn’t start that but you started it for the one thing but then it opened up something else for you and this skill set that you have you’re going to have forever, right?

Steve: Absolutely and it can be Applied to any business actually.

Scott: Any business. Yeah.

Steve: Yeah.

Scott: Yeah, No, I absolutely love it another short story. Let me just because this happened at seller Summit. Actually, we were at a meet up after hours, by the way. It wasn’t during the event. It was it was all

Steve: I know is off hours because there’s no one fighting trying to pick a fight with Tony. So.

Scott: yeah, so and I met a guy there and he this it was his first time at like an event like this and he was a little confused. He was struggling with his with his with his passion. Well, like what he was going to build his business on and I got to I can do it and he’s like, you know, I just wish that I could hire someone that could do all the marketing things, but I’m like but you don’t know your passion yet. He goes. Yeah. I know I’m struggling with that. But I’m just kind of confused and I go well, you know tell me a little bit about like what you do and he goes, well, I were corporate he goes my wife. She runs a speech therapy business, you know, brick and mortar and I go wait a minute stop time out for a minute and I started digging into that welcomes the find come to find out he’s really passionate and so is his wife about speech therapy for kids that she’s been doing for 15 years.

Why don’t you help your wife get that online to help more kids not just locally and he’s like, wow, I didn’t even think of that and I’m like see that could help you learn the process of building a business online and then you have all of the content that you’ll ever need because she’s doing client work every day, right? She could show up on video on blog posts and then he started to tell me because you have then there’s these products that were buying on Amazon and they never come how we wanted. There’s always little flaws were always tweaking them or telling people to use this rubber band for this for that I go well that’s a perfect, perfect way for you to create your own customized product because now you’re going to be able to refer products and so his mind was blown after we got done but he didn’t see the opportunity in front of him because he was looking for his passion not just an opportunity.

Steve: Interesting

Scott: It was pretty crazy.

Steve: I had a similar story with my wife quit her job like I was running the business and people’s just started asking me questions about e-commerce and I was like okay I kind of know this stuff I mean I’m not an expert but I’m you know I can just talk about what I’m doing with it, and that turned out to build a pretty big following.

Scott: Yeah not exactly exactly so it doesn’t have to be hard and it doesn’t have to be your passion to start with I think you just have to move you got to do something and start learning and then once you do you’ll plug that into whichever business adventure is going to be coming your way you know in the future.

Steve: Here’s the thing about passion this is kind of why I brought it up earlier like when you’re passionate about something Things that you just read about and do all the time like when I was a kid, I used to play Nintendo games and I used to like create my own little strategy guides and everything and I spent like all of my time doing this stuff and no one was paying me. I didn’t have any idea. I didn’t have any intentions of making money on it but kind of by accident little kids started paying me for these little strategy guides that I was making and I haven’t it’s great when things just kind of happened by accident. It’s just all about identifying what it is that you can do with the skill set that you have because Everyone has a skill set.

Scott: Absolutely. I think you’re building skill sets as you as you take action, right? Like as you do things you’re learning things and to me, that’s how I’ve you know been like I said, like I think we all have a safety net to fall back on with whatever leap were making next. Like if I go all the way back like I can still right now probably go out there and start my own company building houses. Like I’ve done it. I know the process. I know how to manage subcontractors. I know the nuts and bolts right? I know it. Photography same thing like I know That stuff but I’m not using it today, but I might be using some of the marketing stuff because that kind of that stuff is interchangeable. So I just think that people need to understand that you just got to start if you have if you’ve been listening to Steve, you know for the past year and you’ve been wanting to do something but you haven’t you need to just give yourself a deadline and do something right? Like just get something started simple as that.

Steve: So I know for you that when you were trying to figure things out after the photography business, so first of all, why did you To show that and what led you to create podcasts?

Scott: Yeah. Okay, it’s great great question. So when we were running a photography business was a brick and mortar in my home actually built the studio separate access to that to our house in our basement. So was a full, you know full studio. And so we were doing that we had that we had the two kids at the time we had Alexis and Scotty and then we were pregnant with Kayla who now is 11 and we just started saying ourselves. It’s going to be really hard with a new born and taking all these clients. And also when in the beginning it was great because we’re like, oh we can make our own schedule. But our own schedule was a lot of times in the evenings or on the weekends because that’s when people are off of work or the lighting was best at night. So we started to get a little bit burn out with client work.

So we’re like, how can we create like a side, you know Revenue stream. So this way here we can work less with the clients that we had and then I started to dabble in eBay to be honest with you and the way that we did that it was we had some props that we used to buy. For the studio we were buying these little wooden bridges these little four foot Bridges. And so my wife seen that they were also selling at a store locally for like 30 bucks, but they were selling on eBay for a hundred and thirty bucks. So we said let’s try to sell them and we did and we ended up buying like 25-30 Bridges and we sold them all on eBay and that’s what opened my eyes to online selling. And then from there. I started building these projectors that I was transferring film for for my video the video side of the business because we were doing some video transfer work too and I started some of those sold over $100,000 in these projectors that I was modifying.

And sold them on eBay. So that’s what opened it up there. And then I started hearing about private labeling just because when you’re in this, you know, entrepreneurial space you start hearing about other channels and you know, what’s coming up and so I started to think maybe I should just throw five grand at something and see what see what happens well back then it was easy, you know, you can just throw them almost anything up and you know, because you could put up a stainless steel garlic press and probably hit number one and sell 50 units a day and then it got harder but I started to ask myself the same thing. I had people asking me. Like, how are you doing it? Like how did you start your own online business? How are you selling e-commerce, like all this stuff and I said, well, maybe I’ll just document the journey and I’ll just start a podcast because I like talking I don’t like writing like you said, so that’s what I did.

I started it in almost four and a half years now and so I just wanted to be able to show up on a medium that I didn’t mind jumping on and that was podcasting and then it’s totally like pivoted since I started right before it was like Amazon focus now, it’s more brand-building focus that that’s kind of how.

Steve: I know. Had a couple of podcast before the amazing seller. Why

Scott: yes

Steve: Those not do well.

Scott: Well, the one I had was on well, I was 40. I was 39 and I started to go through that. Oh my gosh, I’m you know, I’m going to be 40. I’m not in good shape and stuff. So I started getting into Beachbody products. I went in I did Insanity for 60 days and I got totally ripped. It was like awesome was in the best shape of my life and I’m like, you know, there’s probably a lot of guys that are 40-ish and you know, they feel like they want to get back in shape. They want to be healthy. And so I started really getting into it. I mean, I was really really dialed in almost obsessively and so I had a buddy of mine you met him Jimmy and him and I was said, you know what let’s just jump on and do a podcast will talk about what we’re doing and we did it and after about six episodes we were like, it’s just too much work. We just don’t feel like doing it and we just stopped and that was it was like literally just because we just

Steve: Why did that happened though. Why did you just decide to stop?

Scott: I think it was hard for him and I to get on at the same time. I might have been doing a lot of Publishing so I felt like you know, a lot of the work was coming down on me. So it was him and I just kind of like riffing as friends.

Steve: Okay

Scott: And there wasn’t really so it kind of got to be like a little bit of a hassle even though it was like it was six weeks worth of stuff. Maybe it was a six or eight whatever it was. And so I just started to lose a little bit of interest in it still had the passion for helping people. Actually. I hope the few of my buddies lose over a hundred pounds just by setting up there, you know simple diet and simple exercise routine. So I still have a passion for That I still have a passion for just living just a healthy life and staying active and all that stuff. So I think I just I didn’t see the reason in doing it when I was doing my other stuff. I was still doing photography stuff. I was I mean, I built an online photography tutorial based membership site. Like I was running that for six and seven are almost seven years, which did really really well, but I was doing that and I was trying to do the podcasting thing and so it just it took up too much time at you know, at the time that I was doing.

It so I think I just got kind of a little bit burnt out and he wasn’t as into it as I was so I felt like you know, I’m gonna have to kind of I’m gonna have to kind of try to keep him enticed. So just got a little bit old quick. Yeah, but then the second one was on a marketing it was marketing but it was more broad. So it wasn’t like Niche down. It was like really broad like just how to Market your small business, right? So it’s just too broad and I didn’t realize at the time and it was fun because I was helping photographers get more clients, but it Wasn’t around just photography. I probably should have narrowed it down to just photography. But at the time I wanted to kind of get out of the photography Spotlight and be more than just business not just photography.

And then that’s where I said. Well, let me just, you know Target Amazon sellers because that’s kind of like up-and-coming and there was no one else doing it at the time. And so then when I started doing that it was great, right like had a great following and I still do but that all of a sudden I started being coined as the Amazon guy and I’m like, oh my gosh, I’m right back where I started. I was the photography guy now. I’m the Amazon guy. I don’t want to just be the Is on guy I want to be the guy that helps people build businesses and that’s kind of where we are now. Like I’ve done that pivot over the past four and a half years.

Steve: So how do you know when you need to Niche down?

Scott: I think in the beginning you have to I really do I think if you’re not you’re going up against like just everyone I think if you can Niche down in the very beginning, I think it’s going to make your life in the process easier. I think the only thing I would say though is you definitely want to allow yourself room for growth meaning if I was going to Niche it down. In like let’s say fishing, right? Like if I went fishing, that’d be too broad. I’d go bass fishing or I’d go kayak Bass Fishing. I would try to drill down but I wouldn’t name my site the ultimate bass fishing whatever right? I would name it something like, you know, something fishing more broad or even just Outdoors sports or something that would allow me to be able to be in fly fishing bass fishing deep sea fishing like anything that I could have other verticals under I wouldn’t just Target myself. That Niche down I would allow myself to come out of that if I wanted to.

Steve: And how do you find the people who are to listen to your podcast? I guess in this example. I got it. I don’t even know the story. How did you get your first listeners on the amazing seller?

Scott: Yeah. So what I did was I went into a Facebook group and I was there for probably over eight months just being a contributor just going in there answering questions. Guys, I’m not an expert, you know at the time I might have been making $10,000 a month or something, you know revenue and it wasn’t You know crazy and I was just kind of answering questions Fielding questions. And so then as I did that people would start at asking me questions and then I said, you know what? Maybe I’ll maybe I should just start a podcast and answer some of these questions on a podcast that way there.

I can build a community. I had no idea how I would monetize it didn’t care because I’ve built audiences before and like if I just build the audience the rest will figure itself out. And so then I just I asked the group I said, hey, I’m thinking about starting a podcast that’s going to talk about the things that I’ve talked about here. But I can go a little bit deeper. Would you be interested if I did it and I had about a hundred people say yes, and that was it and I started my but I almost didn’t start Steve almost didn’t start. I almost did not hit record on that episode.

Steve: So what pushed you over the edge.

Scott: Actually my wife my wife said to me because I was telling her what I was doing and everything and she said, you know, I really think you should do it and I’m like, well, yeah, but you know who’s going to listen to me, you know, like I’m just you know, Dabbling over here. You know, I know what I’m doing, but I don’t know. I’m still kind of learning things and she’s like, yeah, but you just whenever we’re at a party or any everyone’s always huddled around asking what you’re doing, you know, like what how are you doing this like because people don’t understand like we are, you know kind of on the same mindset as far as like we understand the online space or if you’re coming into the world, you’re starting to hear us all talk about it.

But when you’re at a party with people that are just in corporate or whatever they don’t they don’t really understand it. They don’t know landing pages and you know, like Optimization like all of this. They don’t know these terms and so she was like, you know, I really just think that you should do it, but she goes you’re just really good talking to people you’re really energetic you get people excited about things. Why don’t you just give it a shot and I’m like, I don’t know and then she’s like just record like 15 20 episodes and I’m like, all right, I’ll do it. And then I did it and then here we are, you know, so if I never did it if I didn’t have my wife also pushing me. I probably never would there’s another take action moment to by the way, he’s going to highlight that.

Steve: I mean, they’re gonna take away I got from that is you need a really good support system and spouse to get you to take action.

Scott: A hundred percent man. I mean like going to an event like your event our event now any event that’s like like-minded people. There’s so much power in that like when you make a few connections just a few that could be like game-changing stuff because from there it can push you or it can make you believe in yourself when you don’t believe in yourself, right? Because you’re not giving yourself enough credit.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it, now back to the show.

Here’s a good story. There’s this one seller summit attendee that that you know of and he was talking to Mike Jackness and you said I’m thinking about selling this blah blah blah and then Mike told him like I’m not going to talk to you again until you’ve actually launched your product love it. And then after that he actually launched a product and today he runs a seven-figure business.

Scott: It’s ya see that there

Steve: you have one conversation with Mike

Scott: once that’s what I talk about the book as far as a take action moment. Like that was a moment that you made. Decision, right? Because Mike gave him like Hey, listen, if you don’t do this don’t talk to me until you do it, right like and I think we need people like that in our lives that can help us see a little bit clearer, but also believe in ourselves and then from there once you take the action you’re and I’m sure that him getting there from that conversation to the seven figures wasn’t easy, right? There’s been struggles. There’s been you know, probably inventory issues. There’s been maybe hijackers there’s been all kinds of stuff. But the thing is is he got momentum and the problem he had then isn’t the problem he has now get different problems now, right? It’s just at a different, you know at a different level. But yeah, I love that. I absolutely love that.

Steve: So Scott, who is this book for man?

Scott: this book? Really when I was writing it was like it was kind of strange because I was like this. I wanted to serve two different people. I want to serve someone that’s feeling stuck in their in their nine to five or there JOB, and they’re thinking themselves. I’m stuck right I put all this time and energy into a degree. I can’t give up. On this career because if I do I’m going to waste all that right and I’m miserable, you know, and I want to be home more or I want to be able to take more Vacations or I want to be able to just live the life that that I deserve right? That’s it’s for that person that doesn’t believe in themselves because they don’t see the big picture and I want to use myself and my story as an example and then give them the roadmap the other person it’s for is if you’re building a business right now and you’re feeling stuck in that business, whether it’s either growth or if you’re feeling like I’ve built this thing and I’m not really sure that I even want to build this business.

I might want to build something else. Well, I want to give you the opportunity to grow that business. So this way here you can sell it for more when you decide to or you can also take the same principles and then start a business from scratch and then lay the the, you know, really the foundation and you know create that that roadmap that will allow you to build something that is Diversified and that will give you that freedom that you want and that you deserve And also you can repeat this process. So it’s really for two different camps either if you’re feeling stuck or if you’re feeling like I’m stuck in my business that I built. I’m not sure if I want to be here or I want to grow that business outside of just one channel.

Steve: My key takeaways were basically the book will help you get out of your own head. Yeah, basically, yeah Scott. I know you have a snazzy URL for it to work and they find the book?

Scott: Yeah. It’s very simple takeactioneffect.com will take you over to the book and you can grab it over on Amazon and paperback hardcover and it’s on Kendall.

Steve: And it’s coming out in audible to right?

Scott: Yes. We are going to be recording that depending on when you’re listening to this. So if you are listening to this before December 2019, because I’m hoping to have it released by then. If you do grab a copy of the physical book, all you have to do is send me a copy of that receipt at Scottattheamazingseller.com and just send me that and I will send you the audio book for free.

Steve: Cool. Yes Scott, man. Thanks a lot for coming back on the show. Really appreciate it.

Scott: Yeah, I appreciate you having me and I want people to look out for some footage of me beating up on you in pickleball.

Steve: Ha ha ha just sign the book first dude sign the book first.

Scott: Okay, I’ll do that. Thanks Steve. I appreciate it, brother.

Steve: Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now Scotty V is the man and if you haven’t picked up his book yet head on over to amazon.com right now and buy it now it is a quick and interesting read and you’ll be super motivated when you’re done for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode281.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

280: How To Prepare Your Business For Sale And What Multiples To Expect With Thomas Smale

280: How To Prepare Your Business For Sale And What Multiples To Expect

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Thomas Smale on the show. Thomas is the founder of FEInternational, one of the largest and most prolific website business brokers on the internet.

Thomas has completed hundreds of millions in SaaS, ECommerce and content business acquisitions since 2010 and he’s got a huge network of pre-qualified investors.

In this episode, we break down what multiples businesses are selling for today and how to prepare your business for sale.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Thomas founded FEInternational
  • Why and how Thomas got into the business of buying and selling businesses
  • The online business models that carry the largest multiples
  • How to prepare your business for sale
  • The criteria to look for when buying a business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Thomas Smale on the show and Thomas is the founder of Fe International one of the leading business brokers in the world. And in this episode we are going to break down what multiples businesses are selling for today and how to prepare your business for sale.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really excited to have Thomas Smale on the show. Now Thomas is someone who I’ve known for quite some time now and he’s actually sponsored the seller Summit for the past four years. He is the founder of Fe International one of the largest and most prolific website business brokers on the internet and they’ve completed hundreds of millions in sas Commerce and content business Acquisitions since 2010 and they’ve got a huge network of pre-qualified investors. And today what we’re going to do is we are going to talk about Takes to sell a business and which business types have the biggest multiples today. And with that welcome to show Thomas. How you doing today, man?

Thomas: Yeah. Thanks. Steve, I’m really good.

Steve: Hey Thomas. So for the people who don’t know who you are. What is your background story? And when did you kind of get into this business of buying and selling online businesses?

Thomas: Yes. So if you gave up to 2010 when I founded the company, I was still at College, I think like many college students. I was trying to make some extra cash. So I got into I met someone who’s buying and selling domains. I started doing that as well and to others did not do very well until why I realize is that what I thought was a domestic really have any intrinsic value to have any consistent process selling them. I thought like more luck than anything else. So I then stumbled upon the idea of websites. And at the time I was studying I see a business degree at University or college. So that made a lot more sense to me resonated so I didn’t really have any money so there’s a case of Investing $100 usual my credit card at the beginning of month buying a website finding ways to improve it. So she’s just finding ways to make a little bit of extra money with it.

And then reselling it before the end of the month paying off my credit card and redoing that cycle so that quite successfully for a while and was making less nice little bit of extra side income. So in the year I graduated with his 2010. I decided to write a book and a course about how to buy and sell. That’s kind of profit. So I wrote that launch that at the time I thought that I would or if that’s what I thought the business or F in SAS as it is now, I thought it was going to be a business where I made all of my money teaching people how to buy and sell and also buying selling myself. What happened is that the course did well it got it was successful is very popular. People who bought the course it turned out. They actually didn’t want to sell businesses themselves. They wanted to hire someone to do it for them. So I started having people coming to me with established businesses.

They had already either bought or built themselves and saying well, hey, you know how to buy and sell something for a $1,000. What about if you help me sell my business for twenty thousand. So the first day I ever did as a broker so to speak the $20,000 deal didn’t get paid anything into it. It’s sold and then from that really just compounded from Word of Mouth what we do now didn’t really exist back then. I was one of the only people only companies helping people with online businesses seldom the water like business brokerage been around for many many years. So if you have a restaurant or bar those kind of businesses have been bought and sold for Long Time online businesses lesser. So that’s how I started out and then it really just compounding from there as a lot of Word of Mouth.

Steve: Yeah

Thomas: It started. A doubling down and focusing something like many businesses. It was a very early pivot what we do now is not what we did at the start but the concept of buying selling is still really the same. It’s just now we do much bigger deals than what we started out.

Steve: So just for the benefit of the listeners out there. What Thomas did is actually a pretty good way to get Legion you put out some education about a particular topic and people might not be necessarily interested in the education. They want to just hire you out right? So I guess you kind of accidentally stumbled upon that and that’s really allowed your business to kind of get jump-started through that method.

Thomas: Yeah. I think that’s a pretty good way of describing it.

Steve: So Thomas, I think I’ve seen you at every single event that I’ve ever been to does Fe kind of specialize in certain types of companies or do you kind of just do them all?

Thomas: The same many as you can used to be that if it’s an online business, we would we would take it on and try and sell it as years have gone by we’ve become a little bit more focused and specialized in what we do and that’s partly because we’re a success The only business we only get paid if we sell the company and we don’t want to waste anyone’s time if we’re not going to be of any help or assistance. So we primarily focus on e-commerce and within e-commerce that includes Amazon FBA examples of merch all sorts of different businesses within that. We also do SAS and software companies and then content based businesses, which we would usually seems like blocks that monetize with affiliate programs or advertising then occasion. We have some other businesses in so we quite often cell service businesses, which also have a kind of subscription or or product element as well for usually those those three main business models of SAS Ecommerce content are what we specialize in the most.

Steve: So I’m just curious myself what business models what online business models carry the largest multiples right now on average?

Thomas: So if you look across those three business models SAS is generally the highest. I mean, there’s hundreds of factors that go into

Steve: I’m sure there are.

Thomas: Valuation. Yeah, so the reason I guess I’m high level. The reason why SAS valuations are generally higher than e-commerce in content is the fact you almost always have recurring Revenue. So if you have a e-commerce business, for example that has recurring Revenue. So let’s say a subscription box or maybe you have like a membership or or something like that or subscribe and save that kind of business model. Then you would expect to see a similar valuation to her SAS business, but they do tend to be the highest. Because of the fact you’ve got that recurring Revenue.

Steve: Can you just give us an idea of like the low and high end over multiple for I know it’s hard to generalize here, but I’m just trying to get an idea in comparison.

Thomas: Yes. So, the e-commerce businesses. We’ve seen recently anywhere in the two to four times. Net income range SAS businesses three times to 4.7 five times and then we’ve had some local on much higher than that lower than that, but that’s a fair average range so that’s really the top range of e-commerce is a middle range of SAS if you want to look at it that way.

Steve: And what about content sites? Like blogs?

Thomas: Yeah content in the 2.25 to 3.25 range the slightly.

Steve: Interesting. So, it’s a lot?

Thomas: Yeah slightly tighter range than e-commerce. I’d say that’s generally because in e-commerce you’re selling usually well more valuable businesses. You’re selling an actual product. I think feels like it has a lot of value to buyers and investors. Whereas for the content business, you’re usually not selling anything. You are, I mean by definition just the value is in the content. You’ve created some multiples do tend to be a little bit lower. But we have seen some go much higher I mean; we completed a 12 million-dollar deal a couple of weeks ago and that multiple was much higher than anything. I’ve quoted there that does depend a little bit on the business that size of it and the business model itself.

Steve: So, going through each one of those business models what allows it to have a higher multiple. So, like in the let’s do e-commerce since the majority of the listeners are on the e-commerce space. What would cause an e-commerce… You mentioned subscription models, but outside of that, what would cause an e-commerce store to have a much higher multiple in general?

Thomas: Yes. One thing with e-commerce and say that comes up a lot which really does affect the multiple is the growth rate. One thing we see in e-commerce more than any other business model is businesses that grow a lot and then decline particularly businesses on Amazon; It’s quite difficult. At least from what I’ve observed to consistently grow a business on the Amazon platform. That doesn’t mean you don’t have a profitable business, but it might mean one year you do a million in sales. Next you do 950 then you do 1.2 million. The margin center fluctuates as well.

Steve: Hmm.

Thomas: So if you have an e-commerce business, which is consistently growing top Line and bottom line so revenue and profit then those multiples are going much higher than a business which is which is not live reasonably uncommon to see one that’s growing top and bottom line just because in e-commerce unlike a Content or SAS business, it’s much more likely to have margins that fluctuate if the platform fees go up or fulfillment fees go up or the cost of your product goes up or even down if it goes down then your multiples going to increase as your net margin creases.

Steve: And so, when you’re looking at that for an e-commerce business, are you looking at top and bottom line increase for an existing product? Because a lot of times people on Amazon the way they grow as a just start releasing new products.

Thomas: Yes. I mean that is a good point. So, another kind of value driver is the number of skis you have orb-like for that lines. So, if you just have one product line, then the multiple in general is going to be lower if we have multiple then it’s generally going to be higher. The way they look at it. If you’re constantly launching new products to keep the net profit high is how sustainable and how easy is it to take over that? But like business model. So if it’s, I don’t know, you’re selling Steve products and every product you sell as a new product with your face on it that’s going to be a little bit harder for someone who buys your business take over.

Steve: I don’t think anyone would buy that product in the first place. But, go on yeah.

Thomas: Well…

Steve: Hahaha

Thomas: But if they were that would be quite difficult for someone to take over. So if you have a really good process for launching new products on a consistent basis, then buyers would be happy of that. If you do not and you’re somewhat reliant on maybe you’re a designer or a product developer or you are the one who is, I guess somewhat unique to your launch strategy, then that’s going to be a little bit harder to sell.

So, it does we I guess the short of it is we look at lots of different factors and variables and buyers really looking at ultimately do they think the business will continue to perform at its current level or better after they required the business. If so, they’re going to pay a higher multiple. If not, they going to pay a lower multiple or not buy the business at all.

Steve: Can we talk a little bit about an Amazon e-commerce business versus one like where you own your own website and you have email subscribers and that sort of thing.

Thomas: Yeah say from a multiple perspective and I mean, just because it’s Amazon or just because it’s your own website doesn’t change the multiple detectors at all to say.

Steve: Oh okay.

Thomas: But there are things we would then look at to establish the value. So, for example, a lot of people who on their own stores that sets on Shopify they might get all of their traffic from running Facebook ads. That’s definitely been a more common level. We’ve seen in the last few years that tends to rely on what the effectiveness of the Facebook campaign itself or the campaign’s you’re running and usually the skill of the operator. So, the person who’s running the ads maybe you’re using an agency most businesses. We see a people doing themselves those businesses are going to be generally difficult to sell or attract smaller multiples because they’re relying on that one source traffic. Now, if you’ve got that second type of business you mentioned which is an email list man. You have maybe had a business where you launch a new product every month and the majority people that buy that product from your existing email list that’s going to be a significantly more valuable business. So back to what was done earlier. It’s not quite recurring revenue and such. But if you have the Same people buying on a consistent basis then from a buy perspective. That’s basically the same as recurring revenue. So, this is like that is going to be quite valuable. And then in the Amazon space, the great thing about the Amazon platform. This is how big it is and how many potential customers you can reach probably the worst thing about it is you never really truly own the…

Steve: Right.

Thomas: Customer so you can email them and say hey, I’ve just launched a new product. At least, It’s very difficult to do that and stay compliant with their kind of rules.

Steve: So, it’s going to say that at least for our business about 36% of it is repeat business and it seems like in Amazon, there’s no guarantee for that. So, would you say in general like an e-commerce store that you own with a list is generally going to sell for higher multiples than just an Amazon business that sells equivalent products.

Thomas: Say generally speaking. Yes, particularly, if you have that email list and particularly if you can prove that actual bias and that’s the important bit because a lot of people build an email list then say, “Hey, I’ve got 10,000 emails” and its people that signed up to I don’t know say, e-book. I like a free book as a lead magnet but they’ve never actually bought a product that’s not as valuable as say a thousand people the much smaller list of which all of those are past customers and you segmented it’s you know, each of them are spent at least $100 or $1,000 or over or whatever it might be.

Steve: Like if I showed you my Klaviyo account for example, and I separated It out the people who have bought multiple times and have a high lifetime value there be a lot more valuable.

Thomas: Precisely and I say a lot of people I mean, it’s probably just a really good lesson to everyone. A lot of people don’t have that set up of tool. So the fact you even have that setup and you probably think about it on a day to day or week by week basis puts you ahead of a lot of e-commerce business owners who may have an email list, but if they have it, there’s no level of very rarely any level of thought in it beyond, “Hey, when we launched a new product, we’ll email people”. Well, they might have a newsletter. So, your sounds like you’re a step ahead or two steps ahead.

Steve: So it sounds like then when you’re saying that an Amazon business will roughly self the same multiple as an e-commerce business, you’re referring to those e-commerce businesses that just primarily rely on other platforms to get their traffic and sales like Facebook ads for example or Google ads and those will tend not to or self-work with the multiples as an Amazon business because really you’re just relying on a different platform right?

Thomas: Generally, yes. I mean, that’s exactly the way to look at it and the reason, the business with emails were so high is because you’ve got that reliable income stream from repeat customers.

Steve: So, what are some other factors that increase the valuation? Do patents are those, are those a big deal?

Thomas: Not really to be perfectly honest. To say, I mean, we do sell businesses that have patents people do care about things like trademarks. I’d say people care more about the fact “Is it a unique product?” but because you have a patent doesn’t mean the product itself is good, but anyone can get a patent does it mean anyone actually wants to buy the product itself. So, say generally speaking. If you do have a unique product or unique products and the buyers are going to look at how defensible that is. So, do you have like a unique deal or like an exclusive deal with the supplier? Do you have brand protection? So that might be a patent that might be a trademark lots of different ways you can protect it and in that respect. So, buyer will look at those kinds of things, but I say in general, having a patent versus not having a patent doesn’t increase or decrease the value of such. People really care about is the product unique if it’s not and you’re reseller, that’s not necessarily a bad thing in general those businesses are going to sell for less just because a margins tend to be a little bit lower.

It’s not just the fact that you’re a reseller which the problem that the margin center be lower. They tend to fluctuate more regularly because you’re more like to have competition that comes up. If you’re selling some more like Amazon or Facebook, for example, then you’re much more likely to fluctuate because there’ll be new competitors all the time. If you have your own email list, then it could be completely different because that email list might not care that you’re reselling a product that they could buy elsewhere because they’re not looking elsewhere there on your list looking to buy what you’re selling. So, this is kind of my point. There are so many different factors that go into it.

Steve: Yeah.

Thomas: I guess the Wade our valuation. One process works is it’s not like you start at Baseline multiple and then add 10% or take away 10% Depending on checking boxes. It’s a combination of the factors that is important.

Steve: Sure, what I’m trying to get out actually is what you might want to focus on if you were to just plan ahead for evaluation. Like what about social media? Like if you have a big Facebook group that’s active. I mean or an Instagram account, how do all those factors factor into the valuation as well?

Thomas: So, any sort of active market you have of your either existing or potential customers. So that’s the email list or social media following is important and by his death. He like to see that from a brand perspective. But again, that the most important thing is proving that having those people is actually beneficial to the business ideally in the form of sales. They can prove that they’re buying or in the form of interaction. So, if for example, in my business the way we look at the we have might have a lot of people who follow us on social media who aren’t necessarily customers or potential customers, but they might like our content share or content with people who could be a potential customer. So, doesn’t mean they’re worth nothing.

So, from that perspective a buyer will care about the type of engagement you have. To buyers engaging, that’s great. If it’s just a guess like fans or super fans that’s good as well. And then also how you’ve built that following. I think I’ve seen it less in recent years. But if you go back over the years, it was very prevalent people building up kind of fake fans and viewers see would regularly see Facebook fan pages with a million fans. And then that the average post would get 3 likes. So, there’s definitely a more of an emphasis now buyers are getting more intelligent and they realize that it’s the interaction that’s important. Not just the number of fans or the number of followers you have so that again it’s not like you get 10 cents per follower as your evaluation. It’s really just how are they interacting? Are they buying if they are your perfect target audience and they’re not buying what does that tell you about the business? That might be a hard to catch in the evaluation, but from the way I want to buy this business or not? They’re the kind of things they might think about.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So, before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers’ button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Steve: I Imagine for something like Instagram. It’s really hard to attribute like a post to sales right because it’s hard to directly link from Instagram to a product. So, I to kind of put words in your mouth. I guess the higher traffic sources of the ones we can actually directly attribute it to a sale.

Thomas: Yeah over there is a reasonable degree of confidence. So yes, you’re right Instagram is difficult to track but if you have no Google analytics set up for example, and you know that I don’t every day at 12 p.m eastern. You post a new offer and you can see the traffic and sales spike of that time in Google analytics. Yes, you might not be able to prove its from exactly that post but it’s reasonable to assume that it was so it’s often very difficult win in any business to get an exact answer of what’s caused what but you can usually it’s our job to affect you build a story and say well.

Steve: Sure.

Thomas: We know that regular on Instagram. We know there’s a spike in sales at this time. Therefore, it’s fair to assume. It’s from Instagram or it might not even be from Instagram. It might be that the Instagram post prompts you to tell a friend about them. It might be that the Instagram post prompts you to Google them. It might be that the Instagram post pumps you to read your e-mails and see if they sent you an offer that week. So, try to look at them individually is difficult you really have to look at its kind of all together and how they co-relate.

Steve: So, it seems to me then that out of all these traffic sources organic Google traffic for example might be the most valuable.

Thomas: Assuming it is sustainable. I would definitely say there’s a high degree of value on it. If you can prove it’s coming in consistently now much like Facebook ads and equal. No sorry, e-commerce like Amazon. It’s definitely still you’re still relying on Google that traffic can fluctuate get a penalty there all sorts different things that can happen to increase or decrease your traffic. So again, I mean another fact that comes into valuations how old to business is. If you’ve been getting traffic from Google for five years and that’s been increasing year-on-year then apply as much more likely to pay a higher multiple thinking that’s quite reliable if your traffic is… I know you’ve been getting traffic for two years and you’ve seen a bit of an increase in a bit of a decrease. Then that’s not really going to be worth as much sort of it depends on the predictability and age is an important factor of that. Generally speaking, has been around for longer, it’s more likely to continue at least in the eyes of buyer.

Steve: Sure. What about the revenue of the company? Like I’ve heard that higher revenue companies will have higher multiples than smaller companies, right? Can you just kind of talk about what the breakdowns are?

Thomas: Yeah, I’d say that’s a fair observation again. There’s no like, “Oh! As soon as you hit this level, you’ll suddenly worth X”. But there’s definitely a correlation between the size and the multiple, although at the lower end often multiples can still be quite high because there’s so much competition from buyers. So, if you have a $500,000 e-commerce business, there are a lot of buyers at that level looking to buy these businesses. You might end up achieving quite a high multiple just from the fact there’s so much demand in general. I think a reasonable rule of thumb would be once you go above 10 million revenue. The multiples will start to increase.

So that’s where you might start to see multiples above say four times. For example, we’re working on Amazon development that does around 15 million in revenue and if profitable and the multiple on that is can’t tell you the exact number but it’s above 4. So, multiples definitely do increase. But again, there are so many different factors that go into it just because you’re doing 10 million a year doesn’t necessarily mean it’s a good business and by goodness as I mean in terms of valuable from a buyer’s perspective and just because you’re doing say only a million dollars in revenue doesn’t necessarily mean it’s a bad business as such it would get a low multiple, but you are right. Generally speaking the larger the businesses revenue and profit wise but more it’s going to be worth but there are lots of things that go into that.

Steve: Let’s switch gears a little bit. Let’s say someone listening wants to sell their business. What are some steps that you should take to kind of prepare your company for sale?

Thomas: So, I think the most fundamental level the very best thing. I think you should do. It’s nothing really to do with your company itself. It’s you personally it’s figure out what you would like to achieve and that’s thing you need to establish its both personally and also so personally might mean with your husband with your wife with significant other whoever that might be in your personal life and then for business perspective, maybe have a business partner or business partners. Maybe you have investors. It’s very important to be on the same page with what you’re trying to achieve because if you want one thing and your spouse wants something completely different or you are one thing and your business partner want something completely different. Then even if your business is like let’s say it’s checking all the boxes high valuation ready to sell then nothing’s going to happen. You’re not going to have a successful process because there’s probably going to be one person blocking it.

So, once you have an idea of what you’re trying to achieve that’s probably the most important thing so know what you’re trying to achieve and then from there you can start establishing what that’s going to going to look like in terms of either timing or value. Most people from now will either established they want to make a certain amount of money. So, it might be a million dollars, 10 million dollars, 100 million dollars. Again, it doesn’t matter what that number is. You can’t tell them other number should be I can’t tell them that’s very much a personal decision with yes personal and professional stakeholders. So, once you’ve established that I always say that. And this is kind of might sound a bit too much your pitch, but I think the best thing to do from there is going to a free valuation

Steve: Sure.

Thomas: All lemonade firms and brokers will or any good ones at least will offer a free valuation and generally from our perspective, we’ll put together evaluation knowing that the vast majority of people are not ready to sell now. But it allows you to ascertain where you are in comparison to your goal. So, if you get evaluation today in your business is worth 5 million dollars and the number you have you want to sell for that you and your wife are going to be happy to sell for is 6 million dollars then probably in your business, you’re not going to have to do a huge number of things to get to that level. You probably just gonna have to run the business a little bit longer. Now, if you get a valuation today of 500,000 and you want to sell for 20 million, then it’s probably a lot of work you’re going to have to do to get there. So, from that perspective your plan and what needs to be done to increase the value does tie in a lot with where you like right now versus where you need to get to value-wise.

Steve: I guess specifically what I was getting at, there was, let’s say I just want to maximize my evaluation. Would I focus more on revenue growth or profit growth? Let’s say my time frame is like 2 years

Thomas: Yeah. So, say if you are any intention is to increase the value and it doesn’t matter what you’re trying to achieve then a combination of the two. What a lot of people do is they make the mistake of doing one and not the other so say, “Hey look like I tripled my Revenue” but their net worth is still the same what you might find is that you can increase your revenue and your margins will slightly decrease but you’re because you’re I don’t buy more traffic for example, but your net number as a dollar value or whatever currency are using is higher. That is fine. But don’t just increase revenue and not worry about bottom line at all. I have seen that a lot where people will particularly, it comes to buying traffic. They’ll buy traffic they’ll double their revenue, but they were actually increase their net at all. So, a combination of the two is important so if the two metrics you’re always going to be getting a multiple of your net when it comes to selling. So that’s the important number to worry about.

Steve: Earlier you mentioned like the growth rate matters also, right? So how do you kind of balance the two?

Thomas: If every day, it’s a tricky one. So, you have to be growing your revenue consistently because that proves there are people that want to buy your product people are real doing a product or products or whatever you might be selling. So that’s important. But at the same time, you need to prove that it’s profitable to do. So, there’s no point growing a business if it’s not going to become more profitable in the process but I think the important thing to think about is not doing anything that could affect the long-term of the business. So, what a lot of people do is they’ll focus on revenue growth because they’ll hear that revenue growth is an important part of evaluation and then they’re also hear that they’re going to get a multiple of net like we’re talking about. So, they’ll start to do things that may jeopardize the long-term future of the business but doesn’t necessarily affect the business short-term. So quite a common one is they’ll start cutting head count. So, I’ll be all we don’t actually need this support rep we don’t need to do we don’t need to publish any blog content anymore.

Steve: Right. Okay, I mean, it seems like growth contributes to the multiple. Whereas your profits, you know kind of contribute to that base right? For that multiplier?

Thomas: Exactly. Yes, but I mean in an Ideal world. For example, the double your revenue, the double your profit. I guess the reality of business and from what I’ve seen over the years. It’s very rarely that simple.

Steve: Yeah and nothing is ever black and white, but if I were to like double my revenue and then increase my net by like 5 or 10%, is that better than not increasing my revenue so much? Maybe 10 or 15% on revenue, but my profits have increased by 2x?

Thomas: Generally speaking, either of those scenarios is fine. Growth is always good. That’s a combination of the two is healthy, but as I’d say combination because no one wants to say a business. There’s no potential to improve it. So, if you’ve done absolutely everything to improve the net margins and there’s no way that can be improved then the business might be great, but that could be a difficult one to sell from a buyer’s perspective. So, I guess just look at them all together. Yes, ideally everything would increase together. But either works.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it now back to the show.

Steve: How does the process work? And what is what is a brokerage charge for example?

Thomas: Yeah. So generally speaking, like said first thing with us is, yeah evaluation. Get a free evaluation. At that stage, you’re not committed to anything other than we just ask you to send the information we need to put together evaluation. Assuming you get the evaluation. Let’s say you want to get 5 million dollars in this business and we tell you it’s worth $500. Just keep it super simple right from there. We would sign an engagement agree with you then gave her an agreement would tell you what the fees are these very, it depends on size of business. Generally speaking, we are 15% on the first million dollars of value or sale price specifically and then that tears down beyond that. So, if you have a 20-million-dollar business, you’d expect to pay less than 15% together $500,000 business, its 15%.

Steve: Got it. Okay.

Thomas: But you don’t pay anything until the business sells or have sold and if it doesn’t sell you don’t pay anything. From there, we then go through a discovery process with you where vets we asked a bunch of questions about your business. So, use you will send you a questionnaire of about a hundred different questions will go through your financials. Effectively trying to learn as much about the business as we possibly can and any day to you have any information about your business, we will use I guess to the advantage of the sell. So, for example, like you mentioned earlier Klaviyo account, we might go through that and be able to prove some useful metrics. So, you might be to say well of the 10,000 subscribers on Steve’s email list. We know that 5,000 have bought at least three times and they spent at least $1,000. So those kinds of metrics are important we will get them out. The effect he then put together a sales document which we call a prospectus which is usually are 30- or 40-page document depending on the size and the complexity the business once we’ve put that together and that process generally takes a couple of weeks.

We spend a lot of time up front making sure we understand your business making sure we learn everything there is to learn about your business and making sure that we’re aware of the good things and also the bad things and we can kind of present that in a in a fair and honest way because no one wants to know buyers want to see a business where there are issues that have kind of been covered up because they’ll always get discovered at some point in the process. Our mentality is it’s better to be transparent up front versus hiding things and then being discovered a couple of months into the process. So, once we prepared that we then send that to you and say hey Steve got the sales materials ready read through it and make sure you’re happy you effectively sign off on our materials to make sure you’re happy with the factual accuracy.

We then go out to our investor Network in three stages. So, we start off by reaching out to a very segmented list of buyers will put together who we think will be specifically interested in your business based on what they’ve told us before. So, might be they said, “Hey, I really want to buy an e-commerce business that sells this type of product my budget is 2 – 10 million dollars. So, if you have a 5-million-dollar e-commerce business, we will send it to them”. So generally, we start with a relatively small group. So small percentage of our overall network, but they’re the ones who are most likely to buy so we send out to them. We also will simultaneously be depending on your business on what you think could be the ideal buyer. We’ll also reach out to potential strategic buyers. So, we’ll build a list of those we reach out to those at the same time from there. We then also go out to use your battle week later go out to our whole buy network which at the moment is about 41,000 active investors and they have over not given us any criteria or just have high level criteria.

So, we’ll send them. Very much like an overview of your business. They can then request information. If they request information, they have to sign a nondisclosure agreement. So, we don’t just send out Steve’s businesses sale to 41,000 people with your like domain and all the information all the financials. We have a vetting process. So, once your request information will then get confidentiality agreement ask other questions so that from there, there’s a back and forth negotiation with the different parties. So that’s something that we’ll do on your behalf. You’re paying us to negotiate the deal effectively. So, buyers will have asked questions. Some buyers will want to get on cools of you as a seller. So, we will navigate that process and will establish who we think is serious and who is not. Often, you’ll find there’s lots of people who are just curious and fishing for information.

They would love to have a chat with a successful business owner. So, they’re going to 10 they have money and trying out a cool. So, it’s our job to filter those people out and we do a good job of doing that. So, we want to make sure that your anyone on the phone with people who weren’t necessarily definitely going to buy a business but could buy a business if they like it and happy with it. So, from there, there’s a negotiation process. Hopefully we get multiple offers. So, for example on an eight-figure Amazon business with work on the moment, we had 11 of offers that came in and then from there we work to narrow that down so we’ll say okay. Well, we don’t like these 3 offers at all. We’re just gonna kick my process. We don’t like these for…

Steve: How are these deals typically structured and then what affects whether you like an offer or not? Is it because it’s financed, all cash or I mean, what are some factors in there?

Thomas: Yes, generally speaking in the e-commerce space you would expect an amount of cash upfront as to how much that is. It can really vary anywhere between say 50 and 80% of the deal value upfront and then usually a performance element beyond that awesome set financing. And then also you generallly going to get paid separately for your inventory at cost and then the amount of cash you get down upfront really does depend on a lot of the other factors we’ve spoken about so if you have a business, which is very reliant on a single channel, so let’s Amazon or Let’s say it’s Facebook ads or let says it’s single product. You would generally expect to get less shot less upfront and more of a performance element. If you have a much older business, which has been around for a long time has multiple channels, multiple products and is very consistently growing then first, you would expect to get a higher multiple, but you would also expect to get more cash up front and less of a performance structure.

This is no reason why I bought it. Simple form and structure for such an established business. Whereas if you just have one product, one platform that’s generally going to be high risk. So, buyers are going to want to kind of adjust for that. So, you generally expect to get anywhere between like I said 50 to 80% upfront cash deals do happen and that really depends on your business and the different kind of factors and reliance’s that go into it.

Steve: How long should someone expect this entire process to take?

Thomas: So depends a little bit on the size of the deal say as a general rule of thumb if you have and we’ll use this use three different levels of business and Million Dollar business $100,000 business and a 10 million dollar business. If you have a hundred thousand-dollar business you’d usually expect to sell within a month together.

Steve: Really? Wow. Okay.

Thomas: Million Dollar business generally two months than 10-million-dollar business generally three months. It can take longer than that, it can take less time than that. That’s a reasonable average to expect and then if you hire an M&A firm like us with an average success rate of 94.1% So the vast majority of deals, we take on will close part of the reason. I think you were surprised that the speed of smaller deals at that level firstly there are a lot of buyers. There’s a lot of demand businesses of that size at generally simpler. And also, they’re just less complex that it’s less often like Judeans. It’s required because there’s going to be less transactions less complexity and the financials probably less products. The contracts for sale itself is going to be quite simple. There’s not going to be a huge number of contingencies and that’s gonna be hey, I’m buying a business at that. Well, it’s probably going to be all cash to be $100,000 cash. We’re going to close in a week.

You’re going to send me $10,000 worth of Entry. It’s not going to be particularly complex as deals get bigger part of the reason, they take more time. Is there more complex and they have more moving parts. So, you just expect accountants’ lawyers will the different third parties to take more time at that level.

Steve: Does that 15% fee? Like are they using your lawyers and your accountants or is that all separate also?

Thomas: So, we cannot legally advise you throughout the process, but we can we will draft documents on your behalf. So, a lot of people at the lower end will choose to effectively represent themselves if they’re comfortable with contracts. So, we will prepare the sale agreement for example, but will again depend on the complexity deal get depending on how comfortable you are legalized you would then maybe bring in your own attorney, but essentially our fees are separate. So, if you are bringing in your accountant or attorney or lawyer beyond what we’re providing in our service then you would pay for that separately. But say most people do not do that until the deal gets larger and more complex to the stage where they probably already have both of those kind of professionals on retainer already
Steve: Right. Cool. Well Thomas we’ve been chatting for quite a while and I think we got through a pretty good overview of the process and I really appreciate it.

Thomas: Yeah. Well, thanks for having me.

Steve: If anyone is interested in buying or selling a business, where can they find you?

Thomas: Yes, the best thing to do is go to the F International website on there. We have a bunch of content about valuing businesses. For example, like we’ve I know we’ve gone through a bunch of stuff but there’s so many different variables that go into evaluation. It’s worth going on our blog reading through some of the content. We have various eBooks and like short courses you can go through that will teach you about the different things that we’ve spoken about today. If you’re interested in buying a business you can inquire on the different business. We have a sale going on. Sell a business get free evaluation. You can go there as well and we’ve spoken quite a bit about social media today.

But our team were pretty active on social media so you can always follow us on your preferred platform or platforms all of us that easy to get a hold of if you have any questions reach out for those of you who don’t really know where you want to get to or where you’re at right now. Feel free to reach out why he’s happy to have a chat. You don’t have to. Calling us as not a commitment to hire us or anything like that. So, we always like to chat.

Steve: And there’s no fee for buying a business, right? It’s only on the sell side.

Thomas: No, we do have a small admin fee throughout the process, but effectually no fee.

Steve: Okay. Well Thomas so really appreciate your time.

Thomas: Yeah. Thanks, Steve.

Steve: Thanks.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode now eventually every business owner will want to sell their company and it’s important to understand where to focus your efforts when the time comes for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode280.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

And I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

279: Ezra Firestone On Overcoming Adversity And How To Stay Sane Running Your Business

279: Ezra Firestone On Overcoming Adversity At Boom And How To Stay Sane Running Your Business

Today, I’m thrilled to have my buddy Ezra Firestone back on the show. Ezra runs a number of 7 and 8 figure e-commerce stores, a Shopify SaaS company called Zipify and an e-commerce education company over at SmartMarketer.

Ezra also recently spoke at my conference over at SellerSummit.com about Facebook Chatbots and as expected, his talk was very well received.

Today, Ezra and I are going to discuss the challenges he has faced this past year with Boom and how he overcame them.

What You’ll Learn

  • What recently happened at Boom that caused Ezra a lot of stress
  • How to stay sane running your business
  • What’s working in ecommerce today
  • Boom’s primary source of growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, today I’m with my buddy Ezra Firestone from Smart marketers, Zipify and Boom, back on the show. And this time we’re going to talk about some of the struggles he’s recently had with his e-commerce brand and how he is overcome them. It is a great episode that you should listen straight to the end.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really excited to have Ezra Firestone back on the show and in case you don’t know who he is Ezra runs a number of 7 and 8-figure e-commerce stores a Shopify SAS company called Zipify and an e-commerce education company over at Smartmarketer. Now, Ezra actually recently spoke in my conferences seller Summit about Facebook Chat Bots and as expected his talk was very well received but what’s funny is that Ezra and I have known each other for many years, but we’ve never really had an extended conversation. Until the speaker’s Mastermind for my event and after spending eight straight hours in a closed room with the guy. I started liking me even more and he is a wise man. Well beyond his years and he’s very personable as well. So today Ezra and I are going to talk about some of the challenges that he’s faced this past year with boom his e-commerce business and whatever else we plan on talking about today and with that welcome to show Ezra. How you doing today, man.

Ezra: My wife quit her job podcast. Hey man, super happy to be here and I just want to add to that that Hadn’t done one of those, you know speaker masterminds where you kind of get in you get together with a group of folks and you sit down for like you said, you know eight hours and you really just each person kind of goes through like what they’re struggling with and what’s going on and what they could use help with and it was like such a cool format. I’m really sold on that, you know going forward. I really liked it.

Steve: Yeah. I mean everyone was really open which I really loved and you know, one of the attendees there like she was tearing up and I think I feel like you know who I’m talking about, but I think we really helped her out a lot.

Ezra: Yeah. Yeah, we had a couple breakdowns man, there Was You know, I think when people get the space to actually kind of open up about what’s really going on. It can be cathartic and healing and it’s you know, there’s not a lot of safe spaces, especially in the business world where there’s so much sort of posturing was a cool thing you set up. So thanks for doing that.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. And you know, even I found that that you have problems too. It’s amazing.

Ezra: 99 problems. Yeah, no probs we all I mean listen, I think that what’s interesting about like the struggles is in general when you’re experiencing sort of pain or struggle or discomfort. I mean at the very same time usually some things are going well too and it seems to be this sort of like being able to hold at the same time. Both things that are going well and things that aren’t and and how you navigate that intensity over time seems to be how well you do at business because I could tell you for sure. There’s always something that’s like not doing that great in one of my Brands, you know or something that’s scary or shopify’s gonna you know kick out the replacement checkouts or whatever the catastrophe or chaos is at the moment. It seems to be constant, you know, and so I really do think it’s about how you react to it.

Steve: Absolutely. It’s actually comforting to know that other entrepreneurs are facing similar issues. It just makes you feel better.

Ezra: Yeah, totally totally

Steve: Ezra, last time you’re on the podcast was four years ago

Ezra: What? 4 years what four years ago?

Steve: You’re one of my first guess. I was just kind of looking back at the lisitngs.

Ezra: Wow. I’d like to go back and see what we talked about then that’s kind of fun.

Steve: When I have no I didn’t listen to it. I just looked it up, but I know during our Mastermind we covered a number of different things. But can you just quickly catch the audience of about all your various businesses real quick. It’s really hard to keep track because you got so many.

Ezra: Yeah, you know, well, I think one of my most fun and sort of most popular success stories is really happened in the last four years, you know, 2010 to 2014. I was attempting to launch this brand Boom by Cindy Joseph and using content marketing and all kinds of stuff and 2014 was our real like first multi six-figure year and then 2015. We did 10x went from 300,000 to three million and then 2016. We went from 3 million to 17 million and then 17 18 19 are have now all been in that, you know, 20 million-ish range. And so that’s been a really big ride and also is kind of like my team over the last four years has gone from when I would have done that podcast with you. I probably had 16 members and now I have a hundred and three so there’s been like a lot Of expansion and my journey as an entrepreneur in that time has been going from the driver to the Navigator and I think that a lot of entrepreneurs get stuck in this sort of driver roll and It ultimately is what limits their growth where you know, if you’re on the road taking the turns you can’t be above the road looking at the mountains that are coming in the distance.

It’s very hard to both navigate and drive and where a lot of people get stuck. There’s a number of kind of sticking points that I’ve identified on my journey of growth in my company’s but one of them is technology right a lot of us do it yourself entrepreneurs who started from the ground with no money doing ourselves. We’re doing the Facebook in the klaviyo in the analytics and the Shopify like we’re really bogged down in the technological infrastructure of the business. So that’s one area that people get stuck and then one of the other lessons, I mean, I know this doesn’t directly answer your question, but now I’m off on a tangent is I think that so yeah a lot of stuffs been going on a lot of growth. I’ve got three main companies smart marketer. I do, you know blogging, educational courses on how to grow e-commerce businesses Zipify apps I build add-ons to Shopify stores that you know support you in your growth as a Shopify Merchant and then boom is a cosmetic retailer for women over 50, but what I was going to say was that one of the actually I totally lost my train of thought now, I’m sorry.

Steve: Ha ha ha ha

Ezra: I’ve no idea what

Steve: I was waiting for like the Revelation here.

Ezra: It was it was gonna be really good. Oh, I do remember now, which is you know, one of the things that everyone is so focused on is growth. Everybody wants to get bigger and grow and be it’s like there’s this sort of obsession with growth and I understand it on one level. But I also think that it’s a bit misguided and ultimately leads often to the demise of very good companies because you know with growth comes a whole lot of problems, you know, you have to fund more inventory. You’ve got more overhead. There’s more stress and pressure and intensity on you as the entrepreneur who’s the one who’s responsible for the whole operation and you know what I am trying to do. Is first and foremost enjoy my life and have fun and I want my team to enjoy their lives and have fun doing what they’re doing doesn’t mean we don’t work hard, but I want it to be enjoyable and you know, you don’t know how long you have which could lead into I know something you want to talk about a big traumatic experience. I had over the last 12 months, but you don’t know how long you have.

So if you’re not enjoying yourself making time for your hobbies making time for your social life making time for your relationships and intimate connections and you know, really enjoying and putting energy into your business in a sustainable way not 16 hours a day, then what’s the point and then I want to make really really good things that serve the world that are truly great products. And then third I want to be profitable and I frankly don’t care how big it gets and I don’t care how profitable I am. If I’m having a good time making good stuff and it’s making money and paying my team and paying my bills. I’m happy and I think that this fascination with growth is actually somewhat misguided and what you really should be looking at is how can I have a lot of fun make things that are truly good and then have that be profitable at any level is you’ve won the game, you know, a lot of people get really big and they’re Shackled to these operations that are slaving away at that make them miserable that took them away from their you know, it’s just like it can get out of hand.

Steve: I just came to this Revelation probably two years ago because trying to grow your company fast actually ruins marriages also. So my wife we were we’re setting these goals and we were stressing out over it because we weren’t hitting them and then we will get into fights over and over again. And so yeah, we kind of came to an agreement that we were just grow the company. Whatever happens happens grow gradually because fast growth really is painful. You’re right

Ezra: it is and it is.

Steve: And it’s much better since.

Ezra: like, sorry go ahead..

Steve: No, I was going to say the just our relations have been much better since we kind of came to that agreement regarding our e-commerce business.

Ezra: Yeah smart. I mean and it’s you know, it’s like there is this I call it Eternal vigilance, which is the skill set that I think is needed in order to run a business yourself that’s on the internet while where you are the entrepreneur who’s responsible for it. And also maintain a healthy balance between your outside life and your work because it’s available to you at all times. I like you go to the office and you leave the office and okay now that’s gone. Like no you’re the opportunity to continue the mental game of what can I do to improve my business is available to you at all times and if you’re not careful and you don’t actually set boundaries real clear boundaries and then show up to those on a daily basis the same way you have to show up to a diet or a workout program or a relationship then you’re gonna it’s just going to fill it’s going to be the backdrop of your entire life.

It’s going to fill every waking moment and a lot of people get caught in that trap and ultimately burn out or find themselves no longer interested because they just they treated it as a Sprint rather than a marathon. I think the ability to set work-life boundaries where it’s like okay from you know, 7:30 a.m. Or whenever I wake up to 10 a.m. I’m moving my body doing a meditation having breakfast with my family enjoying myself, whatever and then 10 a.m. I start work and then 5 p.m. I’m done and then at 5 p.m. I go on I engage in my social life and I do my hobbies. I spend time with my family. I set it down if you can’t pick it up and set it down deliberately and I’m not saying that there’s not times where you’re in launch mode and you’re just working for weeks at a time sure, but I just mean in general as a rule of thumb if you don’t have the ability to pick up and set down the operation in that way. It’s going to be very very hard for you over time is what I’ve learned.

Steve: But you can’t really do that effectively without a team. So when did you actually make that transition?

Ezra: Yeah, and I think I think you can set your energetic boundaries where you are creating space in your life for your personal life your social life your physical body things of that nature. I think you can do that. Even when you’re a solopreneur and my journey was I was basically a solopreneur where I was me doing it everything myself. I mean the whole thing and you know when you and I got started the game was American drop shippers and search engine optimization and like Yahoo stores, you know, there’s a little bit simpler of a game but That’s what it was, you know, and I played that myself from roundabout 2005 until I hired my first team member in 2009 to do customer support and then I basically still did everything myself and just had one team member all the way through 2012 when I sold that my Drop Shipping businesses

Steve: Was the wig bit company or something else?

Ezra: That was the wig bit Yeah. But yeah, then basically after in 2012 when I started blogging. And also selling services. I hired my cousin I said, hey man. Listen, I will pay you twelve bucks an hour to learn how to code and then once you know how to code I’ll pay you 20 bucks an hour and you can be a coder for me. And so as of 2012, I basically, you know from 2012 to 2014. I probably hired two or three people a year and then 2014 now, I’ve just kind of gone Buck Wild.

Steve: Yeah because you got your hands in a lot of pots so to speak so it would be impossible if you were doing the implementation right here.

Ezra: Yeah. I’m doing a lot of the Sort of ideation of reading the market and figuring out what’s going to be well-received of checking what people do and giving feedback. I don’t do a lot of actual and it’s are sometimes like what am I even doing around here? You know, but it’s just, you know, it’s important for someone to hold the container in the vision and you know be Crossing all the t’s and dotting the I sort of checking everything.

Steve: Yeah. So Switching gears a little bit. Can we talk about some of the challenges that you faced recently with boom in the last year’s of?

Ezra: Yeah. Yeah, I mean I Can get into that if you want so I could just go on a run unless you have a specific question.

Steve: Well, I’ll interrupt you. Why don’t you tell everyone what happened first in case they don’t know and then..

Ezra: Okay. Well the ultimate sort of hex that everyone has laid on them and Society is that you’re going to die one day and that sort of awareness of your impending death is, you know, something that causes midlife crisis. It’s something that is used to sell you every for everything under the sun, you know what I mean? Anti-age and health stuff and like it’s something that we all have to confront us human beings that one day. This ride is going to be over if we’re like everyone else or who knows what happens but but existence as we know it now may not be around and what I had happened to me just introducing that topic the idea of death and how scary that is my business partner who was also the Ambassador / face of my company on every product page every male was coming from her. I mean that whole thing sort of suddenly passed away. Really, abruptly on like, you know, we knew she was sick and then basically seven days later she was gone. And so..

Steve: I didn’t realize it was that quick.

Ezra: Yeah. Well what happened was she’d had one bout with cancer two years prior. So three years ago and she’d gotten really close to the door, you know, she’d gotten really close and then she made a full recovery and she was a hundred percent back. I mean fully and then generally when these things come back they don’t come back better. So we thought it was like totally Clear all good, and then boom we found out about a year ago to the day almost hey, this thing is back and then within 7 days, she had passed. So, you know, that was really traumatic for me on a mental emotional spiritual level in that. Cindy was very close friend of mine. She was like a groomsman in my wedding. You know, I moved to New York went or Grooms person Grooms woman. I moved to New York when I was 17 to play poker for a living after getting out of high school and I moved in with her and she kind of I lived with her for a few years before kind of going on my own in the city.

So she kind of like was a jumping step between teenage years too young adult years for me. And yeah, so we were like really really close friends. And so, you know, that was tough. She was a much like a second mother figure in a lot of ways for me and then also, you know just from the Practical side of it like sort of setting that down the Practical side of the business operations were rough to in that. I mean, she wasn’t very involved from an operational perspective I had been running the company forever and she actually hadn’t been on a video or audio for two years because when she first got sick we realized hey, you know, maybe it’s a bit be good to diversify the representation of our brand rather than it just being from one person’s voice make it about the experience of all women.

So we had actually started that process but there were things like the community of women who were our customers were very used to hearing from her or given that all of our emails were coming from her. She was doing all of the product demonstrations. All of our Facebook front-end ads were leading with her story and her doing product demos our team, which is 30 people or something at boom was very worried that we were going to go under or fire them. I mean it was just chaos. We had two very quick we had to announce her death, you know publicly because she was a public figure and it was starting to get picked up by news outlets and that proved to be an issue with you know, her family was just like it was an it was mad. It was the most intense period in my business career by pretty far long shot. And yeah.

Steve: Is that why you came to this revelation of having more fun with your business and not just focusing

Ezra: Yeah. I’ve always been in the you know, one of my mantras in life is fun as the goal and love is the way like, I think that that I’ve always been I think that success is a very popular but less fulfilling game than having fun, and I’m really into success and wealth creation and all this stuff that Society will tell you is the way to go but I’m not in it to the detriment of my pleasure in my life because you know, I have I was raised by a bunch of hippies. And so I kind of had that I grew up on a commune mindset that you know that we that you can only give from your own Surplus. And so if you want to be, you know, my tag line in business, it’s serve the world unselfishly and profit and if you want to be of service, which is my goal. I really do then you must first and foremost take care of yourself because you cannot pour from an empty cup.

So I’ve always had this goal of enjoying myself taking care of myself making That I am energetically sound that I can show up and give and so I’ve always kind of been on that path. And yeah, I mean that you know, when someone Close to You dies, it is very intense and you reassess everything like what am I doing? Why am I doing it? What is the point of all this like, you know, you really go through that intense sort of introspection about your behaviors and actions and what is motivating them. Are they motivated by ego. Are they motivated by the desire to please people are that like what am I? What am I? I actually doing here. So yeah, I went through all that man and and on the Practical side of it, you know the announcement of her death to our community the rewriting of all the email sequences the modifying of all of our front-end Facebook ads that the removing Cindy from all of our product.

I mean, it was like the reassuring my team that we weren’t going to go under you don’t mean the whole thing was was very emotionally draining and I felt that like, it’s now August she passed in July of last year and I feel like from July to like January was brioche and then the first three months of this year was like okay things are kind of like getting back to normal and then now like the last three months. I feel like I’ve fully like sort of digested as much as you can I mean morning is a whole thing and traumas of thing and who knows I’m not educated enough in the area of you know trauma to understand. I don’t know what lingering effects that stuff causes, but I feel pretty pretty sound, you know from it and we’re having our best year ever from

Steve: That’s what I’m going to say you had your best year ever and it continues to grow and I kind of I follow you and I know you’ve used Facebook ads Google ads email marketing all that stuff over the years and I was just kind of curious what has been your primary source of growth in the past year despite all this trauma.

Ezra: Well, I think the diversification of having our front-end lead sort of lead and customer generating strategies not being a hundred percent focused around Cindy has opened us up to be well received by perhaps women that maybe Weren’t resonating with her because now we lead with a variety of women. We’ve also discovered that there’s some reverse ageism in our Market where you know women in their 60s don’t want to have a woman in her 40s or 50s telling them about aging so we’ve kind of been able to mix up who is presenting on behalf of our company and that seems to have worked and also, you know through the process of reassessing every area of the company a product cost of goods advertising email strategy and you know, repeat so just we kind of went through every and one thing that I don’t know that I ever told you was you know before Cindy with the first time she got sick I went to her and I said Hey, listen, you know, like do you really want to be doing this? Like how you know, you got sick and you really almost died.

And so I just want to you know have the conversation of I mean, I know I do all the operations in the business, but like I want to have the conversation of like are you interested in continuing this ride or should we sell this company now because it’s worth a lot and you know, you could Be set for life and take care of your kids and all that and maybe it’s time to end this ride. Like, you know a death scare. As I said has you evaluate everything and she said, you know what so we got on board about that and we got really close. We got all the way through the process of due diligence a buyer the whole thing and the deal was about to happen and she passed away and then those people backed out and then I wasn’t thinking about selling the company after she passed. I was just trying to maintain stasis, but I also think that the process of going through and I would recommend the Quiet Light brokerage podcast your podcast e-commerce fuel podcast to listen to folks who’ve almost sold their businesses and hear the things that you do when you go through a due diligence process and sort of kick every Tire.

I think having done that exercise of hey, we’re going to sell this thing understanding all the things that affect valuation profitability things of that nature that I didn’t have a lot of attention on before even though I had sold the business and then having a year of operating after that. I think that also was a big factor in in why we’re growing but yeah, I mean our Facebook ads worked Extremely well, January February March, you know our we’ve introduced a bunch of new products, which has been really great. I think one of the keys to scale once you have a company that’s been around a while is to introduce three or four new products a year that you can cross sell to your past customers buyers and subscribers. So we feel like we’ve done a lot of stuff right.

Steve: Can we talk about like more specifically what your process of kind of re-evaluating all the different aspects of the business were?

Ezra: yeah, I mean, so when you’re looking at selling okay a company there’s a Number of factors that go into the valuation that you’ll receive one of them is repeat business, right? So what’s your return rate? So if your return rate is, you know fifty percent instead of thirty percent or 20 percent you’ll end up with a higher valuation. One of them is profitability. So how much profit do you actually generate your multiple will usually be a percentage of profit and you know, one of them is diversification of visibility and customer Source like we did a bunch of things. We renegotiated with all of our suppliers we switch suppliers. Fires in certain cases, we changed out our packaging like we did things to ensure to increased our margins on the products that we were selling. We raised our prices and we ran a price raise sale, which was the best thing we’ve ever done made half a million dollars in two days just by telling our community.

Hey, our prices are going up by 10% in a week and you combine at the current prices now with a 10% discount, but we got you know, we haven’t Ever Raised our prices and as the company gets bigger things like, you know inventory and salary and our costs rise, and so we have to raise our prices. So we raised our prices and We did things to increase our margins.

Steve: How did you know how much to raise the price and how did you know that you weren’t at like some limit in terms of just pricing.

Ezra: So we split so on are two front and offers. So I only have two things that people buy from me when they find me for the first time. Then those are my cosmetic sticks. They come to me for that a lot easier to sell than it is to sell like skincare for example, because everyone has skin care but the skincare is the back end right the what we sell the people already know as so the two items that are the front end offers. We split tested the changes in pricing from a low change immediately. I am changed to a very drastic High change and ultimately raising the front end price of our products by $10 would have ended up increasing the profit the most significantly but it was cutting down too much on customers that were coming in the door and we have a goal of not only profitability but also a big footprint because one of the other things that affects your valuation is literally how big your audience is and how much revenue you generate.

Not just how much profit you make so all three price tests one against are control and we went with the medium raised on the front end the back end products, which is are all 14 other of our skin care products. We just raised by a flat ten percent across the board and we didn’t even test it and it’s been fine because those people already know us like us engage with our content and our going to buy from us because they like us not because their price sensitive and so we kind of were in the medium end of the market in terms of what we were charging and now we’re more at the higher end of the market and so front end products that are for customer acquisition. I would recommend that you split test that but your back end cross sells you can usually get away with 5 or 10% without much of a problem.

Steve: interesting. I actually didn’t even know that about your business. So you have this like one lead in product that just opened

Ezra: we have to lead in products and it’s like my whole shtick is simplify your makeup routine, you know color Cosmetics. It’s like it’s make Cosmetics or what gets people’s attention and then everything else I sell is basically a back-end upsell cross-sell and a lot of businesses are that way where they’ve kind of got like one flat especially businesses that are driven by Response and if you’re an Amazon brand sure you got a million products you sell but and if you’re a Google if you’re if you’re driven by direct response, but it’s search traffic. You generally have a whole bunch of products you sell because you got a bunch of different queries. But if you’re driven by story-based direct response where you’re telling a story engaging a subscriber in a conversation and then offering them something you usually have one or two products that are the real like 85 90 percent of what you sell on the front end and then everything else tends to be a back-end upsell cross-sell the people who came in from one of those funnels and heard about you and You know pretty much every business that I’ve evaluated that is the same kind of business has a similar story to that.

Steve: So in terms of increasing your repeat business, what did that involve specifically?

Ezra: It involved running more sale event. So we now do six a year it involved introducing more products. So we’ve kind of ramped up the product launches work. I mean there’s a reason Apple does them there’s a reason Amazon does that there’s a reason that people do them? We started building anticipation rather than just we used to just say hey, we got a new product here. It is now we spend two weeks saying Hey, this product is coming building up excitement for it do an ads and emails talking about what it’s going to be and then we release it and we’ve literally doubled the effectiveness of our product launches just by adding a two-week anticipation funnel on the front end of the product launch, which I share that on the Zipify blog in the smart marketer blog how we do that but I mean excitement works if someone’s paying attention to you and there’s an opportunity for them to follow along and get excited about something and sign up for it and then get a few emails saying it’s coming.

I mean, they’re much more likely to convert. Then he we introduced a new you know, moisturizer that helps for after you’ve been in the sun. I mean that’s nowhere near as compelling as giving the opportunity for someone to be excited.

Steve: So in terms of getting people excited in terms of just running Facebook ads are these just awareness ads or are they are you trying to get an email add or something?

Ezra: Yes, it’s for product launches their 95% people who have either been on our email list or bought for us from us in the past. We still we do run lead gen on our product launches to build anticipation for them to cold as well. But But it doesn’t really convert that. Well, so really our product launches are about monetizing the community that we have and then for Facebook lead gen. We’re still leading with our Flagship products and our customer acquisition Facebook customer acquisition and you know, we’re constantly changing up our video formulas and testing different articles and doing everything we can to, you know, reduce our customer acquisition costs for sure, but you asked specifically about you know, repeat business and one of the main things done for that in addition to you know, improving our And marketing significantly.

I mean we release for posts a week. We’ve got two writers on staff. We’ve really invest about a million dollars a year in non branded content marketing that’s designed to engage my community and I think once you get bigger and you have a front end customer acquisition funnel that is bringing you customers the game of keeping those folks engaged through content that they’re enjoying and being entertained by is a big part of scale.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Let’s talk about content marketing a little bit. Are you writing primarily to tell a story or you writing for the intention of ranking in search?

Ezra: we do know nothing is with the goal of search engine optimization. Not a single thing is with the goal of ranking. I mean, yes, we Rank and we get organic traffic and we do put you know meta title tags and meta descriptions and maybe an H1 but there’s no key word for thought before we create our content or content is all you know eight skin care tips for aging skin. Or how I overcame perfectionism or my battle with anorexia and what I did about it experiences that the women in our community are having we’re talking about them, you know, women are going through their hair graying their skin wrinkling their hormones changing through menopause their skin changing all this kind of stuff dating after a divorce is a big one for women who are in their 50s. I mean, there’s a lot of experiences that they’re having that we can talk about and we’re doing that in a number of ways.

We’re writing articles. We’ve got a new ambassador program where we’re allowing our customers to create videos about our products and also about their makeup routines and so we’ve got a bunch of different pillars that we talk about sustainability is a big one. You know, how we are sustainable why we’re sustainable what we do in that direction. We have these sort of content pillars that we create regular content within a given sort of framework, you know tips lifestyle stuff Ambassador stuff sustainability stuff. You can go to the Boom by Cindy Joseph blog and which will which will about next week be on zip if I Pages might landing page builder for shop We just released blogging and we’re switching it over. We currently have a WordPress implementation for our blog but managing both WordPress and Shopify in the cross-domain tracking and lack of S It’s just a nightmare.

So we built this really sweet blog integration on Zipify pages and we’ve moved the boom blog over there. It’s about to go live and pray excited about it. But yeah, so that’s kind of like what we do for Content.

Steve: So what’s funny about that is when you writing articles, I guess that without the intention of ranking in search a lot of times those articles kind of get buried deep within the blog. Ali right. So are you doing a lot of things you do that content back to people or?

Ezra: we do re-mail on it? We re-mail, you know, any article we track what articles and videos perform the best in terms of click-through rate engagement and purchase rate because people buy from these things to even though they don’t aren’t going to content or aren’t going to products you can get to the our products once you get to our blog. So it’s a big part of how we monetize is keeping this content coming and anything that works any good article if it’s a really good one will turn it into a front-end pre-sell article and run it to to Nuke new subscribers and Prospects. So we will use our current list to determine what is the best content and then we’ll take that and we’ll run that top of funnel. We will re mail on our best post will put them our best ones in our email automation sequences. But a lot of our stuff just gets buried on the blog and is never used again that does happen a lot.

Steve: interesting. So a lot of this really is just building a community word of mouth and social is probably your primary strategy mainly because you’re in the cosmetics Business, I would say right?

Ezra: Yeah, I mean we amplify that content. So any content at our blogs and videos and articles our Facebook fans will see it our subscribers will see it will amplify it on Google. So we’re paying to push that content out once it’s out there running ads to it. We’re also emailing our list and the idea is, you know, people get 150 emails a day. So we send we send three or four content emails a week and that generates 40 Grand a week in revenue for us. Those aren’t sale emails and then every four to six weeks will either introduce a product or run our side. We will introduce product four times a year three or four times a year, but every six weeks or so, there’s either a product launch or a sale or something like that where we have a big monetization of our community. So the content is responsible for it.

Definitely ROIs at a very very solid number based on how much money we spend to produce it and amplify it and how well it has our see what happens is your sales work better, right? If you’re keeping your community engage if they’re seeing content from your and in their news feeds and on Facebook and on Google and on YouTube on the Display Network, then when you run a sale and they see sale ads, they’re much more likely to engage with them. So our sales work way better because we have this content strategy.

Steve: I’ve heard you and Mollie Pittman give a number of webinars about Facebook ads and how advertising is just getting a lot more expensive. What are some of the trends that you’ve been seeing and have you countered them some of the negative Trends I should say.

Ezra: I mean since we’ve been online Steve, I think advertising costs have gone up on average 15% year over year.

Steve: Oh yeah actually more than that for me in some cases. Yeah.

Ezra: Yeah. Yeah, me too. You know, I don’t think it’s going to change and you know, I think that there’s a lot of cool stuff you can do and I think one of the biggest opportunities is short form video content. So sub 15-second video ads on Instagram stories Facebook mid-roll videos Facebook. I think if you’re not doing short form in addition to whatever normal video ads you might be running then you are definitely missing out on the cheap inventory at the moment because that’s where all the cheap inventory is. Of course you also have Have the longer form videos and what most people aren’t doing is also mixing an image ads GIF animation ads and Carousel ads because you know Facebook is only going to show a user a video ad a few times. It’ll show it but it’ll show that same user if you’re targeting. Let’s say a look-alike of your buyers or something or even just you know, people who are fans of Ezra Firestone digital marketer, whatever, you know.

I mean, if you’re targeting any group of people and you have multiple types of Creative Images videos GIFs short form Inform carousels that Prospect in that targeting group will see more ads from you because you have more diverse sort of AD creative that Facebook is willing to show them in addition to that. Most people only run conversion focused ads designed to generate either add to cart events purchase events or even email leads. If you’re only ever running conversion ads again, Facebook’s only going to show a certain amount of conversion adds to every Prospect if you also have 10 percent of your budget in brand awareness in you know, dynamic product ad or Catalog sales in messenger where you’re clicking the messenger, like if you were using different objectives within the platform even at a small percentage of your budget, you’ll reach way more people in your audience because those objectives have a much lower cost per thousand people (CPM) cost per impression.

So even though you’re spending less of your budget on these other objectives, you’re actually reaching way more people than you would if you were just using only conversion focused ads.

Steve: Let me ask you this. I mean your team is like over a hundred people now and this

Ezra: across Three different companies and fair. Yeah, so, you know, it sounds really fancy, but I want to just give transparency into that which is 40 of those hundred people are on the development team for Zipify So that’s a big chunk of folks and we rather developed, you know whole and that is my only physical location all developers are in one place and then you know, let’s say 20 on boom and then you know two essential it’s almost like 20 boom 30 Zipify 10 or 15 smart marketers kind of like, you know, Mixed up in that way.

Steve: I was just going to say to create the number of creatives necessary to do all this testing on Facebook Instagram short stories and what not. It kind of requires a lot of effort on your part. So if you don’t have a large team, what would you what would be recommendations for kind of like a more bare-bones approach?

Ezra: Yeah, and I don’t I mean I think that’s another kind of limiting belief, you know with Boom. For example, we have like five videos that we’ve been running for the last like two years. I mean, yes, we mix them up and edit them in different ways. You don’t actually need a lot of creative. You just need good creative. And so one video editor or one graphic designer is actually plenty and you can freelance that you know, you can hire a freelance video editor and you can shoot videos on your iPhone or you can hire a freelance designer and make GIFs and images and basically you can run the same thing for months and months and months until it stops working or if you’re spending a lot of money. Yeah, then you got to refresh your ads quite often, but if you’re spending less than Or 500 bucks a day. You don’t need to refresh your ads that often. I mean Zipify for example, you’re probably seeing the same Zipify ads that were running for months ago running now because I’m only spending see, you know, 50 bucks a day or something amplifying Zipify.

So you don’t need actually that much creative. It’s more about quality creative that’s going to engage the particular audience. And yeah, you got a test that so when you’re first launching you might need to try three or four different videos by different videos a couple different images, but but you only need one. Team member in that role to support that so for Zipify only have one designer for boom. I only have one designer. Although I also have a video editor at smart marketer. I also have a designer and a video editor. So I have two but you could freelance those roles. You could buy you could buy that on an as-needed basis through you know service providers.

Steve: This is actually a question. This is kind of a different type of question. But I’ve always wondered how Zipify kind of falls into your overall strategy. Is it just because you were doing all these these things with Zipify with boom like the function out the equivalent functionality that you decide to create this SAS company?

Ezra: So I yeah, I believe in permaculture as a business model and permaculture is a farming term and it what it means essentially is to reuse all of your resources to their greatest benefit capture the rainwater water the garden take the chicken shit use it for the compost like take all your food scraps and use those for the composite use use everything that you can to further your goal and a lot of people think that they need stuff outside of what they already have but they just haven’t taken inventory of the assets that are actually around them. And so this is a rule that I live my life by instead of looking outside of what I already have access to let me look at what I have access to and how I can better utilize that and if you look at my business model, it’s very permaculture. Take a look at this. It’s like, okay, I innovate in the direction of e-commerce first and foremost with boom and any other e-commerce business I’ve had over the years then I take whatever works.

And I document that and I share that on my blog with smart marketer and I offer that to business owners and I create courses that are in depth and I sell that and then I take the money from those courses and I put it back into the e-commerce business and then I was also back since I mean 2011-2012 doing development services. I was building websites for people on Magento OS Commerce x-cart prestashop. I understand the e-commerce customer journey and also the technology that powers the From the early days of before Shopify Bigcommerce and Volusion where the big three from, you know, the Magento days the Yahoo store days, the xcaret days the prestashop days the you know, I’ve been in this industry and I’ve also had a mind for development now granted. I’m not the greatest developer myself, but I know how everything talks to. I know how every piece of technology talks to every other piece of technology to create the customer buying journey, and I’ve always sold Services I had An AdWords Services Agency from 2008 to 2012.

I had a Shopify and sort of every other platform development agency from 2011 to 2015 and with Services I failed miserably I mean it may be my worst ever business venture. I had a real hard time in my life setting boundaries in general and at that spilled over into my Services Agency and I think I sold three or four million dollars in services and made like 30 Grand in profit, maybe because like what would is I’d sell someone a website and then and then I they’d come back and say hey, can you do this and I’d be like sure and I go back to my developers. Hey, man, we need to do this, you know, and and basically I just never figured out how to really set a container around a sale. So I was just like doing stuff for people like forever because I didn’t yeah, I didn’t quite have a command of boundaries which is something I had to learn and that’s something that served me well since I have picked up on how to do that in a way that feels good to the person.

I’m setting the boundary with but so I’ve always done development and sold development and I only stopped because I couldn’t figure out how to make it work. But I always thought it was a good business and thought I could do well in it, but I didn’t love so much talking to people or being the person. Yeah, I’m a comic. I’m a charismatic hermit man. I want to be like in my cave making stuff and then come out to your event for two days and then go back to the top of the mountain where I get to be alone and make things. I mean does I’m not like the best service provider because I don’t want to talk to the client but what I discovered so I was take a look at the By ecosystem and I actually in 2014. I created a WordPress plugin for Amazon business owners maybe it was 2013 that allowed you to do the one-time giveaway coupons where you could give a product away for a dollar and give them a coupon.

And this and that that was kind of the strategy for ranking on Amazon back then and so this this WordPress plugin allowed you to collect an email address give them a one-time Amazon coupon follow up with them build a landing page is pretty sweet little plug-in called booster page and I think I spent like 30 grand to make it and about 380,000 in revenue on it. So it was extremely profitable and it was a monthly subscription. Of course. I had to keep it up to date but the update of the development, you know was not that much and so basically I was like, oh, so the way that you make development work is you don’t sell a one-time fee you sell a subscription you software-as-a-service and so once I figured out the software as a service model, I’d always had the goal of when it you know, I want to get back in the development game and I want to do it as a product rather than you are buying me.

My time in my Consulting you are buying this product that I’ve created that is essentially thousands of lines of code that create an experience for you when you log into it and do things to help you but you’re not buying Ezra you’re buying this individual product that you pay for on a monthly basis. So I like the idea of recurring revenue of selling development. And yeah, I mean, I am developing things for my sight all the time and anything that works. I roll into my landing page builder. I roll into my upsell Builder. So essentially it’s a permaculture all over again. Because I’m taking what’s working for me and my students in my Mastermind and I’m developing that into the application and open sourcing that for my customers who can buy that on a monthly subscription. But what I underestimated was how difficult that business model is as Far and Away the most difficult business. I have ever been involved in by a factor of 15 or something

Steve: It’s very resource-intensive too, right?

Ezra: It’s so hard. It’s like so so hard, but it’s really fun. It’s kind of a never-ending spy role of Integrations and Madness and Shopify changes something and just like it’s crazy and the product is amorphous. It’s like with boom. I’m selling a tub with goo in it. And when I when I scale, it’s like more tubs more goop more labels and ship them. I mean, it’s really great goo and it’s amazingly well made and all its really wonderful product, but it’s very simple Zipify is like a code base that’s always changing and so like I don’t need just a manufacturer and then someone to ship it but I need and Engineers, back-end Engineers QAs project manager. I mean, it’s crazy the product side of it is very very difficult

Steve: How do you actually allocate your time between your three businesses?

Ezra:You know I kind of do what is needed when it’s needed. I mean, it doesn’t give you a good answer but each business has a project manager who is responsible for all ongoing operations who you could label essentially a COO and then I have a president who kind of swings across all companies and is sort of like dipping in to the key projects when needed and he’s really great. And so, you know, I might spend a week or two working only on Boom than a week or two and working only on Smart marketer. I might have a week where I You you know all of them in the same day. So it’s just kind of like as needed. But each of the companies at this point has very strong leadership and a very clear and cohesive Direction and ongoing operations. And so we’re no longer.

None of them are any longer in the startup phase where it’s like, we don’t really know what we’re doing. It’s all chaos. It’s like every one of them has consistent ongoing clear operations and objectives and team members and you know with smart marketer. I had a big change because I was both with the lead educator and also the lead kind of person who was doing strategy and content and all this stuff and I found that as boom scaled and a Zipify scaled. I was no longer having time and energy to keep the courses up-to-date and so with smart marketer, I’ve kind of transitioned to the main thing that we sell are the main thing people want to buy from us is training on paid advertising and I’m really good at teaching that because I’ve been doing it for a long time.

But Mollie Pittman is also really good if not, better at teaching that and so she’s now come on board to be the lead advertising educator which is kind of freed me up and I’ve got Colleen Taylor teaching a course for me Brett Curry teaching a course for me. So now with smart marketer, I’m no longer the one responsible for the courses, even though here and there I will do a course and I really like it but it’s more like I am the guy who’s out there speaking on stages and generating awareness because I can do that better than anyone else getting people to know about us and then the monetization or the product side of it is done by other folks, which is kind of cool.

Steve: Okay. Yeah that makes total sense man. Ez, I want to be respectful of your time here. We’ve been chatting for like 45 minutes where can people find you where can people check out your products and see for themselves what you’ve been up to.

Ezra: I got a little sidetracked there because I was going to go on another tangent about something but

Steve: Yeah go on the tangent go for it, man.

Ezra: Well, just you know was going to say that I think what you do is super cool, you know, you do this podcast and you also run a bit like we have very similar businesses and I think that this that in today’s world anyone who wants to do something and then talk about what they’re doing and share that and share tips has this opportunity to be an influencer. I mean maybe a micro influencer, but an influencer to a group of people who are sharing a collective experience who are interested in getting better at that experience over time. And I think that there’s a lot of rewarding things that are available when you build a community around a given topic like not only can you monetize that Community by selling products, but like then you make friends with people in that community and like it’s just A super cool thing to do and I just wanted to like anyone who’s listening to this who maybe has considered the potential of putting themselves out there and starting an Instagram handle or a YouTube channel.

Like I could not recommend it more highly and and you know, you’re talking from someone who’s pretty much introverted even though that is not my public Persona and I’m really good at turning it on on stage and being my authentic self and sharing that but like in general in my life. I’m not like if I get into a big room of people at a party like I don’t I don’t know how to handle that situation super well and I like Smaller groups. So I just think you know that this opportunity is available to anyone.

Steve: I can definitely agree with that. Nothing ever bad has ever happened from creating content.

Ezra: Yeah

Steve: only good things can happen.

Ezra: Totally

Steve: as long as you do it on a consistent basis.

Ezra: Yeah, consistency is the key so you can reach me @EzraFirestone on Instagram. That seems to be the hottest place right now I can tell because it used to be when I spoke at events. I would get Facebook likes, you know a couple hundred Facebook likes. I don’t mention my I don’t say go follow me, but I would just watch. Watch and then like couple years ago. It was like all of a sudden I was getting followers on Twitter and now every event I literally get no Facebook followers. No Twitter followers, but I’ll get hundreds of Instagram followers. So it seems an Instagram is like coming to go to platform at the moment. So you can find me at @EzraFirestone on Instagram, or you can go to my blog smartmarketer.com or if you’re a Shopify person. You can go to the Shopify App Store and type in Zipify, Z-I-P-I-F-Y

Steve: you know, it’s funny Ezra, we are very similar and what we Do and SAS is missing from my portfolio and actually was thinking about doing SAS company for a long time. But just after talking with you and a bunch of other people like my kids are my primary priority and it seems like it’s all consuming.

Ezra: It’s in the first year year to 18 months. It’s a very big cycle but I will tell you, you know, one of the ways to look at this Steve from one of the things I’m looking at and I think this is the last run I will go on but I think it’s really important. I think the game that we are playing is a resource generation, and I think that You know, a lot of people will say what are we doing? Well, we’re optimizing our businesses so that they’re more profitable and perform better over time, but it’s like yeah, but for what to generate as much resources we can in the time that we have to work and then to use that resource towards causes that we find Noble taking care of our family supporting our community serving the world and taking care of the world. And when we look at what are the most effective ways to generate resource, I’m looking at most people look only 3 to 6 to 9 months ahead. I’m looking at I think you need to look further. I’ve got 20 years left at this pace. 32 I’ll be 33 in a couple months.

I’m not going to be working at this pace much later than my early 50s and I’m going to be slowing way down. I think so. Okay. I got 20 years, right and I have some high Revenue goals and profitability goals and wealth creation goals because I have a lot of you know direct people in my family of where I was raised. I got 60 hippies to support, you know, I got a lot of people I’d like to take care of a lot of things I want to do in the world that require large amounts of resource, so As I understand it and have looked at the game of wealth creation its you know, cash flow businesses do not will not get you there. If the goal is massive amounts of wealth creation, which is a fun goal to have if you’re going to play the game why not have that goal. So what gets you there is asset liquidation. So the monetization of assets that you own and have equity in and then the deployment of that Capital into the market to acquire other assets.

Let them appreciate and then That was in the most common way to do this in the you know 70s through today has been through real estate right take your money by an asset level appreciate sell it but I think that you know, the way that I am playing this game is to either purchase operate and grow businesses and then liquidate them or build operate and grow businesses and then liquidate them and then use that money to deploy in the marketplace. And when I looked at smart marketer, smart marketer is a cash flow business, you could never sell it. It’s built around my Persona. So what was a way that I could create an Asset from this community that I have gathered around my Persona who I am serving. Well Zipify could be sold one day Zipify is an asset in the beauty of a SAS business is the multiple that you will receive on the SAS business is even higher than the multiple you receive on an e-commerce business because SAS businesses are generally valued for a multiple of Revenue.

Whereas e-commerce business are generally valued for multiple profit. So I do think at some point if you have the community and the desire and the skill set and the you know, It’s not a bad experiment because it would result in a very valuable asset. Even if it’s very small. I mean, let’s say you built up a small little app that wasn’t super complex. You only needed a couple Developers for and it only made a hundred grand a year. I mean that could end up being worth between 500,000 and a million dollars free and clear liquid in your pocket. If you ever were to monetize that asset which is a huge sum of money in liquid cash. So especially considering even if you have a million dollars in liquid cash you can put a hundred or two hundred of that thousand down towards the acquisition of an asset and take a loan. I mean affords you opportunity that not having large sums of money doesn’t afford you. I know you already know all this but I’m just saying it for the audience.

Steve: and this is just something like our mutual buddy Drew Senaki does all the time

Ezra: exactly, exactly. So anyways, I think you should do it. Maybe someday.

Steve: Thanks. We’ll catch up at the many check conference you go do a hangout with you.

Ezra: Yeah looking forward to it. Hey, man, thanks for having me on the show. I really appreciate it.

Steve: Thanks a lot for coming on. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, even though Ezra is super successful. We all go through rough patches with our business and the key to success is to just buckle down and find a way to move on. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode279.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

278: Pat Flynn On How To Create Superfans For Your Ecommerce Brand

278: Pat Flynn On How To Create Superfans For Your Brand

Today I have my buddy Pat Flynn back on the show. And this particular interview is special to me because it’s about a topic that I’ve been personally working on in the past year and it’s one of the reasons why I’m opening my life up more on Instagram. If you aren’t following me yet on IG, I can be found at @mywifequit

In this episode, we’ll talk about how to apply some of the concepts of Pat’s new book in helping you build superfans for your physical products business.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is a super fan?
  • The key elements to creating super fans
  • How to build super fans for your physical product
  • The exact strategies Pat is using to build super fans for the Switchpod

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my buddy Pat Flynn back on the show and this particular interview is special to me because it is about a topic that I’ve been personally working on in the past year and it’s actually one of the reasons why I’m opening my life up more on Instagram. So if you aren’t following me yet on IG, I can be found on instagram.com/mywifequit.

But before we begin I want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor the show Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce. Your email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of my sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for bumblebee Linens now klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner Klaviyo created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics. More personalized marketing especially in time for the holiday season. So visit Klaviyo.com/mywife to get Klaviyo holiday planning guard. Remember that Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I am thrilled to have my buddy Pat Flynn back on the show. Now, I’ve had Pat on the show twice before we talked about different ways to make money online and how to validate a business idea before you begin. Now, if you know Pat he is always has something Cookin and recently he held his first ever conference FlynnCon, which I heard was a huge success and he just released a brand new book that teaches others what he does better than most people I know. And that is to create superfans. Welcome back to show Pat. How you doing today, man?

Pat: I’m doing excellent man excited to chat and be back in front of your audience. Thank you for having me.

Steve: Yeah. So the last time we caught up was at the Warriors Finals game was

Pat: was

Steve: Was, it was fun. Unfortunately the outcome is..

Pat: It was fun and disappointing.

Steve: Yes, yes. But that was your first Finals game, right?

Pat: It was my first NBA game bro.

Steve: Wow. Okay.

Pat: Dude, Thank you for that. That was super fun. Just and it took me back to college when I into every game for Cal and I probably even saw you on the other side and didn’t even know it when we’re playing Stanford. But yeah, it took me back to those days and was it was super fun. It was like kind of cool that Cal grad and a Stanford grad where they’re together.

Steve: Yeah. We were like rooting for the same team and everything.

Pat: Yeah. That was very weird.

Steve: So Pat knowing you you’ve started a bunch of new products since then, but specifically I want to know how the switch pod is doing. I can’t wait to get my hands on mine.

Pat: Yes. It’s going to be shipped out very soon. And so for those of you who might remember me from days. When I was on the show and you know, I was only doing internet marketing related things online entrepreneurship and this past year my videographer and I we went to an event called vid Summit. And actually this was in 2017 when my videographer and I were there because we wanted to learn more about YouTube and how to do video better and it was funny because we were standing in the foyer and everybody had those gorillas pods. They’re like these bendable tripods. They all had their cameras on them and they were like doing selfie videos with them and walking around with them and then we would just notice that they were like struggling a lot to pack them away in their bag and open them and close them and put it down on the table and pick it back up and I was just like whoa, this is so funny how everybody’s using this thing that wasn’t made to do that.

It was made to wrap around trees and do videography at home not to like walk around with just videographers turned it into that and we’re just like there’s got to be a better solution for this and we did some research and found out that there was none which is why nobody had anything else and so right at that moment a good friend of ours Richie Norton who has a company called Prouduct came by and we’re just like hey Richie and Richie and his company he is a great team there. They take these physical product ideas that entrepreneurs have and will help you create them and we’re just like dude. What do you think of this idea for like a tripod that was built specifically for vloggers and people who walk around with their cameras and just need to make it easier and quicker. What do you think and he was like, let’s do it and we’re like like actually do it do it.

And you know, how many times how many times do we walk around were like? Oh I have this great idea and then we just kind of Let It Go and we’re just like, oh we’re you know part of me was like a like, okay, but we’ve never done a physical product before I wouldn’t even know where to begin or we’re not Qualified to do this or who are we to create something like this and compete against, you know, Joe being the gorilla pod, which is sold like 10 million of them since it came out. And Richie was just like dude will help you with that. We know manufacturers. We have an engineer and a designer. And as long as you tell us what you want to happen, we can make it happen. And so we were like, okay. Well, we’re here we’re in front of our target audience. Like what should we do? And he’s like just talk to people talk to people about what they like and dislike about that thing and just share your ideas and just get feedback and we’re like no we kind of want to want to hold us this ideas secret, right?

But then I remembered what we talked about the last time we were together in when we were talking about my book. Will it Fly which is like no, you gotta tell people your idea because you can get immediate validation or just understand whether or not this is even something you should continue moving forward with. And every single person we started talking to who we saw holding those things. We were just like hey, what do you think of that and like, yeah, it’s okay. It’s a little bit. It’s not really meant for this and we’re like What if there was a product I did this which was idea to have like the tripod legs fold together to create a really nice comfortable grip and then it immediately just kind of switches and opens up again and they’re like, oh man, if you created that I’d buy like 10 of them right now and everybody said that we’re just like, okay green light. Let’s move to the next space.

The next phase was to literally cut out like the shape and cardboard and just to kind of have that shape and hold it up and experiment with it and we cut out I know dozens of different shapes that we thought would fit and we measured what people were using with the gorilla pod. And eventually we came to a product design that we then sent to the product team and they gave us back a 3D printed version. And that was the that was the first coolest thing and Like whoa, this this physical product space, which I know you’re involved with a lot of your audiences like you don’t get this kind of feeling with creating an online course or even coaching people. It’s like a physical thing you’re holding and this thing was like breaking and it but it was the right shape and it kind of opened and closed like we wanted it to and immediately we saw okay, it’s, you know, we need to change it a little bit and this wasn’t working. Let’s change this, but that’s how we started and eventually fast forward two years later.

Eventually, we launched this product in February of 2019 after 14 different prototypes eventually a metal aluminum one and a lot of conversations. We went to a lot of conferences with our prototypes to have people break it tell us what they like what they didn’t like what they would pay for etcetera. We launched it on Kickstarter in February of 2019 and we raised about a half million dollars.

Steve: I think I got funded in like a day or something, right?

Pat: Yeah. I mean we are funny goal as a hundred thousand

Steve: Okay.

Pat: Which was like the minimum we needed to get the molds made and do all this stuff because this is a brand new product. We weren’t white labeling or getting anything wholesale and putting our brand on it. This was from scratch. And hundred thousand was what we needed and it was funded in 11 hours and 26 minutes.

Steve: Yup, Crazy crazy. Yeah, I’ve I was one of those backers.

Pat: Thank you.

Steve: I can’t wait because I’m actually going to be starting a YouTube channel pretty soon and I’m looking forward to having this in my hands.

Pat: Thanks, man. Thank you. Yeah, it’s been a wild ride. I mean, there’s number one the physical product space. Everything takes so much longer.

Steve: Yeah. Tell me about it.

Pat: Like you need patience and that’s something that I don’t have being in the online space and being used to just Netflix on demand and a Google searches under point zero zero zero zero five seconds, like I need everything quickly. So that was one thing I had to learn secondly, like every little change takes weeks off the production schedule like any little thing. So you have to be very very purposeful with any changes that you make to your physical product. You really have to understand that is that something you really want to do? Because if we do everything sort of ahead of this has to change our CAD drawings have to change our we need to get a 3D printed prototype and then we need to send that to the to the manufacturing plant to You know create a metal version. I mean, there’s just so much stuff in so much money involved and Caleb and I my partner and I we invested about 22,000 dollars of her own money Before we had

Steve: That’s not bad actually.

Pat: It wasn’t terrible and you know, we got we’re very happy to work with a company who was also supporting us proudact big shout-out to Richie and Jason T at that at that team, but that was all of our own money and then Kickstarter campaign happen and you know, it was just an incredible wild ride and Currently just the backers have been waiting patiently. I know you’ve been waiting and we are hopeful to get it in your hands by September October this year, which we promised it august-september, but there’s been already some things in the manufacturing plant changes Caleb was over there actually to see them come off the line and make sure they’re great and he made some changes while there and then of course now we also have the tariffs that were working with

Steve: Uh yes. That’s the bummer.

Pat: We build this things in China. So we have to pay an additional 25% to get the things shipped over and that’s coming from our own money. And the backers who helped us, but we’re moving forward it and it’s been really neat to see it also progressed into retail stores. It’s already available pre-order at B&H.

Steve: Oh sweet. I didn’t know that. Awesome

Pat: And it’s Adorama and that those I mean, we went to New York to do a little bit of press for this because it was getting it was gaining some momentum during the kickstarter campaign and we did some interviews there which was really fun. But then we also stopped at B&H to build a relationship with them and hopefully get it in the stores and it was just I don’t know if you know about B&H, know them very very much but they’re just a very eclectic company.

Steve: Hmm, okay.

Pat: They do things very differently and like we went into the boardroom and we had a meeting there just like asking us like what what’s your MAP? We’re like, what does that even mean like that? It was just like weird conversation and eventually we’re just like guys we’re just two entrepreneurs who created this from scratch. It’s on Kickstarter right now. Please help us help you and then they were like, okay educating us along the way but still it was just like wow we’re in A Whole New World here. It’s just been kind of incredible, but it’s exciting what this products has created in the community that it’s building around it and we’re using a lot of what we know from the online space specific for this physical product as we move forward.

Steve: And that incidentally is a great lead into what I want to focus today is talk on today. So you recently released a book called superfans, which I read last night great read time passed very quickly. And before you know it I was actually done with the book but you know first off just to give the audience some context. What is the book about and what inspired you to write it?

Pat: Yeah, well Superfans is about where I feel business should be I headed now and it’s funny because the book is not new quote, quote unquote new in terms of like brand new strategies. It’s actually bringing back old strategies the way old business used to be done. But back in today’s world and it was really inspired by Kevin Kelly a man who wrote an essay in 2007 called a thousand true fans, and he said if you have if you’re trying to build something or if you are an artist or creator of any kind, you don’t need a blockbuster hit to live an amazing life and have an amazing business. You just need a thousand true fans. A true fan is defined. Our SuperFan is defined as you know, if you’re musician, this is somebody who’s going to drive 10 hours to see your set. If you’re a product Creator. I mean, they’re they’re in line to buy that product before they even know what it is. Exactly.

If you’re throwing an event like like I did you’re having people come to San Diego without any knowledge of what even is going to go down there and I had 400 people come to San Diego literally with no information other than hey, I’m just holding an event like those are those are superfans are also the going to be the people who are ambassadors for your brand who are going to wave that flag super high and they’re going to defend you from trolls if needed and and these are just like the top level most important customers. There were customers those are true fans and he said Kevin Kelly said if you have a thousand of those and they’re paying you a hundred dollars a year for your craft your creative your product whatever and that’s on the low end a hundred dollars a year that’s less than $10 a month a hundred times a thousand a hundred thousand.

That’s your six-figure business right there. So if you focus on those true fans, you can build something amazing and the cool byproduct of that is if you build those thousand true fans your business will grow, too much even bigger than that because you have this team who’s sort of supports you who roots for you who feels like they belong to something. And I remember my first business some of you might remember was related to an architecture exam that I was helping people with and my first fan was related to that. Her name was Jackie. She sent me an email after a lot of communication helping her pass this exam and her buying my study guide. She at the end of her email after some just amazing words.

She said your biggest fan Jackie and I was like your biggest fan like I don’t understand like, how are you a fan of somebody who’s just on the internet who helped you pass an exam like that doesn’t make any sense to me. You’re a fan of like an athlete or an actor musician or something like that, but not a person who helps you pass an exam and I kind of just brush that aside, but I noticed that two months later that there were 25 customers that came from the same company as her because they all had the same email address at the end and what she had done. I apparently found this out later was apparently she had gone around and convinced every single person in the office to buy my guide and take the exam using my material and now she could have just shared her stuff with them.

But she convinced everybody to buy because she wanted to support me to that one person turned into that many sales and so in my business, I teach people to build for those Super Fan moments and the truth is a fan has not created the moment they find you you’re not a fan of the band and are buying VIP tickets and getting backstage. If you just hear a song for the first time. The song is the entry but then it’s the album and then the concert and then the VIP tickets and then all of a sudden you’re traveling hours just to see this band play. That’s what you can do with your business, too. And in the physical product space, I think there’s a lot of opportunities. I mean I buy a lot of products on Amazon specifically a lot and usually it’s just a transactional relationship and that’s it.

And I think we all have the capability to create super fans who will just continue to buy from us and beg us for more and that’s what I teach people how to do in super fans. Kevin Kelly was the more Theory this is the how to literally like a list of recipes and strategies that you can use and pick and choose from to build those fans and create that A community.

Steve: So first off I just want to say that getting 400 people to fly to San Diego for an event is no joke, especially if they don’t know what the agenda is because it’s not like buying a digital course. They actually have to book a hotel. They have to book their flight and all told they’re probably spending thousands of dollars just to come to your event. So that’s just a testament to the super fans that you have who are willing to do that. But what I want to do today is apply some of the concepts that you just described in helping the audience build super fans for switch pod. So your release switch pod from complete scratch. I consider you brand-new in the physical product space?

And if you didn’t have your spy audience, I kind of want to talk about you know, what would be your superfan strategy for switch pod or your physical product in general. Where would you start?

Pat: Yeah so yeah, where would I start? We’ll really we’ve already started right because the product itself addresses a very big problem that these specific people have. Vloggers people who are on YouTube and not the professional YouTuber YouTubers either it’s the ones who are on the go and they’re traveling and they’re always bringing their camera with them and they have a lot of these little pains and so we’ve already done a lot of the work in the research leading up to this product to understand number one the language that they use in the book. I have a chapter called

Steve: Know The Lyrics?

Pat: Know The Lyrics, right exactly and the story I had tell there is about my wife April who’s a huge Backstreet Boys fan and I did a lot of research on her history with them because she literally has a box in her closet with all this crap from the Backstreet Boys, like literally bobbleheads and frame pictures is just like kind of

Steve: I’m sure she doesn’t call em crap but yeah, go on

Pat: No no, but I do because I’m an NSYNC fan. So anyway, she talked about the first time. She was really triggered by this band was be it was because a song that she heard related directly to a big breakup that she had just gone through and the song that she heard was called Quit Playing Games With My Heart and every lyric in that song. Song was describing everything she was going through and that was like hurt her trigger moment with them. And so what I also recommend people to do and superfans is to really get in tune with who your audience is who your target market is and what their needs are but more than that like the language in the lyrics that they would use. And so we’ve already done that research in all the conversations we’ve had.

So what I would recommend for product owners out there is if you haven’t done this already, even if you already have a product and have done a little bit of research continue to have conversations with your people. Your customers and your soon-to-be customers, hopefully because then you can And empathize with them you can understand the specific words that they’re using related to those problems and all those words should end up in front of your potential customers in emails on subject lines of emails headlines on your website product sales Pages those kinds of things and for us what really happened was we took a lot of that language and we put it into our Kickstarter video in our Kickstarter campaign.

Steve: Can you give us examples?

Pat: Yeah, so some examples are easy to pack, right?

Steve: Okay.

Pat: And that counters what the other product didn’t do which is just terrible to pack so easy to packs so that you can go you can film quickly and like those kinds of things where words that came directly from the audience and for us it was like no this this tripod opens and closes really fast and that’s why it’s called The Switch pod, but we didn’t I mean we say that but we go deeper into how this will help you with your craft of filming YouTube videos so that you can create faster so that you can Capture Moments quicker those kinds of things.

Steve: Right

Pat: Just have a lighter mechanism to film with. So those are just some examples of lyrics that we use and if that’s not on your Amazon page if that’s not on your Shopify page those lyrics. Well, then you’re already losing money a great further read to kind of explore this would be Donald Miller Story brand building a story brand. That will help you even go further down into the language in the story that you’re creating because really what and what I love about what Don Miller says is he says that like your customer or your audience is the character in a story and they have a problem which is the villain and you are there as the guide you are not the hero your product is not the hero your product is the tool the person the customer is the hero and so one thing that relates that is a little bit further in the book is putting a spotlight on your customers and making them become the hero thus encouraging others to want to be that it like live that story too.

So what I love about podcasting for examples podcasting is a perfect platform to highlight stories and succcess case studies in your audience. And so I encourage everybody who has a platform to invite their customers on to invite their students on to talk about where they were, struggles that they went through but then how they got through that and of course through that you’re going to have the most natural authentic testimonials for your product because they’ve used your thing to help them to help them through that. So one thing that we’re going to plan to do once people finally get the switch pod in their hands is we’re going to run contest we’re going to encourage people to film with them and share with us and we’re going to do like monthly drawings.

Steve: Nice.

Pat: Or something for people who submitted videos using switch pod and highlight them. Hey, here’s Todd from Minnesota who took the switch pod on a fishing trip. Here’s some of the footage he had Todd well done. Here’s a shout out to him. And then you know switch pod tribe you guys are amazing or the switchers or whatever. That’s something that means that this goes to another strategy building a community and making people feel like they belong to something and it’s so funny because you’re like, oh it’s a physical product. Like how can you really make people feel like they belong to something but there’s classic examples in the online space of physical products who do this very well. One company I know is called Chubby’s, Chubby’s is a men’s clothing line, but their target market are like the weekend barbecuers, they go to the lake and they’re just having fun. So they have a lot of like short shorts for men and a lot of these fun little, you know, American Flag t-shirts with fun sayings and it’s just like it’s just clothes but they have the most raving fans. I’ve seen for a clothing line.

Steve: Interesting.

Pat: And one thing that they do is on their Instagram for example all their models. It’s customers. Like all the models they hire for their photo shoots and that they feature on Instagram are their customers they often will you know the courage people to use a hashtag and they I can’t remember the name, but they have like a hashtag. That’s like they’re that kind of describes their culture and and you know, they just kind of community and they will feature certain members of that Community whose use that hashtag. They’ll just repost that article or that excuse me picture on their own Instagram and give a shout out to that Community member and what is this do it encourages others to do the same thing you, see me? Mini Cooper do the same thing Mini Cooper does these contests where they do, you know how much stuff can you put in your Mini Cooper and then they use a hashtag.

And they have these contests where people are submitting videos of them using their Mini Cooper and stuffing like surfboards and all this other stuff in there to see who can stuff the most stuff. So this does a couple things it gets the community all excited together, but it also shows the all the people in the outside. Oh my gosh, like I didn’t know that we could fit all those things in there, which is really cool. So highlighting your customers and making them the hero of the story and using your platforms to do that. Is something we definitely recommend and that’s something that we’re definitely going to do with the switch pod. We’re already talking about that because what’s going to happen is people going to see this little device.

That’s a cool thing. That’s the advantage you have about a physical product people can see it and if they have the same problems and we’ve seen this already when we’ve gone to events and we’ve just showed it to people like there’s an immediate. Oh my gosh, like number one. Why didn’t I think of that and number two I need I need this now, right?

Steve: I think your product is actually very similar to GoPro right? GoPro actually had Bunch of people submit their crazy crazy videos of them doing like crazy stunts and that actually added to the Mystique of the of the brand over all

Pat: Right, and and you know, the advantage GoPro has is they are a huge company and they were they were creating some amazing Hardware to film with and it like you can’t get that anywhere else. I mean a person can have any kind of tripod and you wouldn’t even know so we would we would ask people to kind of showcase the switch pod and how they use it and it’s really cool when we get into people’s hands. They immediately know how to use it which is really nice. And then on top of that we would want to make people feel like they belong in a way where they can also get rewarded. So we’re going to have an affiliate program for our product as well or a lot of these creators who we know are also sharing their camera equipment. What’s in their bag, you know, that’s a very popular video on YouTube.

Hey, what’s in your bag? We would we would encourage people to become an affiliate and share the product to their audience of other videographers and just Their audience in general to hopefully encourage people to share this with each other. We’ve also reached out to of influencers to help them feel like they, you know are one of the first to get access to this and share it and be an affiliate as well and get rewarded to but yeah, I mean we’re basically ripping out every strategy and super fans and using it for this physical product. Another one is to you know, give the community a name, you know, it’s like when you hear Taylor Swift, right who’s huge right now, she just came out with a new album lover. I think it was called her swifties are just like like I saw one video of one of her Swifty’s which is the name of her tribe, like literally take the stand at Target that has the whole like the whole all all her albums in literally just take that whole stand and roll it into a checkout stand.

There’s like 50 albums on there and she just rolled the whole thing because she’s just a Super Fan. So what we would do is give our audience a name just like how you know Trekkies.

Steve: Peter’s is what team Flynn?

Pat: Team Flynn is for my community at SPI, but I think you know, we would call it the switchers or something like that people who use the switch by we’re also creating new products as well that have a similar sort of like quick switching kind of aspect to it. But giving our community a name would just be like hey, are you a switcher too? And it would make people feel like they can connect with each other. And the fun thing about this is a lot of videographers go to different conferences together and they see each other all the time. So this product would likely be seen everywhere and people who are both using it would likely have something to connect with because it’s just a very unique product in the space and something that people can immediately connect with and if we say like hey, here’s what’s up connect with each other switchers, you know Etc. to be kind of cool, you know, getting merch and stuff like that to have people help support the company too.

And it’s Funny because somebody who is in the video space came up to us at a conference and was like, Dude, I don’t know how you guys did it. But somehow you made a tripod cool and you made us like root for you and the addition to that is and this is something I talk about in the book is like opening your factory doors really showing people a process of how you do what you do and I think this is very important for all physical products and I know some physical products maybe you don’t want to share the secret sauce and how you do that but a lot of times and even Apple who has been known to keep things hidden in close as it has kind of came onboard with this to now you see in there Keynotes they take you inside the factory and show you all the little robots that put everything together people. We humans we just love to know how things work. Right?

This is why shows on Science Channel Discovery are you know decades running like how it’s made where you cut you it’s like this is how a tire is made.

Steve: I’ve noticed you posted those pictures on Instagram about like the factory floor all the boxes the switch pods and I think there’s a picture of Caleb like looking at one or packing one himself or something?

Pat: Yeah, actually he was putting one together at the factory and what this does is it makes you come along on the ride. So it makes you feel like you’re part of something. It makes you feel like you understand not just the quality that in the time that put into this product, but you’re getting inside look just like how we all go and Brewery tours or chocolate factory tours. It gives us a really cool memory and something that then we can share when we have that product in her hand. Oh my gosh. I remember seeing the factory and just like when we, you know, I remember in college at Berkeley there was a there was a chocolate factory called a Scharffen Berger Chocolate Factory and now every time I’m at like a Whole Foods or something and I see Scharffen Berger there.

I’m just reminded of going behind the scenes and meeting the people there and you know taking people behind the scenes is something that’s really fun. It gives it gives like a special moment to people that just your normal users aren’t going to get and I’m just ties them to your brand more and makes them want to support it even more.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Question I have for you is you’ve come out with a very Innovative product. But what if you sell something that’s kind of more mundane. Like let’s say you sell mops or I don’t know garbage cans or something. I don’t know.

Pat: Sure.

Steve: How would that how would you create some a product that isn’t particularly Innovative and turn that into something that people might want to become super fans of?

Pat: Yeah it again, they’re not becoming a product that the not becoming a fan of the product the becoming the fan of what the product means right? And that’s the big distinction here. So for us it’s creators, and we even put right inside our packaging. You’ll see it when you get it Steve is made for creators by creators. Like Hey, we’re in this with you and we understand and we created this tool to help make things easier for you for your filming for your videos for capturing your life. And that’s the kind of vibe that we’re getting versus. Hey, this is a tripod like become a fan of the tripod here and you often see that with physical products like follow our product here and it’s like right you don’t want to follow a product.

Steve: Right, yeah you don’t care.

Pat: You want to follow like what the product does? Does and so if you have like a garbage can for example, I would really focus on not just the can itself but like the movement to keep things clean and and tidy in the house. So like I don’t know what the company name might be. But you might call it the the Tidy Uppers or something like that. And hey, if you want to be a tidy upper too we have garbage cans we have these mops and other things to keep your house clean if we believe in keeping a clean house because when you have a clean house, you’re more productive. So here we are. We are the we are the cleaning crew that helps you become more productive, you see what I did there?

So it’s like now you can follow us because we’re going to help you stay more productive and all of our videos. All of our all of our language is going to be about being productive the so our solution for being productive is cleaning stuff up, but where the productive cleanup crew for you for you and your life and already you can go I can get behind that right? Like I want to be productive. I don’t want to be a lazy person, but I want to I want to have things clean and now in your language and your in your subject lines, you can have fun with that productivity element and you can even showcase people who are finding innovative ways to be more productive at home and keep things clean and tidy and maybe you then invite Marie Kondo to come on and be sort of a brand ambassador because she’s also keeping things clean and tidy.

She wouldn’t want to connect with a garbage can but she could possibly want to connect with a company who’s helping in this movement of keeping things tidy and clean for the sake of our mental health. So just I don’t know off-the-cuff examples that..

Steve: No, I mean that’s a that’s a great example and I actually like what you’ve done in the switch pod because it’s in fact actually your brand name is the product itself, but it seems like you’re just creating products that help people help content creators, right?

Pat: Yeah.

Steve: And so the product actually doesn’t even matter in your case and that opened yourself up to releasing a whole bunch of other products along the same vein

Pat: Exactly. We have some other ideas that I can’t share with you right now because they’re still in development, but we have some it’s all about making creating easier. Literally, that’s it. And so like we know if we have a product idea does it make creating easier or would it actually make it harder if it makes it harder than okay move on to the next product and we can get excited and have conversations with other creators. And go alright of these different ideas. Which one would make your life the easiest right now. Boom. That’s our product. We don’t have to guess anymore. We can use the validation strategy alongside this too

Steve: So from what you’re saying that it’s almost it’s more important number one to figure out who your customer is and it’s even more important to figure out the messaging even before you even talk about product. So..

Pat: Yeah, I mean it has to fit into something that’s really important for people because that you know, it’s just like with online courses people don’t want to buy an online course, they don’t Want the outcome that the online course can provide them. So same thing with the product. They don’t want to buy this product. They want what the product can then offer them. Sometimes it’s higher Social Status. Sometimes it is convenience. Sometimes it is it is literally just have this problem. I need it solved that’s it. So I mean and then I won’t have that problem anymore. And so whatever that that is and whatever and however you want to sort of Define that is up to you, but it should largely be based off of what your audience really wants.

They don’t Don’t want a tripod. They want something to make it easy for themselves to film and right now the solutions that were out there just we’re not doing that very well. So here we are. We’re making it easier for you. It just happens to have the shape. It just happens to be called The Switch Pod

Steve: So a lot of the strategies that we’ve talked about so far in the interview involve building a community of people. How do you actually take that community and actually extract out or create the super fans who are willing to buy anything that you’re willing to put out?

Pat: Yeah great question. So this this this goes into Or the later chapters in the book where you know, you’ve built that community and it’s cool because they’re relating to each other. They might so for example with a switch pod you get you see two people with a switch pod and they meet each other go you switch pot to what do you think? Oh, yeah. This is cool. This is fun whatever and they connect and that’s cool. But the super fans really come from a few other things and really what I feel like in this is this is what’s definitely lacking in the physical product space of a lot of people who are doing online stuff get it is giving your community a little bit of individualized personal attention.

Just a little bit and so there’s huge opportunities out there with the tools that we have available to us. Even the free tools like Instagram Twitter Facebook our social media channels. If you have people following you in their customers and they give you a big shout out and say hey, thank you for the product. It’s really helped me awesome. Imagine that happening to the switch pod. Somebody messaging us publicly and going I love my new Switch pod. Thank you so much. Here’s what I’m going to do. I’m going to turn on Instagram if they’ve if they’ve shared that on Instagram. I’m going to go to their profile. I’m going to send them a direct message.

And I’m going to hit the video and I’m going to send them a direct message like this: “Jim, Thank you for picking up a switch pod. Super cool. Hey, send us your next video using the switch pod, I’d love to check it out. Just thank you so much for being a part of the community. You’re officially a switcher now and let us know what other ideas you have for products to help make creating easier for you. Thank you. Again. Jim you’re amazing.” Boom done private one-on-one not scalable, but definitely something that’s going to take that person take Jim from a point of just customer to whoa, like there’s actual people on the other end of this company and they’re paying attention to me and they’re supporting me with my Creations. Like this is amazing and that’s something that nobody’s getting from anybody right now.

And the opportunity to do that is so easy. And then there’s these there’s these other tools that I talk about in the book like one called bonjouro, BONJOURO that make that happen much easier. So for example, let’s say Jim buys a switch pod bonjouro connected to my Shopify and account my shopping cart. I get a notification from bonjouro on my app that says Jim just bought a switch pod. I swipe the notification and it immediately opens up a video screen and I record the same message. “Hey Jim, I just saw you bought a switch but oh my gosh, I am so stoked. We’re going to get into your hands within a week. We’re like the shipping team is going to take care of it for you right now. Just wanted to introduce myself. My name is Pat. One of the co-creators are just want to say thank you for creating for putting stuff out there. Hopefully you’ll see that the switch pod can make your life easier. If you have any questions for us or any problems, let us know”.

Imagine getting a message like that from a physical product that you just bought and literally hit the purchase button on, you know a minute ago or two minutes ago. It’s going to be mind-blowing. It’s going to be one of those things are good. Whoa, like, how did, number one, how did you do that? Number two, like you took time out of your day to just send me a message. Thank you. How much more excited number one is that person going to be to receive that product number two, how much more likely is that person to thank you for receiving that product and reply to you and have an interaction and when you get people to interact then they’re going To start investing with you. That’s another thing that I encourage people to do in the book is just encourage these interactions and number three.

What’s the likelihood that a person is going to then share that they have this especially now that they’re on social media and sharing these cool things that they have with people physical products the benefit that you have of a physical product is people can take pictures of it and see it and use it and show their friends how to use it online. It’s very very difficult to have a person share their experience in an online course with anything other than just words. So this is the advantage that a physical product has and these are the kinds of things. You can do to give people those little special numbers. You don’t have to you don’t send them brownies. You don’t have to spend even any more money. You just have to invest a little bit of time.

And so what I’d recommend doing even even just to make it easier, maybe you don’t want it to happen. Every time you sell a product maybe sell hundreds of products today. That would be kind of crazy. But maybe you just for 30 minutes on a Friday. You just go down the list and as many as you can get send a video message to 40 customers in 30 minutes, and that’s it. Even though some will be left behind those 40 customers. Ears are going to get that interaction that they’re not getting anywhere else. They’re going to be blown away surprise, especially because they just bought a garbage can who does that? But wow now I know what this company is about and I feel supportive and when I have a decision to either make a purchase again or buy another product that has many companies to choose from you kind of know where they’re going to choose.

Steve: So we kind of do something similar to that but it’s more selective. So if any one place has a large order that we think is going to be like an event planner will get them on the phone and we’ll just talk to them or thank them for their participation

Pat: That’s cool.

Steve: And we give Special treatment I guess in that way. It’s less overwhelming if you’re a little bit more selective about how you do that with but I have a question for you Pat, so now you probably get tons of emails and whatnot. How do you deal with the load? And how do you make people feel special today now?

Pat: Yeah, I mean, you’re right. I mean in the beginning when I first started out in this is advice for those of you who are beginning. Your advantage is the fact that you don’t have a lot of people reaching out to you right now. So everybody who does you can give them extra special attention. This is how you can get ahead of those who are much bigger and have more there’s more competition out there and that’s how you get ahead of them. But eventually you grow to the point where there’s just so much attention. Your attention is divided and you have so many people emailing you and reaching out to you messaging you in my SPI business. Definitely that’s been the case. I got to the point once a number of years back where I had 10,000 unread emails and it just every email that came through. I was just like I felt so bad because I knew I’m not going to get back to you. I am so sorry.

So what I ended up having to do was hire somebody so the first thing we did I hired a woman her name is Jess. She’s now grown. A much larger role in my company and is still my top executive assistant but back then she number one. We declared email bankruptcy. So just started fresh because there was no way I was going to catch up to 10,000 unread emails, but we developed a system together and we now are able to answer 99% of our emails and I’m not answering them. I’m not answering them. I’m answering the ones that only I need to see just as answering and other team members who know how to answer certain things are answering for them. We found that when people have a question, they just want the answer. They don’t really care who it’s from often and when they can get that answer quicker, they’d much rather have that versus having the sort of face of the brand be the one who answers that question.

They feel very good about the fact that I’ve stepped up and hired a team to help them even further and that’s that’s the positioning. Hey, I can’t possibly and I say this on my contact page, I can’t possibly reply to everybody but somebody will and we’re going to help you out because that’s what’s most important and people have been really gravitating toward and had been loving that.

Steve: Okay interesting. That’s good to know actually.

Pat: Yeah, and another email tip that’s been really helpful is Jess and I get on a call once a week and she goes okay Pat, we got 50 things to go through that. I need your help with me answering back. Here we go. Number one, Jim wants to have you fly to Orlando in October to speak at his event. Can you do it? Yes or no? No, okay next and we were able to get through like the 50 important emails that I that I need input on but just done over the phone and then she answers for me and that way I’m not needing to spend four hours, you know handwriting these emails or typing these emails. She’s doing it for me. But it’s from my voice. It’s from my brain. And then another way to make people feel special is again, it goes back to a thing. I talked about earlier that’s spotlighting your customers.

When you spotlight a customer or user or an audience member and you make them look like the hero it makes everybody else feel like the hero too because they’re a representation of that entire Community. It really needs to be about them and you can pick one or two people to highlight in it addresses everybody because they are just like everybody else. Right, so when they tell their story of struggles people are going to go. Oh, yeah, I have that same struggle to and then when they tell their story of how they broke through that and how your product help them or whatever or how great your product was or how great the customer experience was then people are going to go my gosh. Like I want that customer experience to I want I want that problem solved as well. Like this must be the place to be and so that makes everybody feel good. When you when you make that audience member with a customer the curioso

Steve: It can also be automated. I just wanted to add like if you have an email autoresponder sequence when someone buys from you can give away stuff in return for feedback or pictures or use cases of your product

Pat: Oh, yeah.

Steve: And then highlight and other emails and social media.

Pat: Definitely. So I would have for example an email that is fired out two to three weeks after purchase just to go. Hey name use a real name. Just checking on you making sure you’re all good with the product in case you haven’t gotten started with it yet or haven’t used it. I wanted to highlight a couple members of our switch pod Community or the switcher Community. Here is Jim. I always use Jim for some reason Jim is very popular high audience. Here’s Jim who was at a Lake in Minnesota filming with the switch pod. Here is Karen who found out this cool thing that we didn’t even come up with on how to use the switch pot upside down in case that would be helpful for you too. By the way, if you come up with some innovative ways to use a switch pod or have brought it to a trip. We’d love to hear about it hit reply to this email and or send us a video here and we might feature it in an upcoming newsletter. So kind of like that right?

Steve: Cool. Yeah. No absolutely. Did you just do that off the cuff?

Pat: Off the cuff.

Steve: Hey, actually, there’s just one chapter in your book that I did want to talk about a little bit. And it had to do with providing like a VIP access to certain things like I know for your event you had like a VIP tear and for me, like I always felt uncomfortable doing something like that because it’s kind of segregating a specific set of the audience right? I just want to know your thoughts on that and kind of what the rationale is for that.

Pat: Yeah, I mean when you go to a concert and you see the roped-off area in the front row or even see the people backstage and but you’re in the general audience, like how does that make you feel it makes you feel a little bit..

Steve: Jealous

Pat: Jealous.

Steve: Yep

Pat: And it makes you feel like whoa, like I could maybe do that next year. And so I think that you know, I wouldn’t consider it as potentially jealousy. I would consider it as oh, I’m just not there yet or that’s something I can get to next time or you know it. Just it’s not as bad as you think segregating is not bad all the time this in kind of way.

Steve: Okay.

Pat: And so there are people who will want to go deeper with you and there are people in the general audience who would never even dream of spending more money than what they’ve spent because that’s just not for them. But I don’t think that as long as you’re not taking a way from the general experience that that a person would expect and giving that only to the VIPs as long as the VIP stuff is additional stuff that just adds to the experience. It’s that doesn’t take away from the others then then it’s okay. That’s the thing. It’s like so at my event, for example, the VIPs had a special access to me for a photo shoot and also special lunches that were provided to them at that extra cost.

So there was actual cost involved in having VIPs have lunch and special access where they can get a VIP photo with me, but it wasn’t like people would never see me at the pool party at the end of the event. I was there for everybody and we took pictures with my book and signed a book and everybody got a book. It’s Like so if for example, I gave the VIPs a copy of superfans, but then I required everybody else to pay for it. That’s when it can get a little you know, I don’t know like this is kind of like I’m here already, right? So it’s kind of you kind of have to weigh those things back and forth. I think the most important thing about about the VIP thing is number one that there are going to be people in your audience who are going to want to pay you to have those special moments in special access.

Steve: Okay.

Pat: And so for a product, I mean it could be like and you see this on Kickstarter right when people are launching certain products. There’s different pledge levels and you can do the pledge level where you just get the product you can get the product in the t-shirt and a keychain and at the like five thousand ten thousand dollar level you get the products and you can come to Florida to visit the crew and have lunch with us and talk about the product and you get to walk through the factory with us and that doesn’t make people feel like oh, I wish I wish everybody had access to that. It’s just like hey, you know, I got the higher level if you want and if you’re that kind of person you can come and join us for that.

Steve: So not everyone will be a super fan. And so is there a way that you kind of somehow filter out who has the potential to become a super fan or do you just kind of treat everyone equally and the superfans just naturally emerge.

Pat: I mean you treat everybody equally in the community, but then through that naturally some people are just going to emerge as superfans just without you even having to do any extra work. They just love what you’re doing and you just resonate with them so much, but you can encourage people and by highlighting People like I talked about and by having these personal interactions, it increases the likelihood that a person will become a super fan, but the truth is not everybody will and most people won’t but the byproduct of this is even if they don’t you’re providing a much better experience for everybody and that’s the big thing here is if you shoot for super fans, you’re going to make everybody else’s experience better. Right?

And this is opposite of what a lot of us are familiar with in the online space, which is a funnel right a funnel is you know, flipped. So in the book, you’ll see a pyramid And the pyramid at the top is the super fans the smallest part, right? Like I said, but that’s where most of the activity happens most of the repeat customers where people are spending the most money Etc and then below that is your community much bigger much bigger than that below that is your subscribers and your active community in the biggest chunk is your casual audience. They just found you randomly through a search or a link on another website or they heard about you or that they just need a solution to the problem. They don’t even know who you are or your community exist yet.

That’s the largest part in the funny thing is if you flip that upside down the largest part is at the top the smallest is at the bottom. It looks like a funnel now right where the top is like the traffic and this is where everybody’s so focused on Facebook ads Google ads keyword research search engine optimization, like that’s get more people more people and that’s good and that’s exciting and there’s numbers there and there’s conversion rates and that’s all fun to track. But the problem is when you have a funnel you imagine that you just kind of pour people like water through the top and then everything else happens automatically, right? And then just oh, A customer and that the end that funnels like okay customer. I got money.

But the truth is That it that’s where most people are stopping in and when you build for superfans, you’re going the opposite direction, you’re moving up. It takes work and it takes you know anti-gravity to do that. But when you do that your business will grow and have much bigger better fans because you’re not just stopping at customer you’re starting almost with customer and moving them up to even bigger parts of that experience smaller percentage of people, but often times you’ll get that 80/20 where you might have 20% of your audience who In the most money to make up 80% of your revenue and that’s going to come.

Steve: What you just said I just want I was going to share about my e-commerce store in 10% of our top customers generate almost 50 percent of our overall Revenue, whereas 45 percent of the customers that spend not so much only generate 12 percent of our Revenue. So we focus on the top 10% I think the top twenty percent of our customers make 67 percent of our Revenue. So everything that you are saying is correct. You need to be focusing on your best customers because they’re the ones who will buy from you in large quantities and very often and I guess an e-commerce land those can be called the super fans.

Pat: Yeah treat them like gold because they are you know, and it’s about those unexpected surprises. That’s why those videos work really well or especially if a person spending a lot of money with you and this has happened with me. I’ll get a nice little package in the mail with a handwritten note and just an additional item or maybe a soon-to-be-released item. That isn’t even out yet. That just is making me feel like wow like you care about me. As a customer, that’s awesome. And I’m not getting that from many places that you would think would step up and do that. So..

Steve: Yep and you gotta tease them with perks special things that are exclusive to them and quite honestly, we could run our entire e-commerce store based on these ten percent of customers in just be fine.

Pat: Yeah, and I would imagine that often the large percentage of people who are providing the least amount of income are giving you the most problems in terms of..

Steve: That’s correct. Yes they asks for discounts. Complain. Absolutely. Absolutely so Pat that was awesome. Actually there was actually a couple of nuggets that you said that I wasn’t doing in my store that I’m probably going to go back and do now in my email autoresponder sequence, but where can people find more about your book and more about the switch pod. Where can they find you online?

Pat: Yeah. Thank you. So Superfans is available on Amazon. Of course think I don’t know when this is coming out by the time this comes out. The audio version will come out as well on Audible. So that might be of good use to your audience is listening to the podcast. You can also find it at Barnes & Noble, which is really cool. Even though it’s self-published. We work with a company to help us distribute it and I think At some point in time it may be available in airports. So if you see it in an airport, let me know because you might be the first to tell me and I want you to show me if it is because I’m not traveling that much that the end of the year here. But anyway, that’s where you check out the book and thank you for allowing me to share it here Steve and I hope everybody enjoyed this conversation and then the switch pot if you want to check that out just to kind of see what we’re doing there switchpod.co is where you can go and hopefully you’ll become a switcher with us too.

Steve: And if you do see pads book in the airport send them a picture because he met feaure you in his social media.

Pat: Yeah, there you go. I practice what I preach, baby

Steve: Cool, man. Pat, Thanks a lot for coming on man.

Pat: Thank you so much.

Steve: All right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now oftentimes all it takes to support a successful business is a small tribe of super fans for more information about this episode or Pat’s new book go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode278.

And once again, I want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

277: An Interview With MMA Bobblehead Founder Dave Manley

277: An Interview With MMA Bobblehead Founder Dave Manley

Today I’m thrilled to have Dave Manley on the show. Dave was a finalist for the 5 Minute Pitch, my Shark Tank like show with Mike Jackness, Greg Mercer and Scott Voelker where we gave away 50,000 in cold hard cash.

Dave runs MMA Bobblehead which is an ecommerce business selling bobbleheads of UFC fighters.

Dave was one of my favorite contestants on the 5 Minute Pitch and I wanted to a deep dive into his story today and how he makes sales. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Dave’s motivations for starting his business
  • How Dave validated his niche
  • The bold moves Dave made to meet UFC fighters
  • The keys to Dave’s success
  • The challenges of working with celebrities

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today, I have my buddy, Dave Manley on the show and if you listen to the 5 Minute Pitch, Dave was one of the finalist and he runs MMA Bubblehead where he sells bubble heads for UFC fighters. Now, in this episode we break down how Dave attracted the attention of famous writers as a nobody who’s been able to generate his sales.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Dave Manley on the show. Now, Dave was a finalist for the five minute pitch. My Shark Tank like show with Mike Jackness, Gregg Mercer and Scott Walker where we gave away $50,000 in Cold Hard Cash. Now, Dave runs MMA bubblehead, which is an e-commerce business selling. Well, you guessed it bubble heads of MMA fighters, but Dave’s bubble heads are not the cheap kind you can buy in stores or get for free at ball games. His bobbleheads are the best quality that I’ve ever seen. And he signed on top fighters like Chuck Liddell and Dan Henderson as well and Dave was actually one of my favorite contestants on the 5 minute pitch. And what I want to do today is I really wanted to delve deeply into his story and how he makes sales how he got started because there’s a lot of things that we obviously couldn’t cover in 5 minutes on the 5 minute pitch show and with that welcome to show Dave. How are you doing today?

Dave: Hey Steve. Thanks for having me man. Listen, it is it’s a great honor to be on your podcast. I’m going to tell you why. Three years ago this month in July. I came up with this idea about making bobbleheads for MMA athletes and I had no idea what I was doing not only on the bobblehead side, but more importantly on the e-commerce side. I had no clue Steve, So the first podcast that I attached myself to of the sea of podcasts out there was yours and I’m not just saying that and I Hooked onto your podcast and I ended up just binge listening to all of your episodes back-to-back to back I couldn’t get enough and it’s just so great to be on your show after the five minute pitch and it’s just kind of coincidental that it’s three years later after I come up with this idea and discover you that now I’m on your show. So it’s a great honor for me.

Steve: Well, thanks a lot for the kind words Dave and happy anniversary. I didn’t realize it’s been three years now.

Dave: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, you know what Steve I came up with this idea, you know. Not to get really philosophical, but I’ll dive a little bit deeper and like how I came up with this idea and what happened because I kind of tell the story and people who follow me kind of know the story on how it happened. But a lot of people don’t know that about a week before I came up with the idea. I was in Las Vegas and I was at a UFC fight and I have great tickets great seats. I was literally maybe three rows from the cage, right and I was about 40 41 years old at the time and I was enjoying myself. So much I was over until I didn’t want to go to the bathroom. I didn’t want to go get a soda. I wanted to stay in my seat and just take everything in well about an hour into the fight. I started really having like some deeper thoughts, right? and I started thinking man Dave, you know, you’re 40 years old whatever if I was ten years younger, I would just dedicate my life to this sport dedicate my life to this organization the UFC or these athletes martial arts and do whatever it took to be part of this community and make a living because I love that. I love martial arts.

I’d love this sport so much. It’s it’s not even right how much I’ll I mean a lot of people love baseball basketball football or whatever. But I mean, I just feel like the sport is part of my fiber and so I was having these like self talks with myself like it. Yeah, man, I’m a little bit too old to start thinking about that right now, but man if I was just 30 again, and I came home and about 1 week later I cleared of the shelf in my office and I thought I told myself I’m going to start purchasing MMA memorabilia and it was then that I wanted to buy a bobblehead of my favorite fighter and they didn’t make them and then I went on to another fighter who’s just equal he’s famous. They didn’t make him either. So then I went on the most famous fighter that they got name’s Conor McGregor didn’t make him either and it was just right there, right then. I knew that you know, I’m not this. I’m not one of these guys Steve that put it out in the universe.

I don’t know if I believe in that whatever but I knew right then and there. There that maybe something was being answered because I knew boom that I am going to make these bobbleheads. I didn’t know that I was going to make them so well, but I knew that I was going to start taking that step towards, you know, those thoughts that I had just a couple weeks previous.

Steve: So I can understand wanting a bobblehead for yourself, but turning into a business and scaling is a completely different thing. So did you have any exterior motivations for starting it as a business?

Dave: Well, you know, yes, okay. Yes. And no first of all, I thought well they make bobbleheads for every other Sport and they’ve made bobbleheads for every other sport for decades for 50 years. And I thought you know you the UFC MMA is the fastest growing sport in the world. Literally, I mean is it is growing faster at a bigger trajectory than any sport at any time ever and I thought, you know, there’s some serious athletes in the sports that are very very popular. So if I want one Why wouldn’t other people want one as well? So, you know, yes, I thought this could be a business for sure and I just needed to come up with how to make him. See by new I own one bobble head is a Babe Ruth bobblehead that I kept on my desk. Someone gave it to me. I paid no attention to it. Everyone loves bobbleheads including me. I mean, how could you not they’re kind of part of an inner woven and who we are sports fans and Society, but I just thought you know if I want one and these Have millions of fans out there and literally why would another people want one? So I thought you know, yes first learn how to make them learn how to do it. Right and then maybe I can turn around and sell them.

Steve: So, okay. So you knew at this time that you wanted to make them. How did you actually get started? Like for example, I mean, I know someone who makes bobbleheads, but if I didn’t know that guy I would have no idea how to get started. So, where did you find someone to make them for you?

Dave: Yeah. Okay. So first of all, I needed to know how to make them myself. Okay, so I did research when you’re clueless about something Steve and you have no idea how it’s made but you want to make you want to learn you don’t want to just hire someone to do it for you right? unless you got a ton of money and a ton of you know resources to do that, but I’m bootstrapping this thing and you know, my my fiancée wasn’t totally on board with this past my other my friends and family members, I swear to God, Steve some of them laughed at me. And here I am. 41 year old Dave asking my friends. Hey guys. What do you think about me making Bobbleheads you know, it’s a gut reaction just to kind of like chuckle and laugh like dude. What are you an idiot? You’re a financial planner dude, you wear a suit and tie to work you and by the way, you handle my money, so don’t be going up again doing some us something else.

So, you know, I didn’t get the strongest reaction from people, but then when I start from my clothes in a circle, but then when I started branching out and started asking MMA fans about it. Everyone was like hell yes, dude, dude, what how do they not make him and me bobbleheads already? That was my biggest feedback for sure. So what I did and I guess what most people do nowadays is I turn to YouTube and I just really engulfed myself with YouTube videos. Videos about figurines about model painting about about bobbleheads them out clay, paint, spraying.

Steve: Wait a second. Did you make your first bobblehead yourself?

Dave: No, I just I designed every one of them but I wanted to know the ins and outs of making them. So so did I make it myself with my own two hands? No, but did I design it and was I there every step of the way? Yes. It was like I was shoulder to shoulder with the first guy who made My Bobblehead and it was after I made my very first bobblehead and I and I wish I can show you what it looks like because I keep it on my desk to remind myself how far comes because it looks absolutely like crap. It really really does I’m staring at it right now when I have like when I’m down and out and I feel like I’m really struggling right now. I look at that first bobblehead that I make and and I really I really know that I’ve come a long way from making that but anyway, so well..

Steve: This guy that you that that makes them for you is in the US.

Dave: Yeah. He was in the US

Steve: And how did you find him?

Dave: I just found him by just doing research and calling and emailing there’s a lot of model makers out there. There’s a lot of figurine makers out there. It’s a very Niche Community.

Steve: Okay.

Dave: There’s a lot of professional model painters out there that paint for like say the Studio’s, you know for big for movies, you know, a lot of those scenes where they blow up a big city or car or building whatever those are all just models and there’s guys that paint those and so I had a really do a lot of research to find guys who Made this type of stuff.

Steve: How did you convince them to work with you? I mean if some random dude came to me and wanted to make a bobblehead and I was a designer. I’d be a little hesitant.

Dave: Money.

Steve: Okay, ha ha ha. So how much did you have to invest to get that first batch?

Dave: Oh my God. That’s a great question, Steve. Well wasn’t the first batch I made two with this guy and two cost me. Whoo to cost me about $1000.

Steve: Oh my goodness. Okay.

Dave: Yeah to cost me about $1,000. A, I Didn’t Know Better and B I was desperate to learn how to make it and I wanted to make it I mean and you know by far by far it’s the worst bobblehead I have but it’s the most meaningful one that I have too I’m never going to get rid of it and I ended up making about four different versions of this fighter and the fighters name was Nate Diaz and it’s a very famous pose that I made out of him and I wanted to practice because the pose was very unique. And and not to keep kind of strain off topic but one thing that is very unique about my bobbleheads. And for anyone who’s into sports at all knows that when you go to the game and you get a bobblehead for free not only is it really really cheap but it’s very generic all the poses of the same the guys holding a basketball, baseball, football whatever in the same kind of motion and they all look very cartoony.

Like you would never ever know who this guy was unless the name was on the base lets you saw that it was like LeBron James or Clayton Kershaw, you would never know. So one thing I wanted to do was I wanted to take poses from these fighters in their moments of Glory. I mean these they close the cage door on these guys Steve and Magic happens, right? I mean, it’s martial arts. They fly, they kick. They need the elbow and sometimes they get caught in a moment of Glory in a photo which becomes iconic in the sport. So I wanted to take those iconic moments and make it into a bobblehead where people look at that bobblehead and they say oh, yeah, that is that guy from that fight on that day. Like I recognize it just like that.

Steve: Are you still working with that? First guy? Like I’m trying to get that for you.

Dave: Oh no no

Steve: Okay so you paid two for $1,000 and those were no good. So did you move on to a different person?

Dave: Oh absolutely dude. I moved on to a different person and I was desperate to find better and better and better people the what I was learning as I was going. Was that bobbleheads need to be better period. I mean, there’s been no advancement in bobblehead technology and it’s not right as sports fan. So those of you guys who are listening especially hardcore Sportsman think about the best bobblehead you’ve ever had the think about the best bobblehead that you’ve ever seen in your life. It’s not good right? and it’s not good because it doesn’t have to be the Lakers don’t have to make a good LeBron James or the dodges don’t have to make a great Clayton Kershaw because all they want to do is get butts in the seats early so they can sell more beer and better parking more tickets or whatever. So they put the minimum amount of money and making these bobbleheads but it’s a shame because there’s only one LeBron James that comes around in a lifetime. There’s only one Clayton Kershaw that comes running Lifetime. And so when you memorialize these guys in a bobblehead do it right do it right do it.

Steve: Okay, So how many how many guys did you have to go through till you found your final one?

Dave: Probably, like three the yeah the way I found my final one is I just got on a plane to Hong Kong and I just looked at I my fiance thought I was I was on

Steve: Wait, let’s back up a little bit. How did you find this guy from Hong Kong?

Dave: I went to a trade show.

Steve: Okay.

Dave: Yeah art, you know toy trade show.

Steve: Okay, and that was in Hong Kong?

Dave: yeah

Steve: okay, and then you found him there and then obviously the cost were a lot cheaper than the u.s. I would presume.

Dave: Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. Yeah, it made it made it doable and the dream started becoming more and more of a reality because if I made them the way I was going either way. It was it’s an impossibility, you know, so..

Steve: So how do you work with someone in Hong Kong? What is the design look like you said you design all of these. Are you sending him photos or how does it work?

Dave: No, you know what? These guys are just they I just send them a blueprint a template all the artwork is done all over the world. So I have artists in the states. I have artists in Europe. I have artists in Asia. It really depends on what I’m looking for in designing the particular fighter, my budget, you know the detail that I want and things like that and then I’ll choose my and then I’ll choose the artist but I put my main artist is in Europe and you know, we design it together and then you know, I get I get the I don’t really want to talk about all the secret sauce.

Steve: Yeah, that’s okay. Well, what is the what is the template look like? Is it like a solid like, is it 3D modeling or?

Dave: yeah. Yeah. Yeah, we make a fine. A prototype that’s not a 3D modeling and my lead painter is in Orange County and we paint it and sometimes we paint two sometimes we pay three until I’m happy with exactly how it looks making sure it looks perfect. And then once I get that 100% correct, and then you know, I send it off and and you know, they do the rest.

Steve: So what are your cost to just design one?

Dave: It all depends Steve on the artwork, you know. Some bobbleheads are very very expensive because for the for the design because I want as much detail as possible in these things and then some are you know, some just some art that that detail-oriented, you know, and so it’s a little less expensive like

Steve: are we talking tens of thousands or?

Dave: No, no what you know all in I’m in a few thousand.

Steve: Few thousand, Mm. Okay, and then it costs you. I remember vaguely from the shows like 20 bucks or something to make.

Dave: Yeah, that’s 20 bucks to make okay. Okay about 20 bucks to make and and you know, it’s a great process and you know, what I pride myself on the process too is I work with these athletes and that’s something that is I don’t think it’s been done before.

Steve: So let’s talk about that. How did you how do you work with an athlete? Like, how do you get a hold of me? Just email them or?

Dave: yeah. I wish it was that easy. Yeah, man, you know that that question is hardly ever asked of me and I would have to say that that that is one of the hardest part of my business and it definitely was the number-one artist part when I was starting out because you know, how do you how do you call LeBron James and tell him that you wanted to have project with them. You know, you just don’t and then people say well, how do you.. and what people say, Well David you call his agent. Well, you know how many how many people call that agen, you know for a phone call. So it’s tough. So I had to do a lot of grimy things to get in front of these guys when I say grimy, I mean I just I just..

Steve: We need more example.

Dave: Yeah, I just hold up my sleeves dude and did whatever it took to get in front of these dudes. So like for an example like I would go to a place in which I knew the fighter was gonna be whether it was a nightclub or a fight or wherever and I would it’s embarrassing Steve but I it’s I would I would I would check out the situation see who he’s hanging out with and when one of his friends I’d have the bobblehead on me and then one of it when one of his friends Peeled off or I’d have a picture of the bobblehead whatever when one of his friends peeled off to go to the bathroom or just you know, walk away. I would hit up the friend and I’d go hey friend. I know you’re hanging out with Joe Blow the fight over there. Do I see you guys hanging out. I can’t get to him and I don’t want to be that creepy guy. So I just want to show you what I’m up to Harry, look at this picture or look at his bobblehead. I would love to make one out of Joe Blow. We let him know and you know, the friend would usually be look at me. Like I was absolutely crazy.

And you know, I would do things like that and then sometimes that work and then one of my biggest breakthroughs was I was waiting in a three-hour line in Las Vegas and was actually two years ago three years ago. It came up with the idea two years ago, I started hitting up Fighters because I was done with my final prototype. I would wait in like these lines three hour lines and I would walk up to the fighter. Now mind you it’s a massive cattle call. So everyone’s there with their photos they want Fighter to sign the photo and here I am a 41 year old guy holding a bobblehead. I don’t have a photo. I don’t have a pen and it’s my turn and I get up to him and I’d say as fast as I could and say, hey man, I’m a big fan. I’m making bobbleheads right now. Would you like a bobblehead made out of you? I can review a really great job. What do you think? and then put the bobblehead right in front of them, And the fighter would look at me. Like are you out of your mind?

Like who is this crazy guy? It’s a security would be like, no. No, you can’t do that. You can’t talk to. Um, but you got your autograph and you move on and then so they you know, you kind of move on to the next file and say okay. No, you know, sorry about that and then the next Fighter the next big fighter would be like two fighters away and I’d go up to the fighter and say hey, my name is Dave, I’m making bubbles and then security get to me..

Steve: Do you have a prototype of each one of those Fighters you were pitching before him?

Dave: Yeah, as I was getting better at making them because mind you I was a year into it. So as I was getting better at making them I felt more comfortable about showing these Fighters not there Prototype, but of Make Diaz because.

Steve: Oh, Gotcha. Okay

Dave: I can’t keep making Nate over and over again.

Steve: Did you have rights for Nate before you get it?

Dave: No, I still don’t have rights for Nate. I don’t know Nate, Nate knows about it. I don’t think he wants it and and that’s not unusual Steve. So, you know, some of these guys just don’t want something really really cool made out of them and I don’t know why and I would love it myself but you know it is it is what it is.

Steve: So you’re not selling the Nate Diaz?

Dave: No

Steve: okay.

Dave: No, I’m selling the Nate Diaz bobblehead. It would probably be my biggest seller because he’s such an iconic figure and the bobblehead that I made is such an iconic pose and it’s and it’s like really really nice but you know it is it is what it is man.

Steve: Actually, So you took a huge risk in the beginning just making a bobblehead when you’re not allowed to sell them yet. And then you use that as a prototype to get other fighters to sign on

Dave: Correct that that was my exact blueprint. I would just I was hoping that other Fighters would see what a good job I was doing with this Nate Diaz Bobble and I never I never was you know, playing smoke and mirrors and saying I had Nate. I’m just I was just saying here’s what I have made so far. When can let me make one out of you. So..

Steve: Who’s your first big fighter that you signed and had the conversation go?

Dave: Yeah, so I was getting nose left and right no no, no, no. No, I did not understand it. My chin was in my chest. I was kicking the can down the road. I was wondering what the hell did I just do with a year of my life and all this money and time and I was I was getting, you know, the thoughts of you know, the self talk. And the self-doubt was starting to creep in my mind Steve like you know, what am I doing, man? And I got a phone call from a friend who said they had a I swear to God who had a friend who had a friend who knew Dan Henderson and Dan Henderson was the guy that I originally wanted to buy the bobblehead of he’s my favorite fighter of all time. So when I heard that there was like four degrees of separation that Dan was interested in the artwork that I was doing for the Bobblehead, I just absolutely lost my mind. I was I couldn’t believe it. So then it got real real real fast, and they said Dan wants to talk to you in an hour.

And I said, okay and you know, I’m at this point. I’m just a total complete Fanboy. I’m just you know a nut for this do Dan Henderson and I am about to talk to him an hour. I couldn’t I was pacing, you know sweating and then the phone rang. It was Dan Henderson and the conversation couldn’t have gone better. It was just like we knew each other and it was great and he’s like, yeah, I’m interest I saw it looks really cool. I think it’s awesome. And then he’s like, you know, we are both in Vegas at the same time and he’s like, well, what are you doing tomorrow? And I said, yeah nothing. All right. Well, it’s meet. So I ended up meeting Dan Henderson at the MGM and I showed him. You know, what I was working on and the hardwork..

Steve: Is this the Diaz one, that you showed him?

Dave: Yeah. Yeah, I showed him everything.

Steve: Okay.

Dave: I still remember it and he was like, yeah, let’s do it and it was like, okay, let’s do it and it so I just went straight to work on Dan Henderson and about some about I would say six months later. I released my first one my first bobblehead to the public that I have the rights to that I could sell and it was Dan Henderson sales for that bobblehead Steve, were garbage.

Steve: How many did you make?

Dave: I made 1500, I thought

Steve: oh my goodness, okay

Dave: you know what, Dan Henderson’s got Dan Henderson’s got millions of fans. I think 1500 might even be too low. I think I sold about 50 in the first month.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Steve: Okay, so you invested what is that like 30 grand?

Dave: Hmm.

Steve: Wow. Okay. How did you sell those 50?

Dave: you know, I just built an e-commerce site and I had Dan promote it on his social media and I promote it. I promoted it to all 200 of my followers on Instagram. And you know, I just I paid for some Instagram ads and Facebook ads. I just really thought Steve, I thought that you know, because because the Dan Henderson says it’s insane. It’s To fly spent a lot of time on it. It’s a very famous image of one of his really famous moves and I really thought I was going to hold it up to the sky and MMA fans were just going to come flocking because this has never been done before it is awesome looking I was very proud of how the final product came out and I couldn’t be more wrong. I hide I was so wrong, Steve. Nobody came nobody. I just couldn’t believe it and I thought to myself. Oh my God, Dave. I spent all this time learning how to make the perfect bobblehead that I spent zero time on e-commerce and learning how to sell them and it’s still kind of my problem today Steve to be honest with you. You know, I don’t know a lot about e-commerce marketing, you know, Steve. I got a full-time career. I got a serious job. I manage a lot of Money, I have it’s you know, my pulse on the my finger on the pulse of a lot of family’s Estates, right?

So I can’t I can’t just like sleep on that job. So so every extra time that I have I dedicate to the bobbleheads, it’s late at night. It’s early in the morning. So, you know finding the time to learn about e-commerce, it’s difficult. That’s a really difficult task for me, but I’m taking small steps towards that you know, so when people were out there listening, Right now and and they don’t know if they can do it and and they’re having you know doubts you got to keep going man. You got to keep going and and you know, the way I met you through the five minute pitch if you know, it was an awesome. Awesome thing for me. I didn’t win you know, and that’s why I’m still a little bit hurt from that. You’re human, right? and you make it to the finals and you start thinking about winning and you start thinking about what this can do for you and your company

If you were to win and you start it starts getting real and then closer and closer gets it starts getting more and more real and then when it doesn’t happen, how man you get you get, you know, at least I get depressed and sad and you know, I have to keep my you know, there’s this old saying Steve, that Mike Tyson used to say about fighting and it was it goes like this. It says everybody’s got a good game plan until they get punched in the face. And I felt like man, I really got punched in the face hard.

Steve: Dave, dave, let’s be realistic here. You’re doing pretty well. You want to share how much you’ve made this year so far in the first half year.

Dave: Yeah. I mean, you know, dude, I’m not throwing a poo poo party on myself. I’m so proud of myself. You know for sure. No, I’m doing really well Steve in the first month of my business and my Bobblehead business I made I swear to God, I think I made maybe like 1,500 2,000 dollars by month 7. I was up to making 25 grand in a month and you know my last release my last fighter, I broke my old record and I think I made about 17 18 Grand in the first few days.

Steve Yeah. So, how are you marketing? How you improve your marketing since then? So what how do you get your sales? Is it just the fighter promoting? Its own bobblehead or your own email list? How are you doing it?

Dave: Yeah, so, you know, I’ve been very conscious of my social media and social media has been driving my business for sure. So when I wasn’t getting any Sales with the Dan and you know, very little sales with my next, you know fighter. I thought you know, I got to take the bull by the horns and I got to maybe be more out there and be the face of the company and show, show MMA fans that this isn’t just a business or a conglomerate trying to do a money grab that I’m a huge martial arts fan just like they are and I’m just like they are as far as being a fan first so once I started doing that and..

Steve: so what is that Instagram and Facebook?

Dave: Yeah, Instagram and Facebook and for anyone out there listening, I don’t care if you’re selling yarn or red worm composting bins. You gotta get out there and let people know who you are because that is where you build community and it could be Community for anything. For me, It just happens to be martial arts. And once you do that, and once people see that you’re passionate about what you do then you start getting trusted and hopefully people like you and then they’ll buy your next product recurring sales is a big part of my business. I always have felt like once people by one, they’re gonna buy two and once they buy two they’re going to be a collector and once there a collector Steve I can count on them for buying my next one. No matter who the fighter is and that’s and that has surely been the case so far and it’s been, you know, wonderful to get involved in the community. And have people you know, as you know, quote-unquote fans of that of the bobbleheads that I make and I’m really appreciative of that and I’m grateful for that.

Steve: How do you built the community? Do you do Facebook lives or what? Are your post like?

Steve: Yeah. Yeah. I do Facebook lives. I do Instagram lives. I do giveaways. I’ll let people know like today for example is the first week of the first day of international fight week tomorrow, I’m taking off for Vegas. I got three big signings for with three different fighter of my Fighters. And I want to let people know about it and I have a huge announcement to make with one of these Fighters a massive announcement. And this fighter is giving away something like incredible Steve. So as soon as we’re done here, I’m going to make a post saying in two hours join me on Instagram live. I have a huge announcement to make and I’m going to give away a bobblehead and people hop on their interactive. I ask them to ask me questions and you know, a lot of people have really great interesting questions, and I you know, I answer them and give them the time let them know what’s going on and I feel like it’s I’m building a little Community. I feel like that’s really what everyone should do in any Niche that they have where people, where other people are involved.

Steve: How did you start out when you had zero social media following what were you posting about? Like, obviously, you don’t have these announcements all the time. Right?

Dave: Yeah. No, I was just posting cool pictures just photos. I love photography. So I post pictures of Fighters and my comments, you know about the fighter and then I’d post and then when I had my first bobblehead I post pictures of you know, the painting of the first one or you know photos of just the mold or photos of me and Dan or me and Chuck or the signing of them. You know, I was just real Grassroots just taking little baby steps posting whatever I could before I started getting like really cool content where people would tune in and or set their timer to tune in and listen or watch.

Steve: How often do you post as often as I can?

Dave: I don’t want to be one of these guys to just post to post So sometimes I won’t post I well. Well, let me take that. Let me take a step backwards. I post every day on Instagram every single day is you know, as you have to you have to be out there you have to be relevant you have to be engaged. So whether I’m posting something that has to do with my bobble heads or something that’s going on in the MMA world with a particular bike. There’s fights almost every week. So there’s always content to be posted. There’s always cool photography to be posted but as Far as be posting about the bobbleheads or a video about what I’m doing maybe every couple weeks. I’ll hop on I don’t want to over saturate. I don’t want to seem like I’m out there. You’re always trying to sell there’s that Gary vaynerchuk book that I just recently heard about it jab jab jab right hook if that’s I didn’t know about that concept, but that’s the concept that I’ve been living for the past, you know few year or a couple of years, you know, I want to give give give and I love Giving these things away for free.

I love it. You know it’s going to drive me into the Poorhouse but I love for people to have these so I’ll give give and so then when it comes time to ask for something, I don’t feel bad. I feel like I have a community. I feel like people want to support and it’s been successful so far

Steve: and are you running ads also or is it just Strictly Organic?

Dave: Organic dude, I mean bare minimal, I gotta tell you Steven in 2019. I think my ad budget or the ad money spent so far on Facebook and Instagram combined is about a hundred and fifty dollars

Steve: Nice. Okay. So all this is organic and are you getting more from Instagram or Facebook?

Dave: Definitely more from Instagram. I feel like that’s you know, the more optimal place to be I feel like that’s where everyone’s trending to I have about 2,000 followers on Facebook and I have about maybe 11,000 followers on Instagram. I’ve gotten those followers and all in one year and I feel like I touch all my social media platforms, but I really concentrate on Instagram. I want people to know that that’s where they’re going to be able to meet me or see me or hear the news or message me and then the other places are just kind of ancillary.

Steve: So in terms of getting them to your website, is it just your link in the bio?

Dave: Yeah Link in the bio and you know, it’s pretty it’s pretty self-explanatory to MMA bobblehead.

Steve: That’s true.

Dave: But I try to get these fighters to link me up to to tag me. I asked people to tag. Me when when they get their bobblehead, I repost when they tag me, I’m really interactive with anyone that wants to be interactive with me. I answer every single question that comes in. It’s always me. I don’t have a social media manager and I really want to treat every single person who buys My Bobblehead like they’re the only person that is buying My Bobblehead and I do I have that that Concept in mind that it’s it’s one person at a time Steve and and that’s you’re going to build a strong business. I see I see these other MMA businesses or just other businesses out there in general that they have 30,000 followers on Instagram. They posted a video and they get 200 likes. It’s like what the hell is that? What kind of followers do you have there that mean it’s obvious that you you’re buying or you’re not doing something right? And I hear all these people, you know touting and teaching how to get more followers, but that’s not the way it works man.

The way it works is organically you can’t just buy followers it Don’t you know unless you just want the swipe up feature. So when I have 11,000 followers, I know for sure that these people want to be there and I know for sure that these people are real people. They’re not Bots at least, you know most of them because they’re all interacting with me. I post a picture I get a ton of likes and a ton of views and I like that.

Steve: So Dave, we’re kind of running out of time here and I wanted to fire off these questions just for the people on the sidelines who have yet to start their business. What would you say is the biggest challenge in starting your store? And how did you overcome it?

Dave: Steve, there are so many challenges when it comes to you know, what Steve that Mike Tyson saying everyone. Everyone’s got a great plant game plan until their punch of it. It couldn’t be more true for e-commerce Steve you turn the corner when you’re starting your business in e-commerce. You don’t know if someone’s gonna punch you in the face or hand you a pot of gold you have no clue what’s around the corner when you don’t know anything about e-commerce, at least this is my story, okay? and it is very very Cold and when people are out there and they want to make a quick Buck or they want to you know, just they think that it’s going to be simple you better prepare yourself because it is challenging so you have to mentally get prepared. So the biggest challenge on opening your Ecommerce store. Anyone who’s out there who wants to start don’t give up. You gotta keep fighting guys no matter what don’t give up.

You gotta when when when life punches you right? The nose you gotta punch back. You got to keep fighting and I know it sounds cliche. I know what does Steve and I know you know, it sounds cliché when I say it’s easy to stay down and it’s hard to get back up. But you gotta remember why you’re doing it. You got to muster every bit of energy in your body to stand back up to clench your fist and punch back because you can get knocked out and e-commerce really easy if you’re if you’re not mentally ready.

Steve: So for the beginners also, how much money did you invest to get started?

Dave: Oh gosh. I probably you know, it was it was like in tear Steve so I probably had about seven grand Seven Grand or so to get started and then, you know, my next round of funding was five grand and then it went to you know, another five and so it just went in layers and you know, I built safety nets for myself because in my particular business I felt like if there It was no interest. I could have probably pull the ripcord at any time and just thrown in the towel. I mean, I’m not an idiot. I would see that there’s no interest at all.

But as I saw that there was interest I would you know, I’d feed the machine some more but if you’re passionate about what you’re doing Steve and you especially if you have a private label thing and you really think that people could use what you’re making or doing. You got to keep going you got to keep funding and it probably won’t stop, you know for a while. So just be prepared.

Steve: If you were to start over again. You do differently this time around?

Dave: I’d have more money Stephen to begin with

Steve: Ha ha ha

Dave: Because really, you know, and I mean it’s kind of a joke, but it’s kind of not a joke. I would a lot more I would a lot more money for allocate more money for different things and when I’m saying more money, I’m not saying like unreasonable amount of money. I wouldn’t say. Oh I get, you know tap into my 401k or you know, go borrow tens of thousands, but I’d probably just spend wiser and I’d probably have more in the gas tank to do things. Things that I think needed to be done.

Steve: Where are some places where you spent your money unwisely?

Dave: Well for me personally, it was experimentation with different ways on making bobbleheads. So I

Steve: That sounds like a necessary expense to me though.

Dave: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, it could be but you know, but I’m kind of a creative dude. So sometimes I’m you know, thinking outside the box a little bit too much one thing that I think I can tell the listeners who are just starting out about ad spending do it wisely. Don’t just throw it into the abyss. That’s one thing. Definitely Steve. I would I would start over I You know, I thought okay. Well, here’s a Let’s do an ad for $200 for the next 10 days and I really didn’t know what the hell I was doing Man II didn’t know if the results are great. I didn’t have like a pixel return. I still don’t I still don’t even know what I’m doing to talk about it that much but I do know that I just felt like I threw the money into the abyss without having data that could be measurable on if I’m spending my money wisely and I think that if you’re going to spend money on ads be as prepared as possible and maybe even bring in a consultant to help you out. Just don’t do it on your own because you don’t want to just throw money into the into the social media abyss.

Steve: I mean ultimately I think the way you did is the right way you start out organically you figure out who your audience is what they like and then you buy ads so yeah probably had a good point now where if you were to run ads today would they would do a lot better than when you didn’t know anything

Dave: Steve, one of the biggest takeaways. Is that I had from the five-minute picth was a line that Scott Volcker said and Scott said man Dave’s got a really cool product, but nobody knows about it. And that is a problem. That’s a problem. That’s a problem for anybody that that has a really cool product. You have to let people know about it. So what you do is you do anything Steve to let people know about it you go on Facebook live you go on Instagram live. If and if you’re camera shy get over it.

Steve: ha ha ha

Dave: Period and and there’s just no other way about it, you know it because people don’t want to read blogs Steve people. I mean sure maybe people are people are out there that read blogs on certain things whatever. It’s just the easier the easiest way to spoon feed people and getting to know your product is video and if you’re out there often and people see that you really care about what you’re doing. And they like what you do they will like you they will trust you and they will buy from you and they’re going to be a fan of yours. So I would say that’s the biggest thing that I would probably even do more if I were to start all over again.

Steve: So Dave I wanted to give you an opportunity to tell the audience about where they can find you and what’s going on. What’s the latest, man?

Dave: Oh Steve. Listen, three years ago this month. I came up with this idea of the bobbleheads. This week is international fight. Week, it’s my three-year anniversary. I’m having signings with cowboy Cerrone with Brian Ortego, Guillana Gingecheck, Bruce Buffer. It’s unbelievable. I went from being a guy a fan with an idea to now working with these athletes hand-in-hand and doing business with them and having autograph signings with them. I’m in I’m totally involved in the community now and it’s all due to hard work Steve. It’s I’m really proud of where I’ve come I’m really proud of the work that I’ve put in. I hope that your listeners out there can resonate with my story and know that if he just roll up your sleeves and you go to work and you take every day like it’s your last day and you kick the covers off your body when the sun peeks into your bedroom and you just work and work as hard as you can there will be results for sure.

I guarantee it. So where I’m at today Steve I couldn’t be happier. I’m dealing with the biggest Fighters. That have ever lived in mixed martial arts icons of the sport. Literally. I mean at the tippy tippy top the one percenters. I’m working with right now. I could I I pinch myself. It’s so surreal. I am so happy and you know, I’m going to keep going I treat every day like it’s a new day and I want to keep working harder and harder and harder and I’m so excited and I hope that people that are listening, you know, really hear my story and work hard. And don’t give up.

Steve: His websites MMAbobblehead.com By the way, if anyone wants to go check it out.

Dave: out go go go to the website. You can see how how they’re made how they’re painted my story go see the bobbleheads for yourself because you’re I know you’re thinking bobbleheads. What the hell Bobbleheads have been the same for go. Check out my bobbleheads. You won’t be disappointed. Even if you’re not a mixed martial arts venue just an e-commerce company starting up your own Journey. Go check out the site,

Steve: you know one thing I forgot to ask you this Dave is the UFC noticing this and are they going to start licensing their the athletes themselves?

Dave: The UFC is definitely noticed. I have spoken in bye-bye text to Dana White a couple times who’s the owner of the UFC and I’ve had a couple meetings with the UFC. Yeah, they’re notice it but to exceed the UFC is not in the merchandising business. They pretty much make the same merchandise year after year after year and you know, no disrespect to the UFC but it’s not that great, you know, it’s the same kind of stuff hats t-shirts keychains things like that. No, they’re not making high-end stuff because their business is making the best fights possible. That’s their business not merchandise, and I don’t know if they have a big interest in that so, you know, I have dreams and I have aspirations of you know, maybe partnering up with the UFC one day and maybe that dream will come true and I can come back on your show and tell you how that all went down, but they are taking notice.

Steve: Okay, cool. Well Dave. Hey man. Thanks a lot for coming on the show. Your story is truly inspirational. I love your passionate it always oozes whenever I talk to you and I’m sure the audience noticed that too and I hope a lot of the MMA fans out there. We’ll go and check out your site.

Dave: Thanks for having me Steve. I mean, I really really appreciate you inviting me on your show. It means more than anything to me. I go on a bunch of MMA shows all the time. And you know, I’m not saying to take it for granted, but you know, there’s sometimes in life where you really sit back and go. Wow. Wow, man, like for me. Wow Dave that this is really an accomplishment dude and for me Steve, this is one of those moments.

Steve: Cool. Hey, Dave that that means a lot to me, man, and I really appreciate you coming on.

Dave: Thanks Steve.

Steve: Alright man, take care.

Dave: Take care.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, Dave took me to my first UFC event a few months ago. And since then I’ve been hooked and there are a whole bunch of deals that we didn’t talk about during this episode because it happened after it was recorded. MMA bobblehead is going to be big for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode277.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

276: How To Get Roasted On Your Own Podcast At Klaviyo Boston Day 2

276: I Got Roasted On My Own Podcast At Klaviyo Boston Day 2

I have an all star ecommerce cast for today’s episode. I’m with my partner Toni Anderson, Kurt Elster of the Unofficial Shopify Podcast, Andrew Youderian of Ecommerce Fuel and Padriac Ryan. And we’re reporting live at day 2 of the Klaviyo conference in Boston.

In this episode, we share our key takeaways from Klaviyo Boston Day 2 and I get roasted on my own podcast.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why you shouldn’t go to the restroom prior to recording a podcast with friends you can’t trust
  • Key takeaways from Klaviyo con day 2
  • How Chubbies sends emails
  • New email features that you must use now

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is a very unusual episode that is not like all the others and as an experiment. I decided to have Andrew Youdarien of e-commerce fuel, Patrick Ryan Andrew’s brand new employee, Kurt Elster of The Unofficial Shopify podcast and my partner Toni Anderson all on the show at the same time to cover day two of the klaviyo conference, but here’s what happened. I had to go to the bathroom really badly prior to this recording and while I was away Andrew, Tony, Kurt and Patrick all plotted against me to roast me on my own podcast. Now I debated for a while whether to release this episode but in the end I was like what the heck what is the worst thing that can happen? Anyway in this episode we go over key takeaways of day 2 of klaviyo Con and I get roasted in the process, enjoy.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. I’m Steve and we are here at day 2 of Klaviyo Con. I got an All-Star cast with me today. I got my partner, Tony Anderson. I got Kurt Elster of The Unofficial Shopify podcast not to be mistaken with the official shopify is there an official Shopify podcast?

Kurt: I think Shopify Masters would be the official.

Steve: That’s correct. It’s correct. And we got Andrew Youdarien here from e-commerce Fuel and we got his very he’s funny. We got Patrick here, but he’s holding up his name tag because he’s working for Andrew and I tried to hire him away, but he’s quite expensive actually.

Andrew: that’s true. And I’d like to know this is the multiple or multiple team members. You’ve tried to stay away from me. And none of them have wanted to come work for you given your reputation, which actually leads in before before we get started. See there was something that we were all hoping to chat with you about actually on the show.

Kurt: Well, we’re concerned that you’re under appreciating all Toni does

Steve: were you responsible for this Toni?

Andrew: And of course, she’s not getting paid nearly enough. I mean, we just we just see a lot. I mean she I think it’s safe to say I think everyone here would agree. You’re mostly just a figurehead at this point and Toni does all the work and we think for how you treat her especially she’s under compensate and we would like to publicly negotiate warm out of..

Steve: Toni is actually very well compensated. Let’s not even discuss how much she’s compensated

Andrew & Kurt: clearly she’s clearly your d-roc and we’ve heard your difficult can’t please guys, of course you can you can’t polish this this is this is this is an issue that if it’s not publicly

Steve: and I go to the bathroom.

Kurt: All right happens when you gallons of coffee and..

Steve: Well, we are here to talk about klaviyo. Toni is very well compensated.

Andrew: So we are not going to talk about this very real issues at okay. I guess we’ll just don’t you and your dad you’re going to get your phone number in case anyone is interested in partnering up with you? Okay, excellent.

Steve: And we did discover that Toni. Loves hugs. So if you ever see her out in the hall or at a conference, just give her a hug. It’s a term in verb. It’s one of her five love languages when of hugging

Andrew: yes, so she has all five love languages like hugs. What else we discuss my acts of service, which I think you could you know, maybe working on the

Steve: tons of access service.

Kurt: Yep. I don’t think compensation is one of those five love languages. Yeah

Toni: compensation is my love language.

Steve: Alright. Anyways, we’re here to talk about klaviyo Con and key takeaways. We did spend a lot of time on that tangent. I apologize for all the listeners out there. What’d you guys think of also day two first thing that happened was Jake Cohen came out and he talked about all the new klaviyo features the the features that I was very impressed at were all the new data Gathering features right now when I need numbers, I actually have to contact my wife who then has to run through all these equations on the Excel spreadsheet. And it gets a little bit cumbersome now. I can just pull all my own data. So I’m very happy.

Kurt: I think the thing I like most about klaviyo con is that all the talks or majority of the talks are Merchants their customers. So it’s not like Shopify staff or klaviyo staff saying, hey drink the Kool-Aid. It’s real people saying look, we’re going to pull back the curtain. This is how we’re using this. So just from like actionable tactical advice. There’s a lot of great stuff but to your point about Jake Cohen keynote this morning. I mean the the features coming down the pipe not necessarily surprising but still seeing the implementation seeing how easy to use these new tools are it’s really phenomenal. Of course like the big one. The one that they the big takeaway is SMS is now SMS. You can now approach in The Identical fashion do email as far as implementation goes.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely and he gave a little demo on stage. It’s it was like two clicks to get that implemented.

Kurt: It was like it’s a checkbox in the preferences panel is the craziest thing.

Steve: Absolutely not Actually refer a lot of beginners over to Klaviyo and what’s nice is and I know they were doing this but they’re actually like scraping your site now so that they’ll grab your logo the grab any sort of graphics and then you instantly have some templates that are customized with your colors right off the bat.

Kurt: I didn’t even know that

Steve: I didn’t even know that either because it’s been so long since I’ve been using it. So

Andrew: I thought the there’s a session he touched on a little bit but I thought the email deliverability where they’re automatically testing and trying to to send over the course of 24 hours and figure out what time is best. I think that’s quite I don’t know you guys would like we do. We don’t do where you just pick a time that we think works well and blast it out the ability to just automatically have that happen and optimize around send times for maximizing open and click-through is pretty cool. Like I

Steve: You know it’s funny Toni. I we had lunch with one of the data scientists that klaviyo because I wanted some clarification on how that works and they released this paper where they were trying to figure out. So what they were originally going to implement was optimal times on a per individual basis. So for example, like you might open your email at 11 I might open at 9 a.m. And that would be the most optimal but they did all these studies and it turns out that I don’t remember what she said was something like you would need like 3,000 emails sent for that individual to gather enough data to do that. And if you don’t have enough data, it’s not going to be accurate. So they’re smart sending feature. What it does. All you have to do is send one broadcast to train when approximately everyone has the highest percentage of open rates and for subsequent campaigns it optimizes and sent at that time in a particular persons time zone and it works a lot better

Toni: and what I want at we talked about this a little bit on the first podcast that we did for day one, but what was really cool is that we sat in the keynote learned about all the new features. We actually had a couple questions about one of the things was the personalized time because it didn’t it wasn’t fully explained in the keynote because there wasn’t time but we had a whole lunch to sit there with the klaviyo data scientists and like ask the hard questions and you know then have her basically say what are you looking at? What do you need? Send me an email? So it’s cool because you learn things in the sessions, but then you have the opportunity to In dive deeper with all the Klaviyo staff that’s here at the conference.

Steve: Absolutely. And I don’t know if I excluded some of you guys from the conversation but me and the data scientist. Her name is Christina. We were kind of geeking out because she went to MIT. I’m gonna look so engineer. She was a material science major and so I just it was just nice to and she was getting really excited to talking about all the stuff. So people out klaviyo are very happy and with their jobs and she was just ecstatic to be talking about these numbers. She even took some notes Down based on what we said, so they’re constantly gathering information. Patrick any key takeaways?

Patrick: Yeah, I think the analytics portion is it seems like everyone had to jump through hoops to get analytics Data before and now it’s going to be right there a couple clicks and you get the data you need and it looks like they’re probably going to get the eventually get the graph data and crunching right on screen as well. So I think it’s going to save a lot of people a lot of time.

Steve: Yeah, so I had a couple things to say just about like the customer analytics because klaviyo has all of your data across your entire store. You can basically get your Revenue numbers based on any segment. So anyone who has spent over $100 and bought red handkerchiefs in the last week. I can easily get a nice graph year over year to see how we’re doing in that in that respect and just to have all that data which is completely accurate since you’re sending all your data to klaviyo is just really powerful. You don’t need to contact your wife for example to get the numbers. I think I already said that right? I probably I’m sorry Jen. I’m really sorry.

Andrew: We love you Jen

Steve: what’s sessions you guys go to I know Toni I went to the chubby session. I don’t think we saw you there which sessions you guys go to

Patrick: try to go to Chubby’s boot was full they will ya what was it was a good

Steve: it was those guys are a riot. I found it hilarious. They what they do is they have they test all these subject lines and they also send emails five times a week, which I thought was pretty insane, but they’re open rates weren’t bad given how much they send. I think they’re average open way was 16% given all their sins. I think you’re the data was not actually 9 percent is what their year-to-date numbers were which I thought were a little low. Because we Toni and I we sat in on a deliverability session once and I think they were telling us that if the deliverability drops below 15% you should be worried about it.

Toni: Yes, one of the things I was actually curious that they didn’t talk about in the session. Although I’m a huge Chubby’s fan. Like I think their marketing is amazing and the two guys that were speaking like were totally brand appropriate but I’m curious if their conversion rates on those emails, right? Because I did, you know, we’ve had this conversation afterwards like nine percent seemed a little low but because like some of their emails are not sale emails at all, right, they’re just random content and so I’m wondering like their conversion rates because they send I think three or four different emails out to right like they have one that’s very specific and then I think they’re Friday one. They said was like the Weekender which is sort of nonsensical a little bit. So I was curious if they didn’t discuss because it wasn’t that wasn’t the topic.

Steve: Well, I’d be more curious what their deliverability rate is right? Because when it drops below 15% that means maybe yahoo, or Microsoft emails as a whole are getting blocked all together.

Toni: Yeah, that’s true.

Steve: Actually, one of the Klaviyo representatives offered to introduce me to the Chubby’s founder. So I’ll have them on the podcast at some point. And if I had the courage I will ask them those hard questions and see what they say.

Kurt: They’re a lot of fun. Let me ask you a question German. What are what are some of the common themes that you’re seeing among Merchants presenting talking whatever it is.

Steve: I think the higher degree of personalization across the emails. I really like what they’ve done with the flow Builder the ability to just Branch depending on the type of customer. I think we Toni and I we touched on this on yesterday’s episode already just you know higher lifetime value customers, you might want to treat a little bit differently versus the ones who might not spend that much or haven’t become customers yet might want to heavily discount just to get them in the door. I think that has been the general theme of the event. I know what do you guys think?

Andrew: It’s a the the own marketing is probably what I would say the biggest thing that they’re pushing. I think it I think it resonates you want to Define what that is for the people who don’t know what that is. So any any marketing channel where you have total control over it? So right Google Facebook Amazon do not count because you’re hitchhiking off. Someone else’s platform some in some way podcasting email direct mail. Those will all be own channels SMS things like that. So I think that’s a huge one that’s been talked about a lot the other one. I’ve seen a lot. I think this is true is like people like if you’re gonna if you’re gonna start a business and run it and sell people stuff like you got to have a better reason than just selling people random stuff and because otherwise it’s hard to stand out. It’s hard to like higher motivated smart people and it’s hard to it’s hard to there’s a lot of noise in the world today, you know, so like having a good why I’m seeing that a lot more with with with companies and Brands.

Steve: Sorry Andrew. What do you sell again?

Andrew: I sell I sell relationships and Community.

Steve: Okay. Yeah.

Andrew: What do you sell digital products IC. Yes digital products longtime member here long time on the beginning. I’ve been to all the e-commerce fuel lives

Andrew: and not so I’m not sure if the 10-year will continue. But yeah

Steve: you know if funny thing we talked about own marketing even with email with Gmail introducing all the different inboxes arguably email is not quite owned either right because you got to stay out of the promotional inbox and Google technically has control over that

Kurt: I like the idea of own marketing, you know, like it’s you know, Amazon, you’re just renting a table at their Marketplace Facebook Google ads you’re renting the traffic from the traffic store, right? And then these other channels really it’s ostensibly you create the content and in talking to the a lot of these Brands and seeing the brands were speaking the common theme was we’re creating entertaining content first. So a lot of people just like really producing lots and lots of content and it’s not necessarily sales content. It’s entertaining content to build a one-on-one relationship and like what a the one of the mantras for Success that I’ve held for years is people buy from people not Brands and to see like an entire conference built around that idea my gosh. So excited but also just thrilled to see actionable ways to do that and people saying like hey the way you make money with these channels is create compelling engaging content and people like and some of the stuff feels like going back to basics.

That we’ve started to overlook in favor of all the shiny toys that are out there like so many people have said we have what flow what’s the one you can’t live without they got welcome series like well, what do you do in the welcome series like, oh, we just trying to introduce people to the brand to us to the team to Ry and like oh, but what about you know products and sales their got that comes later and that like in these are huge Brands big like seven eight figure Brands. So really it’s been been very compelling and inspiring to see that

Steve: absolutely and actually the poster child. I would probably be Chubbies they spent a lot of time on their content and I actually want to just kind of touch on a couple of things one of their men they do an insane number of subject lines. I think I can’t remember who was speaking, Toni?

Kurt: Eric?

Steve: was it was it Eric? But I think they go through like 30 subject lines at least maybe more and they spent a lot of time on that stuff

Toni: they do and but then I think they said they sent they send for

Steve: yes.

Toni: Usually they A/B test with for subject lines, but more importantly in do we talked? I can’t remember we talked about this in our round one, but the preview in the email.

Steve: Yes

Toni: and I know you and I talked about that offline. I can remember if we put that

Steve: No, we put that in there because I wasn’t doing it.

Toni: Yes

Steve: and then you were

Toni: yes, but to see right there. Yeah well to see their preview, you know, what what shows up in the right after and what I thought was interesting we didn’t talk about is the who it’s from where they’re making up those email addresses, which was really cool.

Steve: Yeah. So just to kind of expand upon that they make up funny user names for their emails depending on whatever theme they have. I don’t know if I can replicate them because just the style their emails are really irreverent. Their email subject lines are just so off the wall. And I probably couldn’t do that for like my store, or example. it’d be a lot of fun to do that to be able to put irreverence subject lines. Like what was one of their funny ones? They’re like just off the wall.

Toni: Yeah, very random has nothing really to do with the product. But so I guess I just mind auto-populates, right? So it’s from the actual brand email right? But then like you can also put like someone’s name like I usually put Toni at the oil collection or whatever but they do they create that where you can actually customize enough to be a true email like one of them was like, hello darkness my old friend at Chubbies.com. Right? Like they because it had to do with whatever subject line was or like, is it the weekend yet at Chubbies.com like they change in it’s like really clever and I think it’s just another way to get like be top of mind like look when you get in your inbox, right you’re fighting to get notice and he also said that they try to keep their like actual subject like one a couple words, right?

Steve: Yeah two words, their subject lines are always super short. Yeah. So what they do, I’m just looking at my notes right now. They do a three-hour test when they do there. With test for the highest open rate and then whatever wins they press out to the rest of their list.

Andrew: So this is a little this may be a little niche when you’re not spend too much time on it. But a lot of us here put on events. Like would you guys appreciate about the event or would you have fun with here from an event like an event standpoint as opposed to contest that point because I think that’s fun to geek out on to

Toni: I mean, it’s definitely not as cool as ECF live or seller Summit right? But no actually I will say Adama stickler for events and things running on time like everything’s on time here, you know if session starts at 10 a.m. It is starting at 10:00 a.m. They end on time which is great because sometimes when sessions run along then you’re forced to not get to the next session that you want to go to. Yes just drives me insane when the speaker just keeps talking and you know, you got to shut the mic off whatever but they’ve been running on time. It’s a great venue very walkable area, which I always think is good. They feed you all day long, which is a big deal. Lots of water, coffee. All the standards have that a lot of people don’t necessarily think is important.

It actually is really important to us like a customer to the event and I think what what sets its event apart from other brand events, although I haven’t been to a ton is the amount of like klaviyo people that I can actually solve your problem which we talked a little bit yesterday are the other day on the podcast, but I think that’s a huge benefit to coming here. If you’re a klaviyo user if you want to use klaviyo to its fullest potential like coming here is a good place to be able to figure that out and find like the gaps in your own business.

Kurt: So the swag is a big deal to a lot of conferences. You have the cool swag and it’s like so easy the T-shirt now it sucks. And klaviyo really went next level with swag. So I wore just out of practicality a fanny bag Fanny. Yeah fanny pack to this event only to discover the swag you get when you show up is a fanny pack from a Shopify Merchant. And then as you in the fanny pack is a poker chip that’s has Klaviyo on it. And then as you do different things like get support go to the after-party you get more of these poker chips, and then you can take those to the the swag boo. Which is a Plinko board and you drop the chips into the Plinko board and it spells out. Klaviyo at the bottom and each letter corresponds to a different kind of Swag and the there were like, it was like socks t-shirts. I forgot my sunglasses. So I got some klaviyo blenders, I wear sunglasses which was convenient, but the big hit was like a they’re giving away backpacks that people were really into but it’s always fun to see like, okay not only did they put thought into valuable swag that you’ll actually like use and enjoy later but they made it they gamified it made it this very fun process.

Andrew: This is maybe less exciting but more practical like two things. I thought were cool. It was the paper schedule. We use a nap. Everything’s digital. I hate paper most people hate paper, but I loves this thing. Like I just play time. It’s so much easier. I we’re going to do that at our next event yet. You got one too. That’s great the bells like I think you guys know to like trying to get heard people into sessions at an event is people have great discussions and you don’t want to break those up at the same time like you got to get the the Rolling and the little magic Tinkerbell fellows that Steve you look really you look very beautiful walking around like I don’t know how they got you to do that. But doing the bells,

Toni: like first of all..

Andrew: have a you have a talent for that my friend..

Toni: He had piano lessons for many years as a child.

Andrew: He did?

Toni: So I think that’s part of it but

Andrew: So Graceful wasn’t it?

Toni: but yeah, I’m beautiful and with the to to in Tights as well. Like I feel like that just added

Andrew: I didn’t see that again. He did it again with to to tights?

Toni: On day 2, it was day one. Day two he was wearing regular clothes. Yeah

Andrew: we will post some pictures in the show notes here if you want to see those, so

Toni: I actually asked Steve about getting the bells because I do I agree with you. It’s hard to get people back in session and then it’s annoying when they’re coming in and out and the door and he said, you know Toni we don’t have the budget for that right but I have but I have a megaphone.

Andrew: To tos are very expensive

Toni: he has a megaphone at home. So we’re good. I’m just going to walk through blast and people with a megaphone at seller Summit, you know, and I feel like that’s that’s in line with the type of event. We like to run.

Andrew: Yeah see thank you for inviting us to come on your body.

Steve: Yes. I’ve been like you can’t see me but Been fighting to grab the mic backs as we have two mics. We got five people here and we’re passing around. So would you say you just you didn’t mention like you like the paper schedules would you say it’s more valuable than a nap Andrew?

Andrew: more valuable than a nap? This is a trick question. I think both are very important and I think

Steve: Course you do, Kiss Ass haha

Andrew: I think they are like we are..

Steve: have vendors already afraid of Tony that’s even better long. She’s already terrified.

Andrew: Yes. I know. So will you guys we have an app for our conference? And they’re great. They’re good for messaging and stuff. But like it’s also the schedules the best part about the paper.

Steve: So I want to switch gears a little bit from not making fun of me. Do some key takeaways for the event It’s the final day here. We’re almost done with the event. You want to start Kurt? What are your key takeaways from the event

Kurt: when I get back to my office. I think the the thing I want to do is pick a couple retainer clients and just start going through their flows and trying to reconcile what they’re doing and all of the phenomenal advice I got here like so many people is what’s the one flow and like browse abandonment welcome series and all with this customer service Focus. So I really wanted like with a critical eye go back and look and make sure that we’re doing a good job of engaging and entertaining and delivering that like personal content that Brands like Chubbies are doing so well that I think everybody and you don’t have to do it like the irreverent funny way the Chubbies does but you can certainly make things like they don’t have to be so stuffy and business and corporate that we can leave to the Enterprise, Organizations and instead it approach things in a much more human way. So I think that’s

Steve: I didn’t realize you could copy writing is part of your services. Do you?

Kurt: I have a little bit everything.

Steve: Okay.

Kurt: Now when we do specifically like email setups and email management and as part of that I just I let my inner copywriter out.

Steve: Let me ask you this. What is what is one feature that was announced that you plan on thoroughly integrating with your clients.

Kurt: So number one the smarts end times that’s just like in a single checkbox immediate win. So they said it soon as I say something. It’s gonna do it again. It was with the smart. Sometimes they said on average. It was a 10 percent lift and open rates. That’s a single option that will make that work better. So all right easy win. Everybody makes more money if I enable that feature

Steve: absolutely

Kurt: and yeah that one number one and I think that’s all I got, now go back.

Steve: I’m not editing this

Kurt: not like I gotta go back go back through it. Everybody’s doing welcome series of browse abandonment like everybody asks, what’s the one thing you can’t live without it was browser Bandit welcome series over and over. So I think I need to re review and make sure everybody you’re running both of those and I think the way to supercharge that is to do because personalization was a common theme.

Steve: Yep

Kurt: like a browser abandonment. It works. It’s nice to make a customer service focused but it could be a little generic. I think the magic is in let’s take this idea of personalization apply it to browse abandonment where we do different browser abandonment flows and you could do like split flows and klaviyo now where it’s depending on what category they viewed

Steve: right

Kurt: That’s a very easy flow filter to apply you could filter by collection. So it’s like oh they viewed wallets. All right, then the browse abandonment email is actually an email about which wallets right for me like that kind of thing. So it’s rough start repurposing that content making it very you focused on the customer and just help them by engaging them in this customer service oriented way. I think that’s how we’re going to start selling and really Separating these the small business brands from the the big news cpg Procter & Gamble direct to Consumer brands that are cropping up

Steve: cool, Youdarien, what do you got?

Andrew: I think takeaways are get better about sending email email sound like you mentioned testing that more because I we’re horrible at it. Really? I am Patrick maybe..

Patrick: Don’t blame me I’ve only been there for four months haha

Steve: so just for the record you guys can’t see this, but Andrew said he sucks at and then he looked over at Patrick

Andrew: and said maybe You’re better at this

Steve: I never blame anyone but myself. When..

Andrew: is that true Toni?

Toni: Yes that’s so true

Steve: just a testament to my character

Toni: I’m not sure about that Steve

Andrew: and thrown a lot of rocks from living in a glass room. Literally. So yeah, I think I mean that’s a big one. I think the one to is thinking about just like nurturing. There’s a couple good campaigns on nurturing and nourishing people throughout your throne. Like I got I won’t I’m not blaming Patrick showed up Steve’s got me all defensive but like our nurture series is pretty bad and the opt-ins are horrible on her blog like we just I think we really I need to really redesign it. We’re going to work on this together. But so that was one thing and I think another one was also like SMS is there are some SMS companies floating around it’s not hugely widely used thing for a lot of merchants right now. And I think it is of all of the marketing mediums that have the potential to backfire. I think this one’s pretty as a lot of potential to do that because maybe people are different.

I am very sensitive to the marketing messages I go with text. Text from you like every personal Channel, you know, and like I if I get some messages from Brand, I really love for product really am interested in and it stays like much money. Okay, maybe that’s fine. But if I start getting spammed by text, it will create an emotional it has in the past create an emotional backlash with me and I think Brands should be really careful how they I can be super powerful, but I think you’ll be really careful. Otherwise, you’re going to alienate a lot of customers.

Steve: I know for SMS for me. I think I will probably only use it like as a last resort if people aren’t opening emails may be just as Of like a last ditch effort to give him some sort of discount or some sort of piece of content that I know they want to click over or have them re– opt into some other series. I’ll probably also use it. Maybe this is an e-commerce related but for webinars just to kind of remind people that the webinar starting soon. That’s probably something that might not be that intrusive. But but I agree if it’s just for to announce the latest sale that can get annoying real quick. All right, Patrick. What do you got man?

Patrick: I think data points. We have a lot of data points and I think we use them effectively enough to personalize the email Series. So I think playing with those and the sin x might help our deliverability and open rates, but also but also playing around with the subject lines make a little more fun with that and changing all of our from addresses to see wears a pink tutu at e-commercefuel.com would be perfect. So definitely a great takeaway from this conference. I can Implement that tomorrow.

Andrew: Steve do you know anyone that can do really good Photoshop work for us totally unrelated totally relate, but do you know anyone?

Steve: anyway next question so my key takeaway was I like Kurt I actually haven’t been using a whole lot of the personalization features in my flows and I actually created all my flows back when they didn’t have that whole new flow bloat Builder. So I actually have multiple flows that kind of overlap and I exclude the people on the other flows when I do it. So right now it’s a complete mess and I just need to kind of redo all of them and you can you can consolidate a bunch of flows because you can do conditional stuff within the flow builder now to really simplify things. So that’s kind of next on my objective

Toni: what I love about events. Like this is that you tend to get an aha moment sometimes based on multiple things you heard so yesterday they talked about gender predictive feature, which I was like cool. I don’t know how I’d use that most of my customers are female. But then as I started thinking about it today and having other conversations, I realized that actually I do have Male purchases and it’s always a gift right and then I started thinking well, it’s always a gift. They always come organically and they never use a coupon. So I never want to send them a coupon right because they’re going to buy without a coupon. So I said we were at lunch and we were talking to the data scientist and I was like, oh, I got it. Like I need to make sure that I’m segmenting my people so that they’re not getting a coupon because they’ll never they don’t need to use one and I think a lot of times guys when they’re looking for gifts aren’t likely to use a coupon anyway, so that was my big aha moment.

Steve: Clearly. Those guys are not Asian because yeah,

Toni: yeah

Steve: I use a coupon whenever I can

Toni: I yeah, I and I don’t pull the I don’t use the data like I should but I know just from like especially early on

Steve: noticed there wasn’t like a racial setting on on the klaviyo thing.

Toni: I’m not even gonna respond to that

Steve: I think I’m gonna cut that one out.

Andrew: steve, when you’re shopping for presents for Jen you go and find like half a dozen coupons and then pick from those for the present?

Steve: They don’t have coupons for Cartier, Tiffany’s and all those high-end high-end retailers and

Toni: Walmart’s already discounted enough so you don’t need a coupon right, Steve?

Steve: So I’m going to end this podcast a little bit earlier than I typically do. We’re in a soundproof booth right now, but the ceiling is wide open and we’re sitting right outside of the main hall and people are sent to exit right now. But I hope you guys appreciate this little recap and in the roasting I guess

Toni: this is going to be your most popular podcast ever

Steve: just show me your support by leaving some in the comments in defensive me, please and

Andrew: and just for the record if you didn’t hear at the beginning our defensive Toni and her support, it was edited out by Steve write to him at Steve@mywifequitherjob.com and ask him to include that back into the podcast because it’s an important piece and I mean, I just I think it’s important

Steve: what’s funny is This is all plotted while I went to the bathroom. I had to go to the bathroom before we started recording and then they plotted this whole thing. They know I can’t really edit it out. And then Toni was probably the Mastermind. I’m guessing

Toni: in all seriousness this in all seriousness. This is why you should attend these events because you get together with people that you usually only see online and you’re able to share ideas you joke around you can rip on each other. It’s pretty cool side benefit of being here. So thank you Steve for being a good sport.

Steve: I don’t know if I call this people my friends but we do but we do see each other once or twice a year and it’s a lot of fun.

Andrew: I know Toni and Kurt, I consider you a good friends.

Steve: So, all right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode as it was a departure from one of my typical episodes. And as you can probably tell going to events with your friends and fellow podcasters can be a lot of fun. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode276.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode and inviting me to the event now. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Oh, I also want thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

275: Email Marketing Takeaways From Klaviyo Boston Day 1 With Toni Anderson

275: Key Takeaways From Klaviyo Boston Day 1 With Toni Anderson

Today, I’m with my partner Toni Anderson and we’re reporting live at the Klaviyo conference in Boston. Unlike other company sponsored events, what sets Klaviyo-con apart from the rest is the insane employee to attendee ratio.

At Klaviyo-con, there’s literally 1 employee to answer questions for every 2 attendees which is crazy. In this episode, Toni and I share our key email marketing takeaways from Klaviyo Boston Day 1.

What You’ll Learn

  • An overview of Klaviyo Boston
  • New flow features that you have to use now to improve your email conversions
  • Small tweaks you can make to drastically improve your open rate
  • How to use data science to improve your email marketing revenue

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, I just got back from Klaviyo annual conference in Boston and I came back with a bunch of email marketing takeaways that I’m going to share with you in this episode along with my partner, Toni Anderson. Now, I thought that I was doing everything possible with my email marketing but there are some new features that I now have to implement with my e-commerce store.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. My partner, Toni Anderson and I are live in Boston at Klaviyo Con number 2. Now, what’s funny is Toni and I we were at this event last year and it was only 300 people, right?

Toni: Yeah way bigger this year.

Steve: Way bigger, I would say it’s more than double the size.

Toni: Absolutely. But what I think is amazing in Klaviyo Con and if you haven’t been you have to go is that they have one Klaviyo person for every two attendees at the event.

Steve: That is correct. Every single person at the company comes. I think what they’re 300 people there. And so yeah two to one ratio. So what’s great about this event, which is unlike any other company based event that I’ve been to is that they offer like free consulting services for Klaviyo. So they have dedicated time where you can just pull any Klaviyo person side and get personalized help on your email marketing campaigns.

Toni: And everywhere you go in the convention center. There are tables with people with their Klaviyo jackets on with open laptop. To ready to help you like I don’t think there was one point the entire day when you and I walked around where there wasn’t opportunity to talk to somebody from Klaviyo.

Steve: What’s funny is we run an event together and this is not a low-budget Affair.

Toni: No.

Steve: I was walking down they offer breakfast coffee all day the stage looked amazing.

Toni: It did, beautiful

Steve: And I was like Toni, you know, what do we get that stage for Seller Summit? And then you told me you gave me a number and I was shocked by how much they are spending on this event. I’m pretty sure they’re not making a profit on the event.

Toni: No, I mean it’s all the money that I think your ticket goes to is to create an atmosphere where you can learn as much as possible about all the amazing tools and features that Klaviyo has.

Steve: Yes, it is all about the community and the fact that every single employee is there. I’m just wondering who’s running the company

Toni: the actually was wondering that we were sitting in the session this morning. I thought well, what if there’s like a problem?

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: Who are you talking to?

Steve: Maybe the engineers stayed behind?

Toni: No, there were there were some engineer looking dude. I saw the Asians.

Steve: Engineer looking dudes, please clarify when engineering looking Dude Looks Like please Man

Toni: I, we don’t have to do that.

Steve: Get you on the podcast and insult me. So what was also amazing about Klaviyo was last year when we were here. They said they had like ten thousand brand signed on and this year, they said they had 20,000 Brands.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: 2x increase and 2x increase in the number of employees and they also decided this one statistic which was about Black Friday and I think what was it like five billion dollars were made over Black Friday weekend and they went through their statistics in Klaviyo and Klaviyo was responsible for 40 million of that which is almost a percent.

Toni: Yeah, that’s phenomenal

Steve: Which is crazy. I didn’t even realize so many people were so many larger companies were using Klaviyo. So the event was packed. We actually had some problems getting in some sessions, but the few that we did go to work good.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: So what I thought we would do is kind of do a little breakdown of the sessions that we went to. Do you have any comments about the keynote per se?

Toni: I always think it’s interesting to listen to a brand keynote just to hear about their growth and their strategies for growing their business what I like about what they’re doing is it feels like all their growth is centered around helping the consumer being the users of Klaviyo grow their businesses. So I just think that that all the statistics they shared this morning, were pretty I don’t know if we can get a copy that they had the slide where it showed all their users. So klaviyo customers connected to those customer’s customers.

Steve: Yes and of just covering the entire world.

Toni: Yes, like the entire Globe had like these connections, which I thought was if you could I’m sure they’ll give that to you could add it to the show notes, but that was pretty phenomenal think about like how many people are touched on a daily basis just by email marketing

Steve: What I actually liked was instead of making people come to an event. They actually went around and put events all across the country for their customers.

Toni: Yeah, right.

Steve: I don’t know of any other company that does that but I guess the fact that they’re doing really well they can do this and it just shows that they’re the care that they have for the customer makes them loyal customers in the more people just sign on.

Toni: I think there was even a comment. One of the Keynotes this afternoon where it said everything is so integrated into the date of the klaviyo provides that you can’t switch email service providers.

Steve: Oh, yeah. Yeah, like I’m on klaviyo you’re on klaviyo and once you once you’re pregnant, I want to say pregnant with their service like you can’t you can’t get out of there because all of your data is just in there and all the data is necessary to create all these segments that you can use to to increase revenue for like your best sellers.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: All right. So let’s switch gears and talk about the first session that we went to it was from Alexandra Edelstein who spoke at seller Summit at the seller Summit. She was talking about segmentation, but this time around she was talking about flows and just to be clear flows and klaviyo land are autoresponder sequences that pretty much generate revenue for your store on autopilot. And if you followed my blog for quite some time, I have an article in there. About all the email autoresponders that I use but klaviyo over the years have introduced additional features into their flow Builder that allow you to dig a lot deeper into these flows. And I know after listening to Alex’s talk. I’m going to be making some significant changes to my flows to take advantage of these features and let’s go over some of these features you want to start?

So the first feature that’s been in there for quite some time is and this is really hard. You’re not actually using the tool but it’s the ability to Branch your autoresponder sequences based on customer data. So for example, let’s say someone abandons the cart right? Right now, the way I have it is I send out a generic abandoned cart email after 4 hours and if they still haven’t made a purchase I send them another abandoned cart email after day and then finally another one after two days, but what you can do in klaviyo now is you can Branch based on new and old customers. So let’s say I have a customer who is never purchased from us and we want them to just spend money and we want them to make a purchase because we know that someone who has purchased as 60% more likely to make another purchase.

You just want to get them to spend any amount of money in that abandoned cart sequence. I’m not giving out a coupon but what I might want to do is for a brand new customer give them a coupon just so they become a customer whereas if it’s an old customer has already purchased before chances are those people might not need a coupon and I wouldn’t want to present a coupon to them because I know they’re going to buy no matter what.

Toni: Yeah, and I thought it was interesting to she talked about basing doing a split based on the product like that was in the band and cart hmm where you can change the subject line based on product, which I thought was pretty cool.

Steve: Yes, actually I think one of her examples was based on the value of the items in the cart.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: So someone only has like 5 bucks in their cart, you’re not going to offer them a coupon right? They’re low value customer but let’s say there were way old, let’s say they’re spending like $500 in their cart you want to do like you have more wiggle room to provide a discount in that case since you might want to Discount 10 or 20% in there.

Toni: Right. So the fact that you can like completely customize the customer experience based on the value of the items in the cart what’s in the cart likes pretty amazing because it’s true like the $5 customer or the $20 customer you’re going to treat very differently than the customer that’s going to spend $500. And then the other thing that I thought was interesting is they talked about you can send automations based on the expected date of the next order.

Steve: Yes.

Toni: Which first of all just like mind-blowing.

Steve: So that opens a whole can of worms, right? So klaviyo, I think last year they introduced all these data science features. So there’s lifetime value. Acted date of next order they even have a predicted gender.

Toni: Yes.

Steve: Feature where I think based on the name of the customer they can infer whether it’s a male or female and you can dynamically change your emails imagery. So for example, let’s say we know it’s a female we’d want to show them pictures of women’s clothes as opposed to men’s clothes. Whereas if it was Steve they’d want to show me like guys clothing right so you can customize dynamically on that level.

Toni: I think you can even I think for me like just thinking about how I would use that in my own business is just changing even the verbiage like in the subject line of an email or in the email body and

Steve: To make it more girly.

Toni: Yeah or to make it more like direct and to-the-point. I mean hate to be stereotypical here, but..

Steve: Well no, for a guy be direct to the point.

Toni: Exactly.

Steve: Okay, what’s an example of like a female subject like?

Toni: Like more emojis in the subject line, like over-the-top verbiage, you know, lots of, lots of punctuation. I think I would be testing that if I was dividing it by gender.

Steve: Which brings me to the next feature that everyone should be using which is AB testing. What’s cool about klaviyo is like I’ve used five email marketing tools over the years and typically the way you set up an a/b test is you literally write two different emails. Then you send it out twice and you figure out who wins within Klaviyo, you can do it within a flow and this is if you’re not using the tool it’s really hard to visualize this but they have this email autoresponder Builder. That’s like drag and drop and what you can do is you can actually drag this A/B test lock in there and then write two emails and then instantly it just automatically A/B test within the flow and as soon as you pick a winner, you literally just delete the email that lost and that way you have the most optimal email autoresponder in there.

Toni: That’s actually one of my favorite features that they have. That makes it so much

Steve: Yeah, it makes it more convenient like other tools have this feature, but it’s much easier to use with klaviyo.

Toni: And then I like the fact that they talk about and this is something that I’m not doing but that you can tag profiles inflows to update them in the flow. Once you talked about. So once someone does it creates a certain action at tags them so then it it changes where they are in the flow. And remember when she was talking with that is towards the end.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah, I have that right?

Toni: I think it’s newer. It’s a newer feature. She said I think they rolled out in the past couple months.

Steve: That’s right. If someone is made their first order, what you do is you can tag them and time stamp that so that maybe after one year, for example, we sell wedding handkerchiefs. We’d want to stamp them in after a year. Wish them a happy anniversary and maybe after the second anniversary, which is the Cotton anniversary entice them to get hankies again.

Toni: And in seven years they get

Steve: Seven years to get well, yeah, seven years the running joke between Toni and I is that after seven years, that’s like the typical divorce period so after seven years send them another email automatically see, hey, sorry it didn’t work out. But

Toni: Here’s a hankie to dry your tears.

Steve: Here’s a hankie to dry your tears.

Toni: One thing I was going to actually ask you about I was just curious because we heard this several times today. Do you use emojis in any of your email? So

Steve: I do not.

Toni: Okay, I’ve started testing it and it’s actually works really well, but I wonder if it’s because my audience is primarily female. Although yours is probably to for

Steve: It actually is.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Well, no actually for the blog too the readers are mostly women over the age of 35. So

Toni: We love emojis

Steve: I was just going to say as a woman over the age of

Toni: 27

Steve: 27

Toni: right

Steve: You like emojis or

Toni: I’ve noticed in my open rates have increased since I’ve started adding them.

Steve: That’s not what I was asking you. Are you more likely to open and email

Toni: Yeah

Steve: Because of an emoji?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Are there any specific emojis that work better than others?

Toni: The ones that I the ones that I personally relate to the laughing, crying one, big eye. You know, what the heck’s going on, but I think it also can correlate to your email subject. Right? Like I sent an email out the other day and I said something about something being on life support,.

Steve: Friyay?

Toni: Friyay, that’s, I love Friyay, I sent out about being on life support and I added a little ambulance and then like the shocked face and the open rate was pretty good. And I feel like is it correlated to my topic but I’ve been testing it for probably six weeks now and my open rates are increasing and that’s really the only thing I’ve changed in the email so

Steve: I know for me emojis are a big turn-off.

Toni: Yes. I know that’s why I was curious about you using them.

Steve: I probably I mean if I don’t like them, I probably won’t use them

Toni: Right

Steve: Although like because you can do gender-based split.

Toni: That’s what I was thinking.

Steve: Right. Perhaps I would do Emojis for women over the age of 27 like yourself.

Toni: Yes. Absolutely.

Steve: And for guys to be like yo

Toni: you could do like the fist bump emoji.

Steve: Oh Yeah the fist bump I might open a fist bump Emoji actually. Yeah.

Toni: but I noticed that like two of the speaker’s today mentioned it in their talks

Steve: Emojis?

Toni: I feel like this is it’s clearly a trend but I’ve been getting emails from like big Brands like Macy’s type size brands with emojis in them now.

Steve: Really?

Toni: Yeah

Steve: Macy’s.

Toni: I don’t know if it’s Macy’s but like brands on that

Steve: What if you’re like bank send you emails with Emojis? I probably wouldn’t fly right

Toni: the bags of money.

Steve: I don’t want Bank of America sending me like fist-bump emojis or whatnot. So it depends on the business folks one thing that I also I found kind of neat was they have location-based also. So let’s say your shipping worldwide. You might only want to offer free shipping if they are located geographically in the United States as opposed. We actually ran into this problem the other day, we offer free shipping over the orders over the over 75 bucks, but then we had an international customer as their shopping. We had this like countdown right countdown to free shipping and she obtained free shipping. We don’t actually know where she’s located until after she starts checking out and she was she thought she was getting free shipping, but she didn’t. But anyway bottom line here is you can easily do that in your email to just make it clear that free shipping is only for U.S People and the international people won’t see that, you know.

Toni: Something they talked about later today that I thought was really interesting. And I wanted to chat with you about it is the cross selling and advertising versus email your when she discussed that it was the skincare lady this afternoon where she talked about taking the email addresses and instead of like using them to instead of marketing to them via email. They actually use them for like custom audiences and Facebook to cross-sell.

Steve: Yeah, that’s actually something we do but only with emails who have not opened with a certain period so essentially people who just have an open for a while and instead of just deleting them or just sunsetting them you want to do something with them and sometimes they’re not opening emails, but they’re on Facebook or Instagram and they can see those ads. So one thing that we do in that respect is we take some of our people who have bought before but haven’t bought in a long time have an open an email a long time and we try to get them back on with some sort of give away or some sort of like free plus shipping offer and that sort of thing or like a free hanky with any purchase and that usually gets them back on once they make a purchase again for some reason after they make a Purchase, they’re more likely to open the emails after.

All right. So one other thing that I thought was pretty cool and this is something that I personally am not doing is doing testing based on the weight periods for win back campaigns in abandoned cart. So when you do an abandoned cart, like I think I don’t know why I chose four hours perhaps I was just a default example.

Toni: I think it’s the default.

Steve: Yeah

Toni: In the system. Yeah.

Steve: But you can test that dynamically split test. I guess it’s not considered a split test, but you can dynamically test different wait times to see which one converts the best for the first email second and third email for win back campaigns, which is when someone buys something but hasn’t bought in a long time. You can kind of test this and figure out the approximate period when someone is going to purchase again, and then use that number.

Toni: Well another thing that she talked about in her session this morning was when you’re hitting them with the expected purchase again flow and she said she talked about a company that had 13 emails in the flow and everyone was in the room sort of had the appearance. That was too many and she said the open rate was over 30% on the final email and the conversion rate was 13% So I think the message in that was like tested length of your flows. So as opposed to like thinking well, this is like a four email flow like try different amounts of emails because the one who emailed people the longest was actually the best one remember her talking about that this morning

Steve: I do in my opinion there is.

Toni: Do you agree with that?

Steve: No well. No, it’s not that agree with it. There’s no flow that is too long.

Toni: Okay

Steve: In my opinion.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Like the more times you contact the customer the more sales you going to make so like our flows. We just continuously add to them because we know that every email is going to lead to some money

Toni: But do you think because I notice that my own flows that like, I feel like the farther out they get the lower the open rate unless

Steve: Absolutely

Toni: Very specific like sometimes I’ll shift the emails around because I know an email just performs better because it’s just a catchy or topic. So I’ll move it farther in the flow, but I noticed like a sort of seems like a decline. I was actually surprised by that statistic.

Steve: Yeah, actually, I didn’t know I’d have to see the nature that email. I wonder why that one last email did so well.

Toni: Yeah, I wonder if it was like a last chance or

Steve: maybe it was just like free merchandise.

Toni: Yeah, everything’s free in the store

Steve: Yeah right

Toni: Just pay shipping.

Steve: Yeah. So one thing that they did talk about was your implementing all these automated flows and they can clash with each other and Klaviyo has this feature where you can make sure that you’re not sending more than one email per day so that they’re not getting like four emails and an autoresponder sequence having the same time. And what you can do is you can prioritize the autoresponder over the broadcast because one thing that I can’t remember who, was it Alex said this? That the flow emails tend to always perform better than your broadcast campaigns.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: So you want to prioritize the flows over the campaign’s

Toni: so you would set the black

Steve: there’s a button. I can’t remember what it’s called

Toni: Yes, smarts endings.

Steve: smarts endings. that’s correct. That’s what it is.

Toni: So you set that for your broadcast. You keep your flow going.

Steve: That’s correct.

Toni: But you’d make it work.

Steve: Yes, that’s correct. That’s correct. We’ve been jumping around here. I have in my notes here. Just more on the tagging different uses of the ability to tag a specific user. If someone shops in a certain category or opens email in a certain category, you can tag them and say let’s say they’re interested in oil necklaces, right and that way later on you can just Branch saying I only want to send people interested in oil necklaces this particular email and all other categories it different in your flow

Toni: I think that’s really valuable if you have like if your SKUs are wildly different. So let’s just say you’re selling like for you.

Steve: Well, we have a whole bunch of categories, right?

Toni: Yeah, right. So you have your napkins

Steve: Napkins, hankies, towels, aprons, pocket squares

Toni: But your apron purchasers are probably never a pocket purchaser.

Steve: They’ll never going to buy a hankie.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: That’s correct.

Toni: So to be able to I think if it in any business where you like have these different some businesses just don’t have that. They saw a couple of Using they’re all very similar, but I think really closely what you’re doing. Like I think for me with the jewelry, I would probably tag it by like either type of jewelry. Like are they getting the higher value of the higher price jewelry the lower-priced jewelry. Like are they sort of a bargain customer?

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: Because there is two different Shoppers, which I know or based on like style and design

Steve: right

Toni: So I would tag them that way because my SKUs are all very similar like you’re buying jewelry. You’re buying jewelry, but I think for you, you know, anyone who’s got in a store that they have multiple categories. It’s huge right because you don’t ever have to send your apron people.

Steve: Yeah. I mean just to be clear this functionality was already in Klaviyo. Like you can create a segment of everyone who’s purchased aprons and do a broadcast their what this what these new features that they released allow you to do a dynamically within an autoresponder sequence. That’s the distinction there. You mentioned high and low value customers, right?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: You can branch dynamically based like if you have a high value customer, you know, they purchase from you multiple times and they purchase a high value. You should be treating those people differently. Offering them perhaps Loyalty Rewards or something like that. Whereas someone who might not have purchased before or they have something really low in their cart. Maybe you just, them purchased for you definitely want to just try to get them to purchase but let’s say they purchase from you before and they are a low value customer. Maybe you might be less inclined to give them a discount or whatever. I don’t know you it’s important to treat them differently because with our store I think 10 percent of our customers generate over 50 percent of revenues like our largest customers.

If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Toni: So I was actually curious about that because they talked about that a little bit this afternoon with the Loyalty program actually haven’t done anything like that.

Steve: I haven’t either

Toni: Have you had any students with success?

Steve: With a loyalty program? The reason why we haven’t done it first of all is because we’re weddings, right? I mean if they’re loyal and that means it has a lot of weddings, right?

Toni: They need to get a reality TV show exactly.

Steve: Yeah, in terms of loyalty. I guess you’d be more for people who have items

Toni: consumables.

Steve: Consumables. Yeah. Yeah, maybe like pet products or something like that.

Toni: Yeah and the beauty space right? all those product.

Steve: Correct. Correct. I mean, did you see any reason for your products to do that?

Toni: I mean ours are more. You just want more different styles, right? So there’s not a lot of you don’t buy something again the same exact product. Right?

Steve: Right. So for you be more like cross-sells. Yes on what they bought right? So if they bought a bracelet you might show them more bracelets or oils.

Toni: I’d actually show them a necklace that they bought a bracelet

Steve: A necklace. Okay.

Toni: they’re probably not going to buy a second bracelet.

Steve: that makes sense. Yeah. Well they have two wrists

Toni: just go all out.

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: I was just curious about that because that’s not something that I’ve even really looked into initially when I got started. It was something I was interested in and I didn’t feel like a good fit but I didn’t know if you had any students with.

Steve: not that I know of

Toni: because I feel like with a loyalty program to you might be able to get your recurring what you could get people in a flow or even not you know.

Steve: yeah, actually one thing that was mentioned in Alex’s talk. What did Alex’s talk was? You know for your best customers you can offer like double loyalty point base.

Toni: Yes right

Steve: to get them to buy it’s kind of like the way we do with credit card points, right? There are certain purchases that will give you 5x and almost always fall for that.

Toni: Yeah, like it use it at the gas pump and

Steve: yeah, you get 5x.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: at the grocery store or buy a plane ticket today, you’ll get three extra points for that plane ticket.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: It definitely works I just I want to see it in e-commerce.

Steve: Yeah, for sure. What was the I think it was smiled at I/O, right? What’s the service that? As well, that’s correct. So one other thing that I thought was cool that I did not know was a feature in Klaviyo was they actually provide benchmarks for what your open rates click-through rates and conversion rates are across different Industries. And the the slide went by really quick, but I noticed there was like arts and crafts, beauty, furniture all these different categories. So you can kind of Compare the numbers that you’re getting and your sequences what other people who are running similar businesses as you. Do you notice that?

Toni: I tried to get. Well there’s a lady in front of me. They kept moving her head. So I was trying to snag pictures of some of the slides just so we’d have them to refer back to you but I didn’t get

Steve: yeah, I’m going to ask Klaviyo for those slides actually because maybe I’ll post in the show notes because it’s pretty interesting.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: I think I was doing worse than I was looking in the arts and crafts. That was just the first one. Yes, we’re technically that arts and crafts. But..

Toni: yeah, it’s actually I think that’s pretty interesting though because I feel like right now the only Baseline I have is talking to other Sellers and you know kind of getting an idea of what their open rate is. I mean you and I have this conversation a lot with blogs emails.

Steve: Yes.

Toni: So but you know, we’re not even the same industry.

Steve: That’s correct. Yeah, the table was pretty big for what I remember. So

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: It’s just interesting. I like the open rates for really high. I remember thinking they’re all 32 percent plus.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: So I’m just wondering like if the data is just kind of SKUs towards like the most active customers that people are sending to I don’t know.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: I didn’t get to see the fine print on the graph. But if I can get a chance to get that information, I’ll post in the show notes

Toni: random side note nothing to do with this conference, but I did I started testing putting not a video in my email but a link to a video and adding video in my subject line and my open rates went up about 10%

Steve: Really?

Toni: My click through rates went up from about 2 percent to about 7 percent.

Steve: By just saying you had a video? Where do we just get that from

Toni: Fincon.

Steve: Fincon that’s where

Toni: Yeah, so I thought well, I’ll just try it like I’ll do it and I had videos that I could use like or very organically it wasn’t forced. I think if you could do quick product videos showcasing products, if you have especially if you’re doing an email about a new product and you can do it, you know those videos where it’s like lots of images in short bursts. So the video itself is only like 20 seconds

Steve: You know, what’s ironic about that is if I see video in the subject line, I’m not gonna open the emails I got no time to watch a video. I’m like a text-based person, but maybe it’s just our generation. Are you a video person or?

Toni: I never thought about the fact that if I was more or less inclined to open an email that said video in the title, but I do watch a lot of video.

Steve: Oh you do?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Okay for like an e-commerce store.

Toni: Yeah. I’ll watch yeah, I’d rather watch a video than read an article.

Steve: Really?

Toni: Yeah. Okay, maybe like we’ve had this conversation, I’d Rather Go on YouTube to learn how to do something.

Steve: Well, that’s if you’re learning how to do something but

Toni: but even gaining information I’d say

Steve: So you’d rather watch like a 10 minute video than read an article that you can just kind of refer back to.

Toni: I guess it depends on the topic. So let’s say

Steve: let’s say it’s yeah, let’s say it’s the autoresponder sequences how to implement autoresponder sequences. Would you rather watch a video on that or would you rather watch like a nice poet look at a nice post with examples and images that show exactly what’s in each email and how to set everything up step by step.

Toni: I’d want some static images, but then I probably watching video.

Steve: Really?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Actually I knew that about you. Yeah.

Toni: Yeah, but I know that like I, my SKU older right? So like so my generation is actually less inclined to want to video but like what is the stats that I think we found that out last year you’d like 25 to 40. It’s like 22 like that age group is way more likely to watch a video

Steve: 25 to 40

Toni: is it? I don’t know what it is. Like it’s bit of there’s there’s a chunk of age that I’m not in so 10 to 20

Steve: just for the record Toni is now within the band she just specified.

Toni: But the younger generation is way more likely to watch a video than they are to read an article. So to me, if you have a product and you want to demonstrate like how to use the product how the product integrates in your lifestyle even talking about the product like I would probably do a video and add that in my email

Steve: Oh since we’re on this topic. I heard that gifts or do you say gifts or GIFs?

Toni: GIFs that lady said it wrong today.

Steve: No, I thought it was GIFs, GIFs work. Well for email for click-through rate?

Toni: Yes.

Steve: Yes. Absolutely, which is also something that I’m not doing.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: Right now.

Toni: You know those part of it is like does it fit the brand?

Steve: I think anything can be made to fit the brand right a GIF doesn’t mean it has to be cheesy like someone dancing or whatever. It can just be like different different angles of the image animated. So I will get you looking at GIFs yes.

Toni: Yes. Can we take a poll? Can you take a poll in this podcast?

Steve: Okay, fine. Yeah, we can I guess if you think it’s GIFs, you agree with Toni then leave a comment. But if you agree with me do not leave a comment.

Toni: Oh ha ha. That’s unfair.

Steve: Ha ha All right. So that’s I think that sums up everything for Alex’s talk. Did you have any comments about the Keynotes?

Toni: I actually wrapped some of the keynote stuff in

Steve: You did. Okay.

Toni: Yeah, so I was going through my slide pictures. You know one thing I thought was interesting the first lady. I’m trying to get the brand

Steve: Co Paris

Toni: Co Paris?

Steve: I think was Co Paris

Toni: Co Paris is a beauty product.

Steve: Yes. Coconut. Coconut Beauty.

Toni: Yeah. One thing I thought was interesting is when she was talking about starting out with the company and I think she said she was there first employee and the very first big promotion they had they had an email list of what under 300, 300 people are so and she sent out a launch email, but they didn’t have the product or website. So it was a major blunder.

Steve: Yes.

Toni: Because she sent us out and actually was surprised. She didn’t lose her job to be honest, but maybe she was there weren’t a lot of people in the company but I think what I learned from that is, you know, you can make mistakes when you’re testing things out like when you’re getting started. I think there’s a lot of people that won’t try something because they’re afraid it doesn’t work. But I think she was proof that like they made a lot of mistakes early on in the company with email marketing and they still have grown to be a substantial company. They’re in what Sephora couple other stores I think pretty big brand

Steve: a snapshot of her klaviyo account is like a million bucks.

Toni: So I mean, I think when you’re listening to some of these tools are these features and Klaviyo, sometimes they’re a little overwhelming to implement but I think it’s important to start experimenting with them because even if you don’t hit it out of the park the first time you’re probably there’s a lot of forgiveness there from your audience and especially only have an email list of 300 people.

Steve: Yeah, what’s funny about her is she signed up for Klaviyo because it was free.

Toni: I know

Steve: that’s the only reason she signed up for it up to 250 which proves that the freemium Model works.

Toni: Yes

Steve: It’s alive and well

Toni: because they’re not they’re not free now. No.

Steve: Yeah. No, they’re not. Well they still have that free tier up to 250.

Toni: No. No, but that companies definitely.

Steve: Oh, yeah. Yeah, they have tons of emails Subs now. Some to Tactical things that I got out of that talk with Co Paris Beauty was emojis in the subject line, right which is why are you talked about and pre headers.

Toni: Yes.

Steve: So this is something that I’m not doing either but you know, like when you’re looking at an email on mobile, you see the subject line underneath usually it just takes the first sentence of your email, but you can actually change it. It’s kind of like a meta description in SEO. You can change that to make the email much more clickable.

Toni: So I do that all the time

Steve: You do?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: You’re just better than I am.

Toni: No, it’s probably cuz I heard it at a conference but I actually have tested having it and not having it and it likes he was right. It is significantly better.

Steve: Yeah, like if you use promotional language or something just to get them to click. Yeah people actually read that

Toni: or I ask a question in it. You know, I try to just it’s something you try to come up with something very engaging in that second line or the pre header line but I’ve noticed a big difference.

Steve: Yeah, so use pre headers that something I’m going to definitely start using

Toni: The other thing. She was talking about doing like some testing with with a/b testing and klaviyo is professional images versus user generated content.

Steve: Hmm.

Toni: I know they said for them it was about 50/50 but I think that’s definitely something you need to test out because I know there are a lot of companies out there that the user generated content actually will perform better. But we’ve seen that too with video right like sometimes the videos that are less.

Steve: Oh, yeah. Absolutely. Yeah

Toni: Perform. So I think that’s something you should be testing in your emails is everyone’s has the professional images that they have done other products, but then grabbing and grabbing images from people out of Instagram or Facebook or something like that definitely worth testing.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. And then the final key note of the day was from Kara gold. Is it Goldie? Anyways the founder of hint water and I’m actually a huge fan of hint water my wife drinks it and it’s basically just it’s like Lacroix, but just not carbonated.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: and they use real fruit and it’s just a great alternative to like diet sodas and that’s the thing which is really bad for you. And what I liked about I like hearing her story because she started with nothing.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Absolutely, nothing. No one was just kind of on a whim. She was pregnant. She was like nine months pregnant. She’s like, yeah, I’m just gonna launch a water company.

Toni: Yeah. Well, she went into Whole Foods the day. She had her baby and said, I need you to take 12 cases and put it on your shelf.

Steve: Exactly.

Toni: Like totally pulled the I’m having a baby today card. Which good good for her.

Steve: Yeah. I’ve never think about using pregnancy as a tool.

Toni: This is a whole new marketing.

Steve: All right, is that why you had so many kids?

Toni: It is but it is like think about how many products I’ve sold. I loved her. I thought her story was very cool and inspiring and I think what I liked about her is that she grew by putting her products in other people’s stores, right? She was in Whole Foods. She’s in Starbucks for a bit

Steve: When she was in companies like Google.

Toni: Yes, she got into Google

Steve: you go to Google and then Amazon and she just became a staple of these companies in just kept ordering more

Toni: but what I thought was really cool about her, is that when even when To that point where she’s I mean like that seems to me like you’re kind of at the Pinnacle right? You’re in Google. They’re selling you on Amazon. You’re in Whole Foods like these are like huge opportunities for people but she was like, that’s not good enough. I want to own my customer.

Steve: Yes, and then she had a story about being in Starbucks where she was selling really well and then all of a sudden Starbucks pulled the plug took her Products off the shelf and that’s when she realized that she needed to own the customer. Are they in Starbucks now?

Toni: I don’t know I wasn’t there in that but like to me it didn’t even make sense why Starbucks pulled them because she said they were doing 3x what

Steve: Well even today she said. She’s the largest independent drink company that’s not associate with Coke and Pepsi right, which means that maybe Starbucks pulled them because people were buying that instead of coffee, right? That would make sense. Right?

Toni: I’m the only person I ever know that goes into Starbucks. It doesn’t buy coffee.

Steve: No I get I go and get tea.

Toni: Well, I’m not drinking

Steve: Just chai tea

Toni: But outside of like a drink on the menu. Like I’m the one percent of that goes in there and buys out of the display case.

Steve: What do you get in the display case?

Toni: It’s bottled water.

Steve: Oh

Toni: I don’t drink coffee or tea.

Steve: So do they have Hint water? I don’t think I just went to Starbucks the other day

Toni: I don’t think they do because I’m there almost every week

Steve: Yeah, exactly. So that doesn’t make sense. They sell other people’s water.

Toni: I’m wondering if there was some sort of an agreement. Maybe they were coming up with an agreement because whatever water they sell they sell SmartWater now or

Steve: I think so, but that’s not flavored water.

Toni: No, but it might be owned by a distributor that has a non-compete. That’s what made me think that that’s probably what happened which is a good reason to own your own your platform. Right? Because it might not even be that you’re not doing the volume or the sales that you need to do to maintain that relationship. It could be that some other companies in there and the relationship was accomplished.

Steve: Hmm. What’s cool about how she concluded the talk was she had skin cancer on her nose and she was like, oh my God skin cancer. I’m going to start using all this sun block and then she noticed that on her sunblock. There was all these chemicals which parabens or what I don’t know what the chemicals are, but she was like, okay, I’m gonna create sunscreen free those chemicals and she just went and did it and she’s using the same fruit extracts from the drink. I know and I actually have a can of it right now gonna fire it up. Maybe

Toni: I’m excited. I’m going to get it when I get home

Steve: Yeah, but then you end up smelling like fruit instead of chemicals.

Toni: Yeah. Well, I think it’s safer too right? because there’s some stuff in some block that I don’t think it’s very good for you.

Steve: Correct. Those are the chemicals I was talking about which I don’t know what they are.

Toni: Yeah, whatever they’re called.

Steve: Very inspiring story. She was pretty bad ass onstage.

Toni: Oh, I loved her. the second she walked on.

Steve: Well Toni just like her outfit

Toni: she looked amazing. No, I just I like stories of people that just say like I’m going to do this. I mean to me it’s like she has four kids, right? She has a busy life and that doesn’t let like circumstances life stop her from like getting her goal like changing people’s lives. That’s what she did this SmartWater. The hint water was because she was kicking her own Diet Coke addiction and she had some health problems. So she created the water and then she Realize that it was changing other people’s lives. So I love people that have like a passion behind what they do

Steve: absolutely there’s a passion between every product that she releases. I think specifically what was happening is when she started drinking water over Diet Coke, which I think was her drink of choice. She had acne before it all got cleared up and I think she had some stomach issues. They cleared up. So evidently those chemicals aren’t good for you

Toni: Yeah. We, neither of us are Diet Coke drinkers.

Steve: Yeah. I’m not a diet coke. I don’t drink Coke either you drink Coke occasionally right?

Toni: In very very very occasionally. No, not anymore not that I got hint water.

Steve: That’s correct.

Toni: I’m not sure if it’s on the east coast like in Florida. I don’t think I’ve seen it.

Steve: Hmm. It’s all over the place where I live.

Toni: Well, yeah, but she’s from where you are, right?

Steve: yeah, I actually first had it at Google ironically when I went to visit

Toni: very cool. So they gave and they gave it out at the end of the event today.

Steve: They did, bags along with the sunscreen. Yeah, but that was actually the last keynote of the event and then after the keynote there is actually the opportunity to get some one-on-one time with the klaviyo rep if you wanted them to look over your autoresponder sequences in your campaigns. I thought that’s fantastic. Right? I think that in itself is worth it

Toni: Absolutely

Steve: Company to come in and get someone from klaviyo to look at your sequences and and point out what you’re not doing.

Toni: Yeah, and the caliber of people that are here in attendance to are pretty phenomenal.

Steve: We got a bunch of friends here. You got Andrew Youdarien from e-commerce fuel. We got Eric Bandholz. We got Kevin these are all people that have been on the podcast and it’s kind of been like one big party. It’s been fun.

Toni: Yeah, you get to hang out with him tonight. And then more tomorrow we got Eric. Eric has a keynote tomorrow night.

Steve: That’s true. Yeah, Eric’s doing the keynote. So we will be back in the next episode to talk about day 2 of klaviyo and I’m not sure exactly what they’re coming tomorrow. But I think they’re going over all the new product features. There’s some super big announcement. They’re making in the next episode

Toni: Then we’ll have it in the podcast.

Steve: And we will have it on the podcast. That’s correct. I already know what it is. I think it’s going to be a game changer

Toni: I gotta wait till tomorrow though. I don’t

Steve: well, I won’t tell you then.

Toni: I’ll be genuinely surprised tomorrow then.

Steve: Absolutely. Yep. So join us again for the next episode and we’ll continue with day 2 product notes and more breakout sessions and the closing keynote from Eric.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Klaviyo Boston was a lot of fun and next week, I’m doing a recap of day two of the event but next time I’m going to have Andrew Youdarien of e-commerce fuel and Kurt Elster of The Unofficial Shopify podcast on the show with me. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequarterjob.com/episode275.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

274: Joel Runyon On How To Monetize A Blog With Subscription Services

274: Joel Runyon On How To Monetize A Blog With Subscription Services

Today, I’m thrilled to have my buddy Joel Runyon on the show. Joel is an athlete, entrepreneur and the founder of ImpossibleHQ.com, a company dedicated to helping people push their limits and do impossible things.

From this blog, Joel has spawned many other businesses which include a paleo meal plan subscription service at UltimateMealPlans.com and an iPhone app called Move Well which helps you move better, get stronger and prevent injuries.

He also became the youngest person in the world to run 7 ultra marathons on 7 continents in 2017. In this episode, we discuss how to leverage content to create subscription-based services.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Joel grew his audience for ImpossibleHQ.com
  • How Joel drives traffic to his site
  • How to build a community through challenges
  • How to create a subscription based service

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today, I’m thrilled to have Joel Runyon on the podcast and Joel is the founder of impossiblehq.com where he helps people push their limits and in this episode we are going to discuss how he leveraged his content to create multiple subscription based services.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences so want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth that moving to a new marking problem can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support researches they can actually check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have my buddy, Joel Runyon on the show and Joel is someone who I met at Billy Murphy’s Mastermind a while back and we have kept in touch ever since. Now, Joel is an athlete and entrepreneur and the founder of impossible, a company dedicated to helping people push their limits and do impossible things. And for example in 2017, he became the youngest person in the world to run seven Ultra marathons in seven continents that Joe calls it impossible. I call it crazy but along the way he raised almost 200k for pencils of promise and built seven schools and from his podcast and blog over impossiblehq.com. He has spawned a few other businesses which include a Paleo meal plan subscription service at ultimate meal plans.com and an iPhone app called Movewell which helps you move better get stronger and prevent injuries.

And overall, I’ve known Joel for a little bit now and he is terrible at saying no to challenges’ and all you got to do is dare him to do something and he will usually take you up on it. And with that welcome to show Joel. How you doing today, man?

Joel: I’m doing pretty good. So that’s scary accurate.

Steve: So Joel give us a quick background for the people who don’t know who you are how you got the idea for impossible and frankly. Why the heck would you subject yourself to all that pain?

Joel: Yeah. Yeah, so I’ll try to do a quick because it’s been doing it possible for eight plus years now.

Steve: Yup

Joel: But yeah, so I started in possible after graduating from college back in 2009. Did everything you’re supposed to do got good grades learn another language travel the world did a semester abroad played Sports got out, you know done with the college path and went to you know, go get a job in the real world and there were no jobs available. So instead of going it going to getting a job at a marketing firm or doing something else. I started applying two places at Starbucks and Target and they weren’t even know that okay. Yeah, it’s so they weren’t even calling me back.

Steve: I didn’t know that, okay

Joel: So I was like living in my parents basement, you know, trying to like get any sort of job I could get and just getting rejected by literally. Like I can’t make coffee for people at Starbucks. And so I finally got a UPS delivery packages in the freezing cold Chicago winner for about six weeks that added like additional drivers, driver helpers. And so I was basically, you know, trying not to slip on ice carry these really heavy Christmas packages and not get chased by dogs. And then right after Christmas they laid us off because it was six weeks of seasonal work. And so I’m sitting my parents basement did everything I was supposed to do, you know, follow this path and I just kinda had this realization like this everything that there’s there is for me right here and don’t really bad for myself and I saw a bunch of people doing interesting cool things around the world. One of my friends is traveling to every country in the world another just quit his job and got to Thailand and I saw all these people doing all these cool crazy things and I wanted to do them, but I could even get a job at Starbucks.

And so I wrote all these things down that I wanted to do, but they all just seemed impossible to me basically watch Netflix instead. I felt I felt bad for myself. For a while and so just watch Netflix and you know felt horrible to think of Italy and out of Netflix shows the they weren’t stocked up that well. I looked at my list again, and I had a bunch of things on it that I knew I couldn’t do travel the world didn’t have any money start a business. I didn’t have a job or any sort of skills to even do that. But one of the things on my list was run a triathlon and that was kind of the gut check because I realized you know, I had all these excuses for why I couldn’t do all these other things but I had no excuse for why couldn’t just go outside and run around the block or get on my beat up mounted bike and ride around the block and so I decided I was going to sign up for the wimpiest Triathlon in the world. It was like a one-hour indoor Triathlon In Lifetime Fitness. It was indoors because I didn’t want to drown in the Open Water Swim and I just decided I was going to see if I could do it and I would basically went through this whole thing train for a month and a half went to this indoor Triathlon a Lifetime Fitness, and I didn’t know if I could do it.

I think my mom Came with me at the time like it was bad, but I was depressed and I finished it and I remember saying to myself, you spend so much time telling myself that this was impossible. What are the things are out there right now that seem like they’re impossible that if you just went for and train for you’d actually be able to do and so that kind of kicked off the idea of me taking on a list of things that I thought were impossible and seeing if I go out and do them and so that was kind of the beginning of the blog and since then it’s you know, it’s it’s evolved from just running indoor triathlons to getting into a basically tricked myself into becoming a runner got into endurance running got into ultra running ended up doing the seven seven seven project and basically taking the mindset that I forged through physical activities at took them to other areas of my life.

So I took that same mindset into applying for jobs got like an entry-level job at a marketing firm where I knew nothing got to interface with the owner of the business and work my way up to Mark and director in about a year and a half and it up working for a couple different other marketing firms for another year plus or so it before quitting. Yeah quitting job and going often start my own stuff. And so the overall through line has been, you know, just kind of continually trying to push her limits and see if the things that you think are impossible really are.

Steve: So let’s talk about the blog here. So you started doing all these physical activities. And will you just documenting them on the blog was it just kind of haphazard. Did you have a strategy in place? It was it like a personal Journal?

Joel: Yeah. So a little bit of both. I remember thinking at the time like a lot of bogs were boring to me and I was like, I think I can write a more interesting blog. Like, I don’t know if I could write a good blog but I can probably be more interesting. It was also a personal Journal because like, you know, some people go back and they call through their old blog post all of mine are still up there. Even the really bad embarrassing one so you can go back and like 2009-2010 and find my beginner blogs and part of it is just like I’m just signed up for this race. I think I’m going to die. Hopefully I don’t die and like literally some of my early blog posts are like that and so it was part partially that and it took me a while. For me to just get like used to writing, you know, some people like your mom will tune in for some of the stories.

But if you want to make it actionable for other people you need to like actually, you know, extract some lessons or you need to you need to make it useful to other people and not just this is what Joel’s, you know, personal Journal looks like and so I think the shift where I went from being like hey, this is something that I’m doing to like. Hey, here’s kind of some Concepts and Frameworks that I’m thinking about, you know how to push myself and here’s how you can start doing them too. That’s when the blog really turned from something that I was just personally writing to something that you know started to really gain traction as an audience.

Steve: So, how did you how did you get traffic early on I mean, it sounds like you were just it wasn’t none of the posts were like really planned right there were journalistic post which typically don’t rank in search for example.

Joel: Yeah, no, none of that it was back in this is 2010. So I was doing a lot of like just following people’s blogs I liked and commenting on their blogs and is like old-school like Yeah, kind of old-school American. Would you check something out over here or just like reaching out to a lot of other people that were starting off around the same time? I remember I got a couple different guest posts on other people’s sites that I kind of started to build that initial traffic off of and doing a lot of that just kind of like, you know, I can’t imagine it working now, you know back in the day. I was just like manually reaching out to people like Chris Gilabow and JD Ross they get rich slowly. I remember I did a bike. I was that was maybe my first big guest post and I wrote about like how I like rehab day like a garage sale bike for one of my triathlons or something like that.

So that was like a little that was when I was starting like, oh, maybe I can make this information a little bit more usable for other people basically just doing old-school networking where it’s like, you know, now you do it on Twitter and Instagram and you know back then it was just going to comment on someone’s blog and after I comment on their blog 10 times and like, you know a month or something like that, you know, based on how many times they’re posting.

Steve: So let me ask you this you said these strategies might not work as well today. So how do you continue to grow that blog today?

Joel: Yeah, so it’s it’s evolved. Right?

Steve: Right.

Joel: So, you know now instead of having to build a lot of those relationships a lot of them are already built. A lot of that actual relationship building has kind of formed into other networks, whether it’s Twitter, whether it’s Instagram and then I got a lot more intentional about SEO. So SEO is you know, when I said, I took an internship or like a low level entry job at a marketing company basically use that opportunity. I think it was blogging for two, two and a half years while I was still like working a real job and I took that opportunity to basically teach myself PPC SEO like email marketing all that type all that type of stuff while I was still at my day job. And so I took a lot of things that I learned from the SEO world and use that to continue to grow a possible. And so those are kind of like the core strategies that it shifted into but I still find that the you know search is really good for bringing in top level funnel traffic.

And the relationship stuff though, sometimes it’s almost like, you know Finding Your strategic partners for you via different relationships is like a pseudo version of Facebook’s custom audience where you’re just basically saying like hey, these people are already kind of vetted by, you know, these other similar sites and bring it in those types of traffic is sometimes easier to bring into your funnel then, you know, whittling down just search traffic.

Steve: So you keep talking about relationships. Can you be more specific like for example me knowing you how does how does that benefit me? For example..

Joel: I don’t know. I mean, that’s the question. You got to answer you keep hanging.

Steve: Well, you keep mentioning this, you know, relationships were pivotal and growing your blog like how?

Joel: Yeah, so I mean early on it was like a little bit Joel mission-focused like this is what Joe’s trying to do it, even seven seven seven at one point was like Mission Focus. So it’s like the the taglines push your limits to something impossible and when we were doing like nonprofit specific initiative, so when we talk about like the non-profit initiative that we were doing. Well, basically we’re just calling people to join something bigger than themselves and so there’s not like a there’s not like a product or buying but there is like a feeling that they’re buying into and they’re saying Hey, I want to be a part of doing something impactful that’s more than just me. And also when you do that, you’re also taking a look at the you’re giving yourself perspective from a Global Perspective. And so when you scale that down to your personal life and you saying hey, why aren’t you in the gym today? You know, there’s other people that could be like basically what I was doing was like we were raising money for like schools around the world.

So when you’re saying hey, yeah, I really want to work out today. It’s hard you’re like, you know, it’s really hard, you know, trying to grow up and not knowing how to read or something like that. It’s put your excuses and check and it boosts the fitness aspect of our brand because it gives people from a motivational standpoint like a clear understanding of like a your excuses a crap get over yourself moves on.

Steve: So it sounds like you put together these challenges and you worked with your buddies to kind of promote it together and then you know, the combined audience kind of spilled over to all of your Publications.

Joel: Yeah, so I mean especially at first it was literally just getting out because at the beginning I probably first year and a half. I was ready. I didn’t know what I was writing about. I was just getting used to writing. I didn’t actually have a business focus at the beginning. It was just trying to get traffic to the blog.

Steve: Right

Joel: And then over time as my voice refined. I was able to better clarify the mission of the blog the mission that I was on and how we can help people which does fall into like it’s a lot of like I me but I thought through physical activity and so a lot of that stuff comes through different physical fitness training programs that we do and then pulling out mental lessons from that and then the additional pieces like we have an impossible list. We have people we have like thousands of people that have built their impossible list and use that as a structure for taking on goals challenges and difficult things that they want to do in their life.

Steve: So let me ask you this then so the stuff that you did in the past may not necessarily apply. But today what are some of the best strategies that you’ve had to build traffic? Actually, Let’s position had this way. Let’s say you were starting all over from scratch today, what would be some of your initial strategies to grow your blog?

Joel: That’s a good question. So right now one of the main focuses that we’re doing is we’re doubling tripling down on SEO.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: There’s a lot of opportunities for the site because this is this is a little different because the blog where it is versus starting out right now where we’re at. We’ve gotten a lot of lot of publicity a lot of legitimate, press a lot of different things both for seven seven seven. If you’ve done for our projects that we’ve done and the state from a theoretical standpoint is actually a pretty good asset to go ahead and rank but I hadn’t had focused specifically on a possible to do a lot of SEO stuff with but as we started like just even just playing around with a little thing, you know, a few of the things that we’ve learned from the other businesses and applying it within a possible. It takes off pretty quickly because the domain is strong the notoriety is pretty well done. And so that makes it a lot easier for us to say like Hey, we’re going to go double triple down on content from an SEO standpoint and have it work much faster. Then if we were starting from scratch and saying okay now we have to build up a link profile. We have to build up some you know, press code will all this other stuff.

And so that is one of the benefits that I have with impossible. We’re standing now if I was starting from scratch, it really depends on the type of business. I’ve said before like I wouldn’t necessarily recommend people to start a business like I started impossible. I think the Paleo business is probably a better way to get initial traction, but what I like about what we’ve done with impossible is that you know, it’s not it’s not even my biggest business, but I think it’s going to be the one that has the most longevity and so the fact that I’ve been able to build it continually while doing other stuff. Let’s just be a little bit more flexible in the methods that we go about doing that.

Steve: So let’s talk about impossible. If you were to start all over would you you’ve mentioned relationships and you’ve mentioned SEO so far and you’ve mentioned just challenges if you were to start impossible all over again, what would you pursue first or what would be your primary focus?

Joel: So this is actually something we’re going to be launching your pretty soon. But one of the things that I found people respond really well to are these challenges whether their 30-day whether they’re one week whether they’re like, you know, even like three times a week or something like that. One of the things that I found is just giving people these, even 30-day challenges. I feel like sometimes are a little bit too long for people’s attention span. And so one of the things that were going to be launching on a regular basis is different physical challenges and giving people a way to test themselves in very specific ways because it aligns with the message of the brand push your limits do something impossible and and then we can kind of, you know, bring them in from there on to something bigger which is like the next level of either our fitness programs the nutritional stuff that we have or we’re going to be coming out with some more physical products in the apparel and supplement space. So those are the things that I think from a traction standpoint. They get people excited about really quickly. It’s easy to do stuff with other people to challenge other people and there’s a way to make physical challenges accessible but still very difficult.

And that’s one of the things that I think we’ve done we’ve done intermittently, but we haven’t done like a consistent and I have an app called cold shower therapy. I did a tedx talk on this and this is basically the idea that people everybody talks about, you know growth become begins at the end of your comfort zone. They always say, you know, get comfortable being uncomfortable but nobody actually ever wants to be uncomfortable and so a lot of times from a you know from a personal standpoint, I’ll talk about running an ultramarathon and getting super uncomfortable while doing it. Unfortunately, A lot of people are not ready, you know, if they come across your site from like, you know, Instagram link or you know, just from Google they’re not ready to run an ultramarathon off the bat but one of the ways that we can train people to start getting comfortable with actually being physically uncomfortable is through culture of our therapy and that’s like a 30 day challenge instead of taking a warm shower take a cold shower take a freezing cold shower.

And that alone, makes actually getting uncomfortable super accessible to someone even if they’re not ready to run an ultramarathon and what’s that that is done for the brand is like we have we have an app and we have people that have taken 2,000 old showers in a row and these people are crazy like they get into it and they get crazy into it. It’s not necessarily like a like a money maker for us. Like I’m making bank off this app. But what it does is allow people to kind of buy into that mindset that we’re selling begin to practice it on a daily basis and then be able to like, you know, how they have these pseudos competitions between themselves on the app to see who’s you know, too because like, you know, keep their streak of cold showers going and so we have someone that’s been doing it for like four or five years. And so..

Steve: Can you walk that through how you structure a challenge? Like just walk me through how you set it up and everything and pretend like I was going through it right now.

Joel: Yeah, so I mean the culture of our challenge originally started as a 30-day email sequence.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: Just like you sign up like you sign up. I think it was paid. It was like 29 bucks or something like that

Steve: I have to pay you to take cold showers?

Joel: Yeah. Well, you got to pay, you get to pay me for the emails.

Steve: Okay? All right.

Joel: And, but it’s like a 29th day like email motivational series and it was just basically like do this five minutes in the morning and you know set yourself on the warpath

Steve: Where is the accountability or what was there any personal accountability or is it just email?

Joel: The MVP version of this was like a PayPal button to an email sequence and that was it. So that was super super straightforward. Now it’s an app. There’s email series that you can join. I think we made it free and you can go through it and you can restart it if you want to get more of it, but that’s the 30 day one. What we’re going to be doing coming up is going to be more of a seven-day Series where it’s like, okay, we’re going to have one challenge this week like you need to have four or five check-ins and it’s going to be through this app called Spar.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: I don’t know if you’ve ever heard of this but it’s basically I think Ryan Holiday has done a couple things with this and think Lance Armstrong recently did one but the idea is you have people sign up for a challenge. You have a metric they need a hit. So right now I have a like a rowing challenge like a 500-meter road time type challenge. I have a, You know personal bet with a friend that I’m going to beat his his time over the next month. And so we’re going to be doing a group challenge basically, you know.

Steve: Do you have to enter in your name does the app like collate everyone in the challenge? And so you can compare times is that?

Joel: That won’t do that but it’s like a video check in afterwards. So you can either do like a video or you might be able to do a photo and then what happens if you sign up for the challenge and you miss a day so you have to do you know, four out of seven days. You can actually get charged money for not showing up or not checking In.

Steve: Interesting. Okay.

Joel: And so we want to do more stuff like that because I am big on even the informational products that we’ve done in the past have been good. But the number one thing that drives me to insanity is people who will consume information or who buy information like literally pay me for information, but don’t do anything about it. And so I’m like the underlying like drive and impossible is like like remove everybody’s excuses for not doing something and just like get them to do it however they have to and if that means like, you know penalizing the money for not showing up to the challenge like that’s an interesting thing. If we might do some that don’t involve like the monetary penalty, but the goal is to continually do these on a regular basis get people to take on these challenges that are hard but not impossible, get engaged the community aspect and then also, you know remind them that they can do much much more than they think they can.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So this Spar App is what facilitates this and anyone can sign up for this app and create their own challenges.

Joel: Yeah.

Steve: Okay. So can we go back to your email sequence? I’m just kind of curious how it all works. So, let’s see I sign up for it and I pay you 30 bucks. How are you motivating me to take cold showers and is there any accountability and what’s motivating me to continue because it sounds kind of miserable.

Joel: No, it is is miserable but it’s sort of a self motivating challenge. So part of the problem is are not part of the problem part of the goal, Is that like I’ll send you an email every single morning and sometimes you might read it. Sometimes you might not. But the goal is basically take 30 days of cold showers. And that is that is like that’s the thrust of the challenge. You know, the first time we did it we got people first cohort that went through it was like a bunch of crazy people and they loved it and they paid the 30 bucks and they said like the emails came in at just like, you know day 14 when you’re like, this is stupid. I hate Joel. This is the worst thing in the world. I’d write them an email. That was like, I know you’re probably thinking this is stupid. And you hate Joel and there’s no point to this and then I just like break down their excuses and like a motivational email and they kept doing it and we’ve had people basically take the challenge and take that you know the idea of like, hey, this is miserable to be like, hey, this is just uncomfortable and I can do uncomfortable things. I can do hard things and then they’re able to take it to one of our fitness programs and they’re able to lose a hundred pounds. Or they able to lose 50 pounds because they’ve changed the way their mindset works.

And so part of the goal is like, you know, if you’re not self motivated enough to like do 30 days of cold showers. Like you may you may not be a good fit for the brand like you may not be a good fit for some of our challenges and part of that is like, you know, it’s a filtering process. So it’s kind of like open initiation if you will where it’s like, okay, we’ll get a lot of people, you know from SEO that rank for a specific thing. But we you know impossible, you know, it’s a challenging brand. It’s it’s something that’s calling you to be more than who you are. You have to be a certain type of person that’s ready for that message and cold showers is one of those things and these other challenges are one of those things that they’re going to filter out people who you know want to stay comfortable and they want to stay you know, where they are. And so that’s kind of one of the mechanisms. Is that like, yeah, we can motivate you but you you’ve got to do it and

Steve: Yeah, I’m Asian if I pay you 30 bucks. I’m going through the challenge. So is there a video component to this?

Joel: I’ve got a couple videos we’ve done on it, but there’s not a video addition to it.

Steve: Okay. And is there a community where everyone can just like is there like a Facebook group or something attached to this also?

Joel: No.

Steve: No, okay, interesting. Okay.

Joel: So one of the goals of the challenge is that we’re going to be launching is to be much more intentional about that. Right now, the cold showers are like the initiation fee, not Initiation fee, but the initiation aspect of it and then we’ve had other fitness programs. They’ve kind of come organically out of that through various autoresponders and everything, but I want to be much more intentional about like continually having physical challenges on a regular basis that people can you know join no matter what that if they you know, they fell off the wagon they’re able to get back on and then you know, hop in.

Steve: So look at this kind of summarize where we’re at so far. So you you’ve done a whole bunch of these crazy things like running marathons on different continents and then people follow you and then you put out these challenges because people respect what you’ve done and they want to start tackling the impossible as well. And so they sign up for these challenges and then change their mindset and then through building this list of people who are your people you then, you know present them with other challenges and Courses in mini courses and mini challenges that you have on your site.

Joel: Yep.

Steve: Okay, and SEO was not really much of a factor early on and it was just basically, you know people following you for these challenges right? It’s almost like a fanatical crowd, right?

Joel: Yeah, like we’re trying to like plan around with using them to join the cult. I don’t I don’t want to be a cult, but I like aspects of Cults – like the you know, the mass suicides at the end of all of them. I like the fact that like, you know, when you get people who you know, they buy into something and they’re all about it. It’s like the message we keep coming back to it impossible. It’s like that. I keep coming back to impossible, it was like people can do so much more than they think they can and what you have to be bought in to really go after it and you know, when when stuff gets hard, you’re not going to keep going because Joel told you to or that like you read a really good motivational email you have to have a switch flipped like in you that makes you go after that you have to have something in you that tells you you’re not going to quit either you’re not giving up and going home.

And so Little bit of like the self-selection where you know people can you know that fanatical group, you know the because I want that I want you and we can do other things from a marketing standpoint to reach, you know, get that message to more people but there’s always going to be like that filtration mechanism where it’s like, you know, some people say like, you know, our target market is, you know, mom’s over 35 or something like that and it’s like our target market is people who have that switch flipped and are you know committing themselves to like doing those hard things no matter what they are. And so we try to meet them where they are at and then create programs and tools and resources to help people stair step up from or so, but you know, we can’t switch that flips we can’t.

Steve: Yeah. No, of course. I mean, I think your blog just became really popular because you were doing things and writing about things that other people were not and then people were just naturally gravitating towards you because of what you were doing physically. Right?

Joel: Now I would agree with that.

Steve: Did you run any ads and and how that lead to the podcast I imagine the podcast came much later, right?

Joel: Yeah. So the podcast is kind of been intermittent, but it was basically an excuse for me to interview people that were like way bad ass than me. And so when I was in San Diego, I started interviewing quite a few people I’m out there. There’s a bunch of Navy SEALs that are based out of there and just a bunch of athletes in general that I was like man you guys you guys have something let’s like let’s dig into that and that’s you know, that’s basically where the podcast drove out of is just like me finding these awesome interesting people that have done really hard physical things but also have like inspiring stories from other areas of their life and just bringing that in and and and again reminding people that a lot of times people think they’re special or they’re like their problems are unique or that, you know, they’ve got it real hard and when you get these perspectives of like my buddy Kyle Maynard who you know, it was born A congenital amputee and climbs mountains around and is a Nike athlete.

He literally bear crawls up mountains, you know or Rob Jones who ran 50, 50 marathons and 50 states and he’s a former Marine who got blown up by an IED and doesn’t have either of those legs. So he’s he ran 50 marathons in 50 states with no legs, on Prosthetics. And when you get those types of stories out of people it makes you kind of confront your own excuses and say yeah, you know, I don’t wanna go to the gym because I’m tired today. It doesn’t it doesn’t it doesn’t ring the same right as as otherwise and so it’s just an extension of the brand telling those stories telling people giving them reasons not to give up and not to quit.

Steve: What is it more impact on your overall brand the blog of the podcast you think?

Joel: I would say the blog. I’ve been probably too intermittent with the podcast people really really like the podcast but I basically started it in the midst of like a big move and so like half It was like before I moved to Austin half of it was like after I moved to Austin and so I’ve been really focused on just getting like operations that have been off so we can get back off but I would say the podcast has more potential reach when I’m consistent with it, but the bog I’ve been doing much much longer and I think that’s how most of the people that got to the site know me from.

Steve: Okay. All right. And so you have all this traffic and you have this fanatical following on possible. How did you actually start making money from that?

Joel: So I mentioned before that when I was blogging on myself, that’s really cool and like there’s like people that will follow you for that. They only care about you so much like nobody cares that much about you like if you’re trying to make yourself like the thing like it’s not that it’s not that useful and eventually people want to know how they can become that person. So with impossible, it’s like how does someone become impossible how do they do something impossible? And so kind of the Breakthrough for me was when I started not just taking these challenges on but also kind of Breaking them down and then building them into programs. So one of the first ones that I did was one of the things I my impossible list was get a six-pack of those kind of ridiculous that and so I ended up doing it and writing about it. I got a bunch of people asking me about. Okay. How did you do that? Like that’s actually really impressive like you got down to like 5% body fat like photos came out really awesome all this other stuff.

And so we ended up putting together like a fitness program based around like getting six pack abs, so maybe a little bit cliche in the online business world, but like a lot of people, you know had been following me for a while and they were literally asking like, how did you how did you do that? Put together a program on that. Launched it and it did really well since then we’ve done a couple other different like Fitness specific programs a couple different like intermittent fasting and like eating protocol programs and then another one that’s just like a bodyweight workout regimen. We’re in the process of releasing two more here in the fall. And so the goal is to basically build out, you know, we’ve had several thousand people build out there and impossible list at this point and one of the things that I’m working on for like a technical standpoint is to figure out what are the most common possible goals people have then how do we build program specifically for those and so

Steve: But programs, these are just like digital courses?

Joel: Yeah digital training program.

Steve: Okay.

Joel: So typically like some are PDFs summer courses some have video components. I’d like to like up level the tack across the board and make it more of like a membership site where you can access stuff in like 12 week increments as far as like, what are you doing? You know, what’s your training protocol for the next 12 weeks? I found that when I get too fancy with technical stuff, sometimes it slows down like actual

Steve: Sure.

Joel: Actual business. And so I have my high in the sky what I actually want to build and then you know, like actually it’s just easier for just to sell 12 week or so sometimes and so we have two more courses that were going to be coming out with from like a more fundamentals like aimed at like the newbies that are just coming in and wanting to get started but aren’t ready for like a full beat down and then like a shrink. Yeah. Yeah, like

Steve: Haha like me?

Joel: Yeah. Well, you know the goal Is like, you know, we don’t want to just you know, we don’t want to just have people that are I was going to say crazy people but we want to help them become a little bit more days. And even if they don’t necessarily feel like they are right now we want to be able to like help them get there. And so we want to be able to bring in people and everybody thinks like the audience of impossible is like, you know, just like Joel like late 20s early 30s, dude, like very like, you know..

Steve: hardcore

Joel: I’m not bro-y, but people think I’m bro apparently but yeah, but hardcore and you know, we got we got a lot of people we have like Grandma’s right in. I had a guy that was like a 65 year old diabetic in England and he lost a hundred and twenty pounds following our ABS course. He’s like, I don’t want to get abs but I need to change my life and like basically reversed his diabetes using our program and we get people from all all sorts of walks of life. And so it’s much more of a mindset fit than it is, you know a specific person even so we’re building out a couple different more training programs for that and then the goal this fall is to want a supplement line and also expand first of all we want to do inspire people to push the limits we want to train them to actually push their limits into something impossible and then we want to like want to fuel them while they’re actually doing those hard things and then also gear them up because people go out and say like hey, I’ve been wanting to go skydiving, you know my entire life, but I never had the courage to do it.

I went and did it I did it in my impossible shirt. I like we have people skydiving and all of our impossible gear or bungee jumping or running the marathon or you know doing a 5k or anything that’s on there list than putting off. We have people, you know send in photos of them doing stuff in there impossible gear and it fuels other people to keep pushing their limits. So that’s kind of the cycle that we want to go out.

Steve: It seems like the programs were kind of a logical progression of your content. Can you kind of talk about what influence you to want to start an iPhone app and do that paleo meal plan and what interested you in those two side offshoots, I guess of impossible?

Joel: Yeah, so the interesting thing about impossible especially early on was I didn’t necessarily think about it as a business like I mentioned it was a program. So we did this we did that the second ABS program and in it, I mentioned just offhand. Yeah. It was like a Paleo intermittent fasting protocol and actually go into details on the specific ones that I did in the program, but I mentioned the word paleo like offhand and I got so many inquiries on the word paleo. I was actually really annoyed. I was getting all these customer service inquiries about like, what’s the specifics of paleo? How does it work? All these other things and I was like, I just don’t want to deal with all these questions and so I built a one-pager website like an FAQ section of all the questions I was getting because I don’t want to write like 1500 word email responses to people are asking about paleo just be like, hey, here’s the link check it out.

That was right before paleo blew up this site ended up starting to get in traffic. And so that’s why I talk about that business was there’s like an accidental business. It just started just started kind of growing on its own and all of a sudden it’s like, okay we should Probably put ads up to cover hosting costs and all these other things and then all of a sudden, you know,

Steve: Okay. So this is kind of organic like you just..

Joel: Yeah, okay it just like we are able to spot an opportunity with impossible and then it’s like, you know, I had this thing and it just started growing or like okay, I guess that’s a business, huh?

Steve: Okay

Joel: With movement and Mobility app called move. Well that was a little bit, you know, I was in the middle of seven seven seven the ultramarathon project and I got hurt my first race in and I got hurt really bad. I had to take six months and do physical therapy rehab and you know going into physical therapy session. I’m really good at doing the work when I’m paying them sixty or a hundred bucks an hour and like in their one-on-one with a person then I would go home and they’d be like you need a foam roll and I’d be like, yeah, that sounds cool and then I wouldn’t do it. And so we built movewell as basically like a personal Mobility coach partially, you know to help other people, but is also like partially to help me recover

Steve: That make sense. Yeah, you’re scratching your own Itch. Yeah.

Joel: Yeah, and that was a different type of business because I had a partner in it for a minute and I end up item out at the end of this year. We’re kind of rolled that into impossible and the kind of the goal with that now is people to push themselves and to go you know

Steve: And recover obviously.

Joel: Yeah. So the idea is like you can do much more than you think you can but you have to recover more than you think you can as well

Steve: Let me ask you this Joel we started out this interview talking about relationships and you mentioned a couple big names like Chris Guillebeau. How do you meet these people? Like what is your strategy for building new relationships?

Joel: My strategy, I think at the beginning literally I just showed up at his meetups. Like he had a couple meetups that he was launching. I’ve got a I did a talk I opened for his last book meet up in Boston or whatever and I have a photo of him at his most recent be up at then at the first he denied he ever did how is their am I looking very wide eyed eager to meet him the first time he wrote a book and came through Chicago a lot of these guys. I literally started off. You know, this is 2009-2010. So and they knew me from my gravatar image commenting on a lot of their blogs and being like, you know, not kissing ass or anything like that, but Just like hey, that was a super impactful blog because I was literally living in my parents basement watching Netflix shows and reading these guys walks and that’s what you know, that’s where my time was. So I was I was really grateful and inspired by them in the first place. And so that’s how I did it at first. I think at one point I figured out how to get their emails email a bunch of random people out of the blue people like Sean Ogle. I remember emailing Steve Cam and then just, you know, kind of going back and forth Just Like A lot of them were awesome newish at the time.

So some of us grew together someone like Chris was you know, he was quite a ways ahead of a lot of people, you know, just try to treat him like, you know, I do friend that was trying to make and so, you know, that looks a lot different nowadays than it did back then but I think a lot of the principles are really the same it’s like hey, you know be appreciative people’s work every time I get an email from someone who’s like this specific thing that you wrote was really impactful and help me in this way. I take notice. I’m super busy I get a million emails. But when someone sends you a genuine compliment, like I think people people pay attention to that and then trying to take it offline and meet them in person. Whether that’s a meet-up that they’re doing whether that’s a you know, Chris hosted world domination Summit like a conference a bunch of times for meeting people at another place. I find those in-person relationships go way farther than just, you know, tweets or retweets or if it’s instagram tags or anything like that.

So those are the things that I would say as far as meeting people at building relationships, you know, treat them like you would you know, they weren’t someone that was online like, you know, you’re just meeting a friend at a bar or something like that. Like what are you gonna what do you say or what do you talk to him about.

Steve: Yeah Yeah. So basically Joel you stalk them and you wear them down over time until..

Joel: friends were being friend and you have to deal with it.

Steve: Cool. That’s actually really good advice and I just been listening to everything that you’ve been saying and my blog actually didn’t start taking off until I started attending events and making friends with other bloggers and we’d help each other promote each other stuff. And that’s really how my blog ended up taking off early on.

Joel: Yeah, I found that stuff is again. I’ll talk about SEO because as soon as my background, but you have to do so much more qualifying on SEO traffic unless you’re selling like a widget I find with blog specifically if you can find other people that are already like minded that like maybe you’re taking like a different angle on a subject then you know other existing bloggers are like those are sometimes maybe we’ll send you a less traffic but I find those are way better fit sometimes then like, you know, you know chasing chasing the SEO God’s, you know for blog specific stuff, you know, if we’re selling like a six pack AB course, you know, SEO is going to be really helpful, you know, and in conversion Focus for that, but I found I found some of the biggest growth has been those similar blogger opportunities similar, you know, personalities or podcasts or you know across cross-posting guest posting interviews Etc.

Steve: So Joel we’ve been chatting for almost 50 minutes. Now, where can people find you and what is your next thing? What’s your next event? Whatnot. Where can people get a hold of you?

Joel: Yeah, so you can check everything out at impossiblehq.com. I’ll have links to I think you could throw the links to like the meal plans in the and movewell as well..

Steve: Yeah.

Joel: But everything’s at impossiblehq.com. Right now, we’re in the midst of like clarifying some of the messaging. We just shot this big old this big trailer for impossible that I’m really excited about and planning my next big Ultra event. So I’m trying to figure out what I’m going to do before the end of the year, but we’re coming out with we’re coming out with new programs for more people to pushing your limits more accessible to more people and then we’re also working on some more physical products this year, which I’m really really excited about so that’s coming up this fall.

Steve: I challenge you to do an Ironman on every continent neck

Joel: That’s actually awesome but I don’t know how you swim in Antarctica unless you’re off the edge and then you run into Antarctica people being very litigious about what water is technically count as Antarctica. So this is a whole. This is a whole area of the world that gets very little not litigious. But yeah kind of litigious record breakers that are trying to do crazy stuff so I got to do one Ironman. I think I’m gonna do one Iron Man in the next 12 months. I actually wrote that down to two days ago.

Steve: Okay, it sounds like an excuse to me. But what will leave it like that.

Joel: Hey you you come out with me. We’ll do it together.

Steve: Oh, yeah. Well, I gotta go without this podcast has been gone quite some time now, so..

Joel: Haha

Steve: Hey man, really appreciate you coming on the show and I’m sure I’m gonna see you probably next month or something like that.

Joel: Awesome looking forward to it.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, I’ve known Joel for quite some time now and he’s the type of guy that always motivates me to do better. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode274.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!